List of articles
Setting up a US company to sell on Amazon: Is it mandatory? The process and tax obligations for sellers.
Vietnamese businesses are not required to set up company in usa To sell on Amazon, Amazon's seller registration guide confirms that sellers do not need to be an LLC or a registered business. However, many Vietnamese sellers still choose to open a US LLC to sell on Amazon, build their brand, receive payments through US banks, and separate legal risks.
Setting up a US company also comes with its own set of obligations: Register for an EIN tax identification number.Submit Form 5472 annually and pay state maintenance fees. This article helps businesses answer six big questions:
- When should you set up a US company, and when is it not necessary?
- Which type of accommodation and state should you choose to optimize costs?
- The 7-step process from setting up an LLC to opening an Amazon Seller account.
- What types of taxes do sellers have to pay in the US?
- How to maintain an LLC and its annual reporting obligations.
- Mistakes that can lead to sellers having their accounts suspended or being penalized.
Join GLA experts as we explore the roadmap to establishing a company in the US to sell on Amazon legally, affordably, and sustainably.
1. Is it mandatory for Vietnamese businesses to establish a company in the US to sell on Amazon?
Not mandatory. Amazon allows individuals and businesses from abroad to register to sell without a U.S. LLC. Establishing a company in the U.S. is a strategic decision, not a condition for selling.
1.1 What does Amazon require when registering a seller account?
According to the Amazon Registration Guide, sellers do not need to be an LLC, registered business, or legally established entity to sell on Amazon. Individual sellers can select "None, I am an individual" when declaring their business type.
An Amazon Seller registration profile includes the following information:
- Government-issued identification documents
- Business email address
- Credit cards are accepted for international payments.
- Bank account and routing number
- Business license or registration certificate (if registered under a company name)
- Proof of residence for the last 180 days, such as a bank statement.
- Tax information and phone numbers include country codes.
1.2 When should a business establish a company in the United States?
During consultations with numerous sellers, GLA experts have found that US LLCs demonstrate the greatest value in the following four situations:
- Businesses wishing to register trademarks in the US under a US legal entity name can participate in the Amazon Brand Registry.
- Businesses need a US bank account to receive payments, pay suppliers, and use the 3PL warehouse in the US.
- Businesses want to separate owner's assets from legal risks when doing business in the US.
- The company plans to expand to its own website or sell wholesale to US retailers.
Conversely, sellers testing a product with a small budget can start with a personal or legal entity account in Vietnam. This allows sellers to test the market before incurring the costs of maintaining a legal entity in the US.
1.3 Benefits of having a US company sell on Amazon for your business
Establishing an LLC in the US helps Vietnamese sellers build their own legal entity and makes it easier to manage sales, payments, and brand development in the US market. Some key benefits include:
- Separating personal assets: An LLC creates a separate legal entity, helping to separate the owner's personal assets from the business's assets and liabilities in many cases.
- Tax flexibility: LLCs have a flexible tax structure, in which a single-member LLC is automatically classified by the IRS as follows: disregarded entity and may choose other tax methods as prescribed by law.
- Open an account and receive payments in the US: An LLC has an EIN, which makes it easier for the business to open a corporate bank account and manage cash flow from Amazon, suppliers, or partners in the US.
- Brand ownership and development: An LLC can register a trademark in the US, providing a basis for the business to register. Amazon Brand Registry and use branding tools on Amazon.
- Expand into other sales channels: A US legal entity provides businesses with a basis to expand their operations to Walmart Marketplace, Shopify, and Stripe, depending on the conditions of each platform.

1.4 Comparing 3 selling strategies on Amazon US
To help businesses choose the right legal entity from the start and avoid conversion costs later, GLA experts have compiled the following comparison table of three common options and important information to note:
| Criteria | Vietnamese individuals | Vietnamese company | LLC in the USA |
| Amazon accepts registrations. | Have | Have | Have |
| You need your US EIN tax identification number. | Optional | Optional | Have |
| Report Form 5472 to the IRS | Do not apply | Do not apply | Yes, if it's a single-member LLC owned by a foreigner. |
| Legal entity maintenance fees in the US | No | No | Yes, it varies by state. |
| suitable for | Seller tests the product. | The manufacturer and exporter are legally registered entities. | Sellers build long-term brands in the US. |
Based on the experience of GLA's consultants, the correct question isn't whether or not it's mandatory to establish a US company. The correct question is what business model is needed for the next three years. Experimental sellers can start with a Vietnamese legal entity, while brand-building sellers should consider a US LLC early on.
2. Which type of LLC and state should I choose to open a US LLC to sell on Amazon?
Most foreign sellers choose a single-member LLC because of its streamlined structure and low maintenance costs. The state of registration should be chosen based on total annual costs, not just the initial incorporation fee.
2.1 Should I open an LLC or a C-Corporation in the US to sell on Amazon?
If a business establishes itself in the US to sell on Amazon, both LLCs and C-Corporations can be used to own seller accounts and operate the business. However, the two types differ in terms of management structure, taxes, ability to raise capital, and profit distribution.
To help businesses clearly see the differences in taxes and structure before making a decision, GLA experts have compiled the following comparison table and key information:
| Criteria | LLC | C-Corporation |
| Business structure | Flexible, relatively simple management procedures. | A more tightly structured organization, typically including shareholders, directors, and a board of directors. |
| Tax | Pass-through taxation: Profits go directly to the owner. If the owner is a foreign national, federal income tax liability may not arise depending on the structure and actual operations (the obligation to report Form 5472/1120 may still apply). | Double Taxation: (1) The company pays 21% corporate income tax; (2) The owner pays personal income tax when distributing dividends. |
| Profit distribution | More flexibility depending on the structure and agreement between members. | This is usually done through dividends or other legitimate forms of distribution. |
| Capital mobilization | More suitable for a model with fewer members. | It is more advantageous if the business plans to raise capital from multiple investors. |
| Transfer of ownership | It may be more complicated depending on the Operating Agreement and state laws. | Shares may be transferred in accordance with company regulations and relevant laws. |
| Sign up for an Amazon account. | Very easy and common | It's easy, but the business verification process is more complex. |
| suitable for | Individual sellers, small and medium-sized businesses, Amazon FBA self-employed | Large companies that plan to raise capital from investment funds or want to go public (IPO) |
(1) When can an LLC be suitable?
An LLC is often suitable for Amazon sellers who want to start with a relatively flexible business structure, especially when the business has few owners and does not yet need to raise capital from many investors.
This model can help business owners separate business operations from personal assets within the limits permitted by law, while also providing a basis for opening a business bank account, processing payments, and managing sales on Amazon.
However, for LLCs with foreign owners, the handling of taxes and reporting obligations in the US needs to be considered separately. The fact that LLCs are not taxed under the same structure as C-Corporations does not mean that the business has no tax or reporting obligations in the US.
(2) When is C-Corporation suitable?
A C-Corporation may be suitable for businesses looking to build a US-based company with a scalable strategy, especially when planning to bring in more investors, issue shares, or establish a clear ownership structure. If Amazon's operations are only a part of a long-term US business plan, a C-Corporation might be considered if the business anticipates growing into a multi-shareholder company or needs a more convenient structure for raising capital.
Businesses need to be aware of the tax mechanisms of C-Corporations, as the company's income and profits distributed to shareholders may be subject to different tax levels.
(3) So which type should Amazon sellers choose?
There isn't one type of business entity that suits all Amazon sellers. The choice between an LLC or a C-Corporation should be based on ownership structure, the business owner's country of residence, projected revenue and profits, reinvestment plans, fundraising needs, and growth strategy in the U.S.
- If the primary goal is to build an Amazon selling business with a simple and flexible ownership structure, an LLC might be a viable option to consider.
- Conversely, if the goal is to scale up, have more shareholders, or raise capital in the future, a C-Corporation might be a more suitable structural option.
Specifically, Vietnamese individuals establishing companies in the US to sell on Amazon should not choose a business type based solely on initial setup costs. In addition to the business type, they must also consider federal and state tax obligations, business reporting, payment processing, and compliance requirements related to cross-border sales.
2.2 Which state is best for opening a US company to sell on Amazon?
There isn't a single state that's perfect for every business selling on Amazon. The choice of state to establish your company should be based on your business model, where you actually operate, ownership structure, tax obligations, and growth plans in the U.S.
For Amazon sellers who are not residents of the United States, Wyoming Seminary in Kingston, Pennsylvania, was founded in XNUMX, perfectly dovetailing innovation with history. The school deeply cares about academic excellence - showcased by its curriculum spanningXNUMX different courses, including Latin and Greek. Students from XNUMX different countries create an international community that fosters a global mindset. , and Delaware These are the two most popular states considered for forming an LLC.
1. Wyoming: A cost-effective option for small and medium-sized Amazon sellers.
If self-operation and cost optimization are top priorities for your business, Wyoming is a worthwhile option with the following advantages:
- Low maintenance costs: The minimum Annual Report License Tax is $60/year. This applies when the property located in Wyoming is $300.000 or less. If it exceeds that threshold, the tax is calculated at $0,0002 per dollar of property located in Wyoming.Wyoming SOS).
- Owner information is not required to be disclosed in incorporation documents: The Wyoming Articles of Organization form does not include a section for member or administrator names; it only requires information for the profile creator and registered agent.Wyoming SOS, Articles of Organization formNote: Businesses are still required to provide owner information to Amazon, banks, and tax authorities when requested.
- No state-level income tax: Wyoming does not levy corporate or personal income tax. However, if goods are stored or business operations occur in other states, the business may still have tax obligations (such as sales tax) in those states.
However, Wyoming's familiarity with large investment funds is not as prominent as Delaware's.
2. Delaware: a good choice for large businesses with fundraising plans.
If you're looking to build a large private label brand and plan to raise capital from US investment funds or partners, you should consider Delaware, given its advantages:
- A globally renowned legal system: Delaware is home to many large American corporations. According to a 2024 report by the Delaware Division of Corporations, 66,7 % Fortune 500 companies are incorporated in this state. Investors are very familiar with Delaware legal entities.
- Court of Chancery: Disputes relating to internal corporate governance are adjudicated by judges specializing in corporate law, not by jury.
3. What are the steps involved in setting up a US LLC and opening an Amazon Seller account?
The process consists of seven steps, from selecting a state, forming an LLC, applying for an EIN, opening a bank, to registering as an Amazon Seller and in the Brand Registry. The legal entity information must be absolutely consistent throughout all steps.
To help businesses understand the entire roadmap before going into detail, GLA experts have compiled a 7-step overview:
| Step | Write comment here... | Agency or platform | Estimated time |
| 1 | Select state to register | According to the comparison in section 2.2 | 1–2 days (research) |
| 2 | Designate a registered agent in the state. | Registered Agent service, recorded at the Secretary of State of the state. | 1 days |
| 3 | Submit an application to establish an LLC. | Secretary of State of the State | 1–2 weeks (express service available) |
| 4 | Please provide your EIN tax identification number. | IRS | Same day (by phone) – 4 weeks (by mail) |
| 5 | Open a business bank account. | Banks in the US | 2–6 weeks |
| 6 | Register as an Amazon Seller and provide tax information. | Amazon SellerCentral | 1–3 days (may take longer upon verification) |
| 7 | Trademark registration and Brand Registry | USPTO and Amazon | 6–12 months (USPTO review) |
Step 1: Choose a state to register in.
First, the business needs to determine the state where it will establish the LLC. The choice should not be based solely on establishment costs, but should also consider annual maintenance fees, tax obligations, reporting requirements, privacy rights, and the actual location of the business's operations.
Some states that online businesses often consider include Wyoming, Delaware, or Texas. However, the state where the company is incorporated is not necessarily the only state where the business has registration or tax obligations.
If a business has offices, employees, warehouses, or actual business operations in another state, it may have to meet additional requirements specific to that state.
Result: The state of incorporation and the proposed legal entity name have been identified.
Step 2: Appoint a Registered Agent in the State
After selecting a state, the LLC needs a Registered Agent in the state of incorporation. A Registered Agent is an individual or organization designated to receive legal documents, official notices, and certain government correspondence on behalf of the business.
For Vietnamese individuals not residing in the United States, using a Registered Agent service often allows businesses to have a valid business address in the registered state without requiring the owner to be physically present in the US.
Businesses should check the scope of services provided by the Registered Agent, including registered address, mail reception and forwarding, renewal notices, and support in maintaining the LLC's operational status.
Result: Has a valid Registered Agent in the state of registration.
Step 3: Submit the LLC incorporation documents.
Next, the LLC formation documents are filed with the state's business registry, usually Secretary of state or equivalent agency.
Information in a file typically includes:
- LLC Name
- Business address
- Registered Agent Information
- LLC management structure
- Member or administrator information as required by the state.
- Applicant information
After the application is approved by the state, the business receives Articles of Organization or equivalent documents confirming that the LLC has been legally incorporated.
Following this step, the business should also create an Operating Agreement to define the ownership, rights, and responsibilities of the members, as well as how the LLC will be managed, even if the state does not require this document to be submitted with the incorporation application.
Result: An LLC is legally incorporated in the state of choice.
Step 4: Register for an EIN tax identification number.
After an LLC is formed, the business needs to register for an Employer Identification Number (EIN) from the IRS. This is a 9-digit number used for the business's tax and reporting purposes.
For foreign owners, special attention should be paid to the information regarding the responsible party on the EIN filing. The IRS stipulates that the responsible party must be an individual who actually owns, controls, or has effective control over the business, not a registered agent or other legal entity.
For those whose principal place of business is outside the U.S., the IRS now advises using the method for international applicants, such as submitting Form SS-4 via fax, mail, or by calling the telephone number designated for international applications.
Result: LLCs are issued EINs for use in tax, banking, and business activities.
Step 5: Open a corporate bank account
After obtaining the incorporation documents and EIN, the business can proceed to open a corporate bank account in the United States.
Banks or financial institutions may require documents such as:
- LLC Incorporation Certificate
- EIN
- Operating Agreement
- Information about the business owner and controller.
- Personal identification documents
- Business address
- Information about business operations and funding sources.
For businesses selling on Amazon, a business bank account can be used to receive sales proceeds, pay business expenses, and separate company cash flow from personal finances.
However, the fact that an LLC has been established and has an EIN does not mean that every bank is obligated to approve the account. Each bank has its own customer verification process and documentation requirements.
Result: Having a business account helps manage cash flow from sales.
Step 6: Register as an Amazon Seller and provide tax information.
After completing the legal procedures and preparing the receiving account, the business can register for an account. Amazon Seller under the company information.
During the registration process, Amazon may request verification of various pieces of information related to:
- Name of legal entity
- Business address
- Owner information
- Representative
- Bank account
- Payment cards
- Identification documents
- Tax information
Businesses also need to complete the Tax Interview and provide tax information that accurately reflects the legal and tax status of the owner and the LLC.
This step needs to be done precisely because the information on Amazon Seller, business profile, bank account, and tax records needs to be consistent.
Forming an LLC in the U.S. does not automatically determine the entire tax liability of the business; how an LLC is classified for federal tax purposes may depend on its ownership structure and tax choices. The IRS confirms that LLCs may be treated under different tax classifications for federal tax purposes.
Result: Amazon Seller account completed and necessary tax information set up.
Step 7: Register the trademark and the Brand Registry.
If a business sells products under its own brand, it should consider registering the trademark in the US to establish ownership of the brand.
The basic process usually includes: Trademark search → identification of product/service class → preparation of application → submission of application → monitoring of the review process → maintenance of trademark validity.
Once a trademark meets Amazon's requirements, the business can register it with the Amazon Brand Registry. AmazonBrand Registry accepts registered or pending trademarks, in word or graphic form containing letters or numbers. This allows for centralized trademark management on Amazon and opens access to several trademark tools.
It's important to distinguish that forming an LLC and registering a trademark are two independent procedures. A company name approved by the state does not automatically mean that name is protected as a trademark in the United States.
Result: Establish a legal basis for your brand and complete Brand Registry registration if you meet Amazon's requirements.
GLA advises and supports Vietnamese businesses in establishing LLCs in the US, preparing EIN documents and related procedures to build a suitable legal foundation for selling on Amazon. The GLA team accompanies sellers from the initial selection of business structure to document preparation, helping them be more proactive in launching and maintaining their businesses in the US.
4. What types of taxes must be paid when establishing a US company to sell Amazon products?
Most Vietnamese sellers establish single-member LLCs, operating from Vietnam and without personnel in the US: federal income tax may not arise if the operation does not generate income directly related to the business activity in the US (ECI), but this needs to be assessed on a case-by-case basis, especially when there is FBA inventory in the US.
Wyoming has no state income tax; Delaware only levies income tax on business activity within Delaware. Businesses are still required to pay annual state maintenance fees/taxes, import duties when goods pass through U.S. customs, and to manage sales tax effectively.
Common mistakes many sellers make: The US does not have VAT/GST. like VAT in Vietnam, which is used Sales tax Each state applies its own tax regulations. Therefore, "what taxes to pay when selling on Amazon" depends on the state. which state, not a single rate for the whole country.
To help businesses fully identify taxes and factor them into the cost of goods sold from the outset, GLA's tax and accounting experts have compiled the following overview of 7 potentially related taxes/contributions and important information to note:
| Type of tax | Organ | Level/Characteristics | Are Amazon sellers in Vietnam common? |
| Federal income tax (if ECI arises) | IRS | The progressive tax rate applies as it does to US citizens, calculated on the ECI after deductions. | Depending on the model, depending on FBA warehouse, personnel, and operating location |
| State franchise/annual tax | State of registration | Delaware $300/year; Texas only if revenue thresholds are exceeded. | Yes (the rate varies by state) |
| State income tax | Bang | Wyoming has none; Delaware charges 8,7% for businesses with operations in Delaware.Delaware Division of Revenue) | Usually not, unless the LLC has operations in that state. |
| sales tax | State/locality | Tax rates vary by state and locality; Amazon collects the tax on their behalf through its marketplace facilitator mechanism. | Have, but it's usually handled by Amazon. |
| Import duty | US Customs (CBP) | Depending on the HTS code, origin, and applicable additional tariffs; please refer to: USITC Harmonized Tariff Schedule | Yes, with most shipments.This is the most easily forgotten type of tax. |
| Employment tax (FICA, FUTA) | IRS | Approximately 7,65% of FICA + FUTA is based on employee salaries. | Only if there are staff in the US |
| Form 5472 (non-tax) | IRS | Information form, $25.000 fine for omission. | Have, if the LLC is a single-member foreign-owned company |
4.1 Federal Income Tax: LLC does not mean tax exemption.
For a single-member LLC, if it does not choose to be taxed as a corporation, the IRS defaults to treating the LLC as disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes. In this case, the LLC does not file a separate federal income tax return like a C Corporation; its operations are considered at the owner level.
With the owner being a foreign national not residing in the U.S., the crucial question is whether the business generates Effectively Connected Income (ECI) in the U.S.
Simply put:
- If ECI occurs: The related income may be subject to federal income tax, and the owner may be required to file a corresponding tax return, depending on the specific circumstances and structure.
- If no ECI occurs: Income may not be subject to federal income tax in the U.S., but this does not mean businesses are exempt from all reporting obligations.
In particular, a single-member LLC owned by a foreign national may be subject to filing. Form 5472 An accompanying pro forma Form 1120 is used to report certain related-party transactions, even though the LLC is not obligated to file a regular federal income tax return. The IRS has specific regulations regarding this case of a foreign-owned US entity disregarding the existing entity.
4.2 State taxes: Choosing Wyoming or Delaware results in different obligations.
Forming an LLC in a state doesn't mean the business only needs to worry about that one type of tax. Each state may apply different taxes, maintenance fees, and reporting obligations. For example:
- Wyoming: No state-level personal income tax or corporate income tax applies. The LLC must still maintain its business status and file annual reports as required by the state.
- Delaware: An LLC must pay annual tax; this is an obligation to maintain the legal entity, not a tax levied directly on the LLC's profits.
- Texas: Franchise tax is applied according to state regulations. Businesses below the revenue threshold are not required to pay franchise tax but may still be subject to reporting obligations as required.
Therefore, when choosing a state to establish a business in, sellers should consider the total cost of maintenance, reporting obligations, and tax system of that state, rather than just looking at the initial establishment fee.
Note: State tax obligations may also depend on where the business actually operates or has a nexus. Therefore, it should not be assumed that forming an LLC in Wyoming or Delaware automatically eliminates all tax obligations in other states.
4.3 Sales tax: Amazon may collect and pay this tax on behalf of sellers, but businesses should not ignore their obligations.
Sales tax is a separate tax that Amazon sellers need to track because regulations are established at the state and local levels.
In states that apply Marketplace Facilitator regulations, Amazon may be responsible for calculating, collecting, and remitting sales tax on transactions made on the marketplace. For example, Texas Comptroller The exchange requires the exchange to collect, declare, and pay taxes on all transactions conducted through the exchange; California has similar regulations. CDTFA, Marketplace Facilitator ActAmazon also provides reports related to Marketplace Tax Collection in Seller Central.
However, sellers should not understand that: "Once Amazon collects sales tax, the business no longer has any obligations."
Businesses still need to determine registration, reporting, or other obligations that may apply on a state-by-state basis. For example, in Texas, out-of-state sellers who only sell through an exchange must still maintain records of exchange transactions for four years.Texas Comptroller). Two cases require special distinction:
- Selling through Amazon: Amazon may collect and remit sales tax on behalf of sellers in locations where Marketplace Facilitator laws apply.
- Selling through a private website: If a seller also sells through their own website or Shopify, Amazon is not the collecting agent for those orders. Businesses need to assess this themselves. Sales Tax Nexus Each state determines whether or not sales tax needs to be registered, collected, and paid.
Therefore, sellers should track sales revenue from Amazon and sales revenue from direct sales channels separately instead of combining them when assessing their sales tax obligations.
4.4 Import tax: an expense that needs to be included in the cost of goods sold from the outset.
Besides income tax and sales tax, FBA sellers also need to pay attention to... Taxes and fees when importing goods into the US..
When importing goods from Vietnam, China, or other countries into the US for warehousing and sale on Amazon, businesses may encounter the following issues:
- Customs duty according to HS code and origin of goods
- Additional tax Applicable to certain product groups or countries of origin
- Fees and charges related to import procedures.
The tax rate is not fixed for all products but depends on the type of goods, HS code, origin, and trade policy at the time of import.
Specifically, the US has changed its policy on duty-free importation of low-value (de minimis) goods starting in 2025. According to CBP, from August 29, 2025, goods imported from all countries with a value of $800 or less will no longer be eligible for this duty-free mechanism and may be subject to current import taxes and fees. March 24, 2026CBP continues to issue temporary rules suspending indefinitely the de minimis duty exemption for goods arriving in the U.S. via any method other than the international postal network. Legally, the basis of de minimis will end on July 1, 2027, under the "One Big Beautiful Bill" law.

Therefore, before importing goods into the US, sellers should:
- Determine precisely HS code and origin of goods
- Check the applicable import tax rates and policies.
- Clearly define Importer of Record and the responsibilities of the parties involved in the import process.
- Calculate import taxes and fees. cost of goods sold and profit margin right from the beginning
4.5 Employment tax: arises when a business has employees who are subject to US tax.
If an LLC is operated from Vietnam and has no employees working in the United States, the business typically does not generate revenue. employment tax Simply because you own an LLC in the US.
If an LLC is operated from Vietnam and has no employees working in the United States, the business typically does not incur employment tax simply because it owns the LLC in the United States.
However, once a business begins hiring and paying employees in the U.S., payroll tax and reporting obligations may arise, depending on the circumstances. Businesses with employees in the U.S. may need to follow procedures such as:
- Register and use EIN for related purposes
- Deduct and pay taxes related to salaries.
- Complete periodic labor tax returns.
- Grant Form W-2 for employees as per regulations
Meanwhile, simply renting office space or using independent contractors does not automatically result in payroll tax liability for the business, unlike when hiring employees. However, depending on the payee and their residency status, the business may still incur other tax reporting or withholding obligations, such as Form 1099 or Form 1042-S.
If your business is planning to hire employees or contractors in the U.S., GLA advises on tax obligations, payroll, and related reporting, helping you determine the right requirements based on your specific business model.
According to GLA experts, Form 5472 is the most easily overlooked obligation by Vietnamese sellers. Many LLC owners think that they don't need to report it until they have revenue, while the capital contribution made at the time of establishment may already be a transaction that needs to be reported.
5. After establishing an LLC, how should the business report to and maintain its legal entity?
After forming an LLC, the business needs to focus not only on its core business but also on monitoring various factors. obligations to maintain legal entity, reporting, and taxation. According to federal and state regulations, the following checklist maintains a U.S. LLC:
- Maintain Registered Agent: Ensure that the LLC always has a valid Registered Agent in the state of incorporation to receive legal mail and notices.
- Submit Annual Report: Check deadlines and submit annual reports as required by the state.
- Payment of maintenance fees: Pay annual fees, franchise tax, or other maintenance fees if applicable in the state of origin.
- Fulfilling federal tax obligations: Determine whether the LLC is required to file tax returns or related forms with the IRS.
- Review Form 5472 and Form 1120: A single-member LLC owned by a foreign national may incur this reporting obligation in certain circumstances.
- Track Sales Tax: Check the registration, collection, and reporting obligations for sales tax in the states relevant to your business operations.
- Update business information: Update any changes to address, owner, Registered Agent, or registration information promptly when necessary.
- Record keeping: Maintain records of incorporation, reports, transaction documents, tax records, and other documents related to the LLC's operations.
Note: The terms, forms, and maintenance fees for an LLC can vary by state, business type, and specific operations. Businesses should check the applicable obligations for their LLC to avoid missing deadlines or incurring penalties.
GLA assists businesses in monitoring and completing the procedures for maintaining an LLC in the U.S., including Registered Agent status, annual reporting, and related obligations. GLA's team of experts can provide state-specific and model-based advice to help businesses proactively manage their legal entity after incorporation.
Important information regarding reporting the true owner of an LLC in the US:
Previously, under the Corporate Transparency Act ("CTA"), most LLCs incorporated in the US were required to report their Board of Incorporation (BOI) information to FinCEN. This caused considerable concern among Vietnamese sellers that having a foreign owner would impose additional reporting obligations on the LLC.
According to FinCEN's final rule. Completed on August 11, 2026Effective August 14, 2026, domestic entities are officially exempt from BOI reporting obligations. Therefore, LLCs incorporated in Wyoming, Delaware, or other states generally do not have to file BOI reports with FinCEN, even if the owner is Vietnamese.
Note: This rule only exempts American-founded companyIf the seller has foreign company (for example, in Vietnam, Singapore) that is registered to operate in the US, that company still have to BOI reports to FinCEN for foreign individuals.
In addition, sellers need to clearly distinguish between: BOI reporting obligations to FinCEN (exempted) with Providing owner information when opening a bank/securities account. (KYC/AML under the Bank Secrecy Act), this is These are two completely different legal claims. And KYC/AML obligations continue to apply.
When opening a business account at a U.S. bank, the bank may still require the business to provide information about the owner, controller, and identification documents. This is part of the Customer Due Diligence ("CDD") process applied to regulated financial institutions. FinCEN mandates that financial institutions must have procedures in place to identify and verify the true owner of corporate clients.
Therefore, businesses can understand it simply: LLCs are not required to file BOI reports with FinCEN, but when opening a bank account, the owner must still provide accurate information about the owner and controller of the business when requested by the bank.
6. What mistakes can cause Vietnamese sellers to have their Amazon accounts locked or be fined by the IRS?
Much of the risk stems from discrepancies between company records, EINs, bank statements, and Amazon accounts. A second risk is forgetting annual reporting obligations after LLC formation.
To help businesses self-check their documents before registration, GLA experts have compiled the following table of 3 common mistakes and important information to note:
| Mistake | Consequence | Prevention |
| Inconsistent legal entity information | Prolonged or unsuccessful Amazon verification process | Use a standardized set of information for all records. |
| Forming an LLC and then failing to maintain it. | IRS fined $25.000; administrative dissolution in the state. | Establish a compliance schedule right from the start. |
| File your trademark application yourself at the USPTO. | The application was not processed due to a lack of U.S. attorneys. | Hire a licensed lawyer in the United States. |
1. Inconsistent legal entity information when verifying Amazon.
One of the issues that can cause the Amazon account verification process to require additional documentation is The information between the documents is inconsistent..
The legal entity name, business address, and information about the owner or representative should be checked and compared between:
- LLC formation documents
- EIN and tax records
- Business bank account
- Amazon SellerCentral
- Identification documents and address certificates
Amazon may require sellers to provide documentation to verify their identity and address. According to Amazon's Seller registration guidelines, the required address documentation must meet certain issuance requirements; for example, some types of documents must have been issued within the last 180 days.
Therefore, using expired bank statements or address documents may require the seller to resubmit the documents.
Ways to mitigate risks: From the moment an LLC is formed, the business should create a standardized set of legal information and use it consistently across banking, tax, and Amazon records. Before submitting verification documents, sellers should double-check the company name, address, representative, date of issue, and information on each document.
2. Forming an LLC and then failing to maintain its annual obligations.
Forming an LLC is not the final step. After the business is incorporated, the LLC may continue to incur tax, reporting, and legal entity maintenance obligations depending on the state of registration and business structure.
Specifically, for foreign-owned single-member LLCs that are required to report, the business may need to file Form 5472 along with pro forma Form 1120 when reporting transactions occur. Failure to file Form 5472 on time can result in a $25.000 fine per violation, with additional penalties for continued violations, according to IRS regulations.
Similarly, businesses need to monitor annual reports and LLC maintenance fees as required by state regulations. For example, Wyoming stipulates that an LLC may be administratively dissolved if it fails to file its Annual Report and related fees more than 60 days after the deadline.
Therefore, sellers should create a separate tracking schedule for each obligation, instead of just focusing on when they form their LLC or start selling on Amazon.
3. Self-filing a trademark application when the owner is outside the United States.
If a seller wants to build their own brand and register it with the Amazon Brand Registry, registering the trademark in the US is a crucial step.
One point to note is that applicants with a domicile outside the U.S. must be represented by a U.S.-licensed attorney in proceedings before the USPTO. The USPTO also recommends that applicants consider using a trademark attorney to handle the registration process.
Therefore, Vietnamese sellers should not view trademark application as a simple registration procedure. The application needs to be checked from the registrability of the brand name, the class of goods/services, the owner's information, to the USPTO response process.
Inadequate documentation can lead to revision requests, objections, or delays in processing, thereby impacting branding plans and Brand Registry registration.
Case study: Vietnamese home appliance brand sells on Amazon US.
Suppose a Vietnamese home appliance brand wants to list its products on Amazon US and build its own brand.
Businesses can follow this sequence: establish an LLC in the US → apply for an EIN → open a business bank account → register as an Amazon Seller → register a trademark in the US → register with the Amazon Brand Registry → monitor tax obligations and file periodic reports.
During this process, businesses need to standardize information from the outset, such as the LLC name, address, owner, representative, and tax information. This set of information should be used consistently when filing with banks and Amazon.
At the same time, businesses need to schedule and track post-establishment obligations, such as Form 5472/pro forma Form 1120 if required, state annual reports, and other tax obligations arising from their business model.
The example above shows that establishing an LLC is only the initial legal foundation. To operate a stable Amazon account, sellers need to simultaneously manage their legal entity profile, bank accounts, Amazon information, brand, and tax and reporting obligations.
Note: Tax and reporting requirements may vary depending on ownership structure, how the LLC is classified for tax purposes, the state of incorporation, and the actual operation of the business. Sellers should identify specific obligations before they are due rather than only addressing them after receiving notification from Amazon or the IRS.
7. How does Global Link Asia Consulting assist businesses in establishing a company in the US to sell on Amazon?
Based on GLA's experience supporting businesses for over 10 years, sellers who standardize their legal information and compliance history from the outset will operate their US LLCs more stably. GLA experts will directly support your business:
- Consultation on choosing the appropriate legal entity option: individual, Vietnamese company, or US LLC.
- We offer a complete LLC formation package, including providing a registered agent and applying for an EIN for foreign owners.
- Instructions for preparing the application open a bank account and register as an Amazon Seller.
- Connecting with US lawyers to register trademarks for Amazon Brand Registry.
- We provide consulting services on procedures for registering overseas investments and conducting foreign exchange transactions in Vietnam.
- Schedule and complete Form 5472, annual reports, and annual state taxes.
8. Frequently Asked Questions about Setting Up a Company in the US to Sell on Amazon
1. When is it advisable to form an LLC to sell on Amazon?
Once a business has proven its product and wants to build a long-term brand in the US, individuals and businesses should consider forming an LLC when:
- Stable revenue of $5.000 to $10.000 per month, and the business intends to maintain operations long-term (over 1 year).
- Businesses want to separate personal assets from business legal risks (e.g., product claims, customer lawsuits, tax debts).
- Businesses want to open a corporate bank account and obtain an EIN to work professionally with suppliers, logistics providers, and partners in the US.
- The company plans to raise capital, secure partners, or sell the company in the future.
Businesses don't need to rush if they're still in the testing phase (the first 1 to 3 months, when revenue is insignificant). At that point, they can register to sell using a personal account or a Vietnamese legal entity and establish an LLC when revenue is sufficient to cover maintenance costs (registered agent, annual report, etc.).
2. In which state should an Amazon FBA seller establish an LLC?
Small and medium-sized sellers often choose Wyoming because of its low operating costs, while businesses planning to raise capital often choose Delaware. There is no "best state" for all businesses. The decision depends on size, sales model, location, and FBA inventory. Here are some practical guidelines:
| Situation | Recommended | Reason |
| The owner resides or conducts actual business primarily in a U.S. state. | Form an LLC in that state. | Fewest procedures, no need for "foreign qualification" registration, lowest compliance costs. |
| Want low cost + security for small-to-medium sellers | Wyoming Seminary in Kingston, Pennsylvania, was founded in XNUMX, perfectly dovetailing innovation with history. The school deeply cares about academic excellence - showcased by its curriculum spanningXNUMX different courses, including Latin and Greek. Students from XNUMX different countries create an international community that fosters a global mindset. LLC | No state income tax, low annual fees (from $60), and registration documents do not require listing member names. |
| VC fundraising, shareholder fundraising, M&A | Delaware C-Corp | Mature corporate legal system, Chancery Court, familiar investor |
| Sell many states (FBA nationwide) | Sales tax is unavoidable everywhere. – Prioritize tax automation | Items stored in Amazon warehouses in a particular state can have a Nexus device created in that state. |
A key point that Vietnamese sellers often misunderstand.
- Choosing the state where the LLC is incorporated does not guarantee exemption from tax obligations in the state where the business actually operates. Forming an LLC in Wyoming does not automatically eliminate any tax or reporting obligations that may arise in another state.
- If the owner resides or the business actually operates in a different state.In cities like California or New York, establishing an LLC in Wyoming might require the business to register a foreign LLC.Foreign LLC) in the state where the business is operating, and this also incurs additional registration fees and ongoing reporting obligations.
- Sales tax is determined based on business activity and state regulations, not solely on the state in which the LLC is established. In the Amazon FBA model, storing goods at fulfillment centers in multiple states can impact sales tax obligations in those states. Businesses need to assess this. Sales Tax Nexus and the Marketplace Facilitator regulations of each state instead of the default assumption that forming an LLC in one state applies to the entire United States.
3. Can non-US residents sell on Amazon USA?
Absolutely. Amazon doesn't require sellers to be U.S. citizens, permanent residents (Green Card holders), or have a U.S. visa to sell on Amazon USA. Many international sellers can still do business on this marketplace from their country of residence.
However, to build a stable and professional sales operation and minimize risks during the account verification process, sellers should prepare appropriate business profiles and information from the outset.
For Vietnamese sellers, there are two possible approaches:
- Register to sell goods using personal or business information in Vietnam.
- Establish an LLC in the US and use US business information to conduct sales operations on Amazon.
Establishing an LLC in the US provides the seller with a separate legal entity to manage their business operations, making it easier to work with banks, suppliers, and partners in the US, and creating a foundation for long-term business expansion.
4. Do sellers on Amazon from Vietnam have to pay taxes in Vietnam?
It's possible. Selling on Amazon USA doesn't mean Vietnamese sellers are exempt from tax obligations in Vietnam. Tax obligations depend on the business model, the seller's name, place of residence, and source of income.
- If the individual resides in Vietnam Individuals directly engaged in business and earning income from sales on Amazon must consider their personal income tax obligations and related duties as stipulated by Vietnamese regulations.
- If business operations are conducted through a business located in Vietnam.Businesses need to consider their tax obligations regarding revenue and income generated from cross-border business activities.
- If the seller establishes an LLC in the United States, Having an LLC does not automatically eliminate tax obligations in Vietnam. If the owner remains a resident of Vietnam, regulations regarding taxes on foreign income and regulations related to cross-border transactions must be considered.
Note: Specific tax obligations depend not only on where the Amazon account is registered but also on the business entity, place of residence, cash flow, and business organization. Sellers should define their business model from the outset to ensure they meet their tax obligations in Vietnam and the US, if applicable.
Contact the GLA team of experts for advice and support on tax obligations when doing business on Amazon and managing cross-border business operations.
5. Do Vietnamese citizens who open a US LLC to sell on Amazon need to register as overseas investors?
Foreign investment procedures may be required, depending on the method of capital contribution and the scale of the investment. If a Vietnamese citizen uses capital from Vietnam to establish and contribute to an LLC in the US, this may fall under the scope of foreign investment activities.
Currently, this activity is guided at Decree 103/2026/ND-CP on overseas investment, effective from June 1, 2026.
According to the new regulations, overseas investment projects with an investment capital of less than 7 billion VND and not belonging to sectors or professions subject to conditional overseas investment are not required to go through the procedure of obtaining an Overseas Investment Registration Certificate. Instead, investors must register foreign exchange transactions in accordance with the regulations on foreign exchange management.
Therefore, Vietnamese sellers planning to establish an LLC in the US should clearly define their funding sources, investment amounts, and capital contribution methods to choose the appropriate procedures before transferring funds to the US.
- Vietnamese businesses are not required to establish a company in the US to sell on Amazon, as Amazon accepts registrations using Vietnamese personal or legal entity information. A US LLC is a strategic option when businesses want to build a long-term brand, need a US bank account, or want to join the Amazon Brand Registry.
- A single-member LLC is a popular choice for foreign sellers. Wyoming has maintenance fees starting at $60/year, while Delaware charges $400/year, but it's more suitable for businesses planning to raise capital.
- The process of opening an LLC to sell on Amazon involves seven steps, from choosing a state, establishing the LLC, applying for an EIN, opening a bank, to registering with Amazon Seller and Brand Registry. The legal name, address, and representative must be consistent across all documents to avoid delays or failures in the verification process.
- Being an LLC does not automatically mean being tax-exempt: a foreign LLC owner may be required to file Form 5472 along with pro forma Form 1120 even without revenue, with a penalty of $25.000 for each failure to file. Businesses also need to factor in import duties, sales tax, and state maintenance fees.
- From August 14, 2026, LLCs established in the US are no longer required to report their Board of Interest (BOI) to FinCEN, but banks will still require owner information when opening an account. In Vietnam, contributing capital to establish an LLC may require going through the procedures for overseas investment under Decree 103/2026/ND-CP.
Japanese Company Incorporation Certificates: 4 Types, Issuance Process (2026)
When establishing a company in Japan, businesses need to use a Certificate of Registration Information for various procedures such as opening a bank account, handling administrative procedures, and conducting transactions with partners.
Depending on the information requiring verification, businesses can choose one of four types of Registration Information Certificates issued by the Japanese Legal Affairs Bureau.
So how do these four types of certificates differ, and which one should businesses choose?
Join GLA experts to learn about the characteristics, scope of information, and intended use of each type of document, so you can choose the right documents when operating a business in Japan.
1. What is a Japanese company incorporation certificate?
A Japanese Company Registration Certificate ("CRC") is a document certifying the registered information of a company in Japan. This document is issued by... The Legal Affairs Bureau ("LAB") of Japan It is issued after the business registration procedures are completed.

Sample Japanese Company Registration Certificate (Source: The Japanese Ministry of Justice ("MOJ"))
A Japanese company incorporation certificate is a document confirming that a business has completed its legal registration and provides official information recorded in Japan's commercial registration system.
Contents on the Certificate of Incorporation Japanese companies include:
- Company name and type of business.
- The company's registered office is in Japan.
- The registered business purpose.
- The company's registered capital.
- Information on the registered representative and management positions.
- Date of establishment and business registration.
- Other information is included in the company's business registration.
2. Differentiating between CRC and Certificate of Seals (CSC)
2.1. What is a Certificate of Seal (CSC)?
A Company Seal Certificate ("CSC") is a document issued by the Legal Affairs Bureau of Japan (LAB) confirming that a company's seal has been properly registered in Japan.

Sample Certificate of Japanese Company Seal (Source: JETRO)
Registered Company Seals ("RCS") are used in many important transactions and procedures. The accompanying seal certificate helps partners, banks, or authorities verify the validity of the seal on documents.
A registered company seal is commonly used in situations such as:
- Signing contracts and conducting transactions requires the use of a registered seal.
- Complete loan application procedures or conduct transactions with the bank as required.
- Conduct transactions involving assets that require registration of ownership, such as real estate or securities.
- Submit the application to the administrative agency or other agencies and organizations that require a seal certificate.
In transactions requiring proof that the seal used is a registered business seal, a Seal Certificate (CSC) is used to verify the information about the registered seal.
2.2. Quick Comparison Table of CRC and CSC
CRC and CSC are two different types of documents; the CRC confirms the business's registration information, while the CSC confirms that the business seal has been registered.
To help businesses determine the correct type of documents needed for each procedure, GLA's business consultants have compiled the key differences in the table below:
| Criteria | CRC | CSC |
| Purpose | Verify the business registration information. | Confirmation of registered business seal |
| Main information | Company name, address, representative, and other registration information. | Information about the registered business seal |
| Confirmation subject | Legal and registration information of the business | Validity of the registered seal |
| When needed | When you need to provide proof of company registration information, such as opening a bank account, conducting transactions with partners, or carrying out administrative procedures. | When it is necessary to prove that the seal used is a registered seal, such as in contracts, bank transactions, property transactions, and other procedures requiring a registered seal. |
3. The content on the certificate varies depending on the type of business.
A certificate of company registration in Japan displays the legal information of a business that has been registered with the Japanese Legal Affairs Bureau. The scope of information on the certificate depends on the specific company. type of business and the corresponding registration details.
- For a joint-stock company (Kabushiki Kaisha), the certificate must show information about the company, its shares, management structure, and legal representative.
- For Godo Kaisha (GK)The certificate must show information consistent with the structure of contributing members and the representative of the type of business.
- For branches of foreign companies in Japan, the business is also issued a Certificate of Registration Information after completing the registration procedures. However, the information on the branch's certificate will differ from that of a subsidiary company because a branch does not have independent legal personality in Japan.

List of Information appearing in the certificate KK Company, Japan
4. When is a Japanese company registration certificate used?
A Japanese company registration certificate is used to verify the registration information and legal status of a business in procedures with banks, government agencies, investors, and partners.
Depending on the purpose, the company needs to provide the type of certificate that matches the requested content.
To help Japanese companies determine when to use a Japanese Company Incorporation Certificate and its purpose in each procedure, GLA's business consultants have compiled common scenarios in the table below:
| Use case | Uses |
| Open a business bank account. | The bank uses the certificate to verify the legal information, registered address, and the company's representative during the account opening application process. |
| Apply for or renew a Business Manager Visa. | When applying for or renewing a Business Manager Visa, the certificate is used to provide information about the business to immigration authorities. This certificate is also required when a business sponsors a work visa for a foreign employee. |
| Investor due diligence and KYC verification. | Investors, partners, landlords, or suppliers use certificates to verify business information, authenticate representatives, and complete KYC procedures before establishing a business relationship. |
| Participate in bidding and apply for business licenses. | Businesses must provide certificates in their bidding documents, business license applications, or registration procedures with government agencies when the documents require proof of business information. |
5. Four types of company registration certificates in Japan
Japanese company incorporation certificates come in four main types, distinguished by the scope of information certified, including current registration information, change history, information in closed registration files, and information about the legal representative.
The table below helps businesses quickly distinguish between the four types of Registration Information Certificates and determine the appropriate certificate for their needs:
| Type of certificate | main content | When to choose? |
| Current Information Certificate (現在事項証明書) | Displays the business's currently valid registration information at the time of issuance. | Proof that the company is currently operating legally (opening an account, standard KYC verification). |
| Certificate of Complete Information History (履歴事項証明書) | Show current registration information and any information that has changed or been deleted within the 3 years prior to the issuance date. | Proof of changes is required, including a history of changes (name change, change of registered office, change of legal representative within the last 3 years). |
| Certificate of Representative Information (代表者事項証明書) | Focus on the registration information of the representative, used to verify the representative status of the registered individual. | Just confirm who is authorized to sign on behalf of the other party. |
| Certificate of Closed Information (閉鎖事項証明書) | Record the registration information that has been transferred to the closed register, including old information that is no longer reflected in the current registration records. | We need to look up old information for companies that have ceased operations or changed their name/address outside the 3-year timeframe. |
1. Current Information Certificate (現在事項証明書)
Current Information Certificate (現在事項証明書) This is a document issued by the Legal Affairs Bureau of Japan (LAB), showing the currently valid registration information of the business at the time of issuance.
The current information certificate only reflects the current registration status of the business, helping relevant parties understand the legal information that is valid at the time of the search.
Current information certificates are commonly used for:
- Verify the current registration information of the business.
- Provide supporting documents when carrying out procedures with government agencies.
- Provide proof of business information to banks and partners.
- To facilitate transactions or other procedures that require confirmation of current registration status.

Current Information Certificate Template (Source: Ministry of Justice of Japan (MOJ))
2. Certificate of Complete Information History (履歴事項証明書)
Certificate of Complete Information History (履歴事項証明書) This document shows the business registration details recorded in the Japanese commercial register, including the business's current registration information and any information that has been changed or deleted within the three years prior to the issuance of the certificate.
A distinctive feature of this document is its ability to retrieve the business registration history. When a registration detail is changed and the change procedure is completed, the previous information is shown in the history section of the Certificate of Complete Information History.
This document is often used when needed:
- Check the business registration change process.
- Provide proof of legal history in transactions or procedures where required.
- Compare the registration information at each stage when conducting business verification.
- Provide records to the bank, partner, or competent authority when requested, showing documentation of your registration history.

The certificate shows the company's current name and address, as well as any company names that have been used in the past. (Source: Japan's Ministry of Justice (MOJ))
3. Certificate of Representative Information (代表者事項証明書)
Certificate of Representative Information (代表者事項証明書) This document focuses on the registration information of the legal representative of the business.
A certificate of representative information is used to verify the representative status of a registered individual, especially when a business conducts transactions or procedures where the receiving party needs to verify who is authorized to represent the company.
The main contents of the certificate include:
- Business name and address: Record the company name and the address of its head office.
- Representative: Confirmation of the individual holding the representative position and the scope of their representative capacity as per the commercial filing.
- Confirmation from the registration authority: There is a certificate/confirmation from the registration authority certifying the content of the issued document.
4. Certificate of Closed Information (閉鎖事項証明書)
Certificate of Closed Information (閉鎖事項証明書) This document records the registration details that have been transferred to Japan's closed register.
A closed information certificate allows you to look up old business registration information that is no longer shown in current registration records.
To help businesses easily identify when registration information has been transferred to a closed register, GLA experts have compiled three common scenarios in the table below:
| Case | The information has been transferred to the closed register. |
| Relocating the headquarters to an area under the jurisdiction of a different registration authority. | The registration file at the new location must be closed. if a branch is already registered at that location of the business. The closed registration file retains registration information prior to the business relocating its headquarters. |
| Change name or registered office across multiple registration areas. | When the Certificate of Registration Information has a history It does not fully represent the change process. The name or headquarters, and closed registration records retain old information to supplement and demonstrate the changes in the business. |
| Dissolution and completion of liquidation. | Information contained in closed registration files can be certified by a Certificate of Closed Information. |
6. The 3-step process for obtaining a Certificate of Incorporation in Japan
After completing the company registration process in Japan, a Japanese company can request a Certificate of Incorporation to confirm the information recorded in the registration file.
The procedure is carried out in three steps, from determining the type of certificate, preparing the information, submitting the request, paying the fee, to receiving the results.
Businesses need to determine the appropriate type of certificate for their intended use and include essential information such as company name, registered address, and business registration number.
For example, a current Certificate of Information is used to verify the company's currently valid registration information.
The certificate contains a complete history of relevant information, useful for checking even previously changed registration details.
Applicants can choose one of three methods to obtain a Japanese company registration certificate. The method used will depend on the applicant's preference. Application form for a Certificate Registration information and related certificates as required.
- In person: submit your application at the registration office (LAB).
- By mail: Send your application, fee, and a postage-stamped envelope to receive your results by mail.
- Online: Submit your request through the Japanese Ministry of Justice's Online Registration and Submission System.

Application form for obtaining a Certificate of Company Registration in Japan
After submitting the request, the applicant pays the fee using their chosen method. The fee ranges from... 490–600 yen/paper.
After the request is processed, the applicant receives the Certificate using their chosen method:
- Received at the counter: Certificates are usually issued in about 10–15 minutesHowever, the actual time may vary depending on the number of people transacting at the counter.
- Receiving by mail: The time it takes to receive the document depends on the processing time of the request and the postal service's delivery time.
- For online requests: If submitted Requests after 17:15The system will accept applications starting at 8:30 AM on the next business day.
7. Using certificates from overseas: translation and legalization
When using a Japanese company registration certificate overseas, businesses typically need to prepare translations and certifications/legalizations of the documents as required by the receiving agency or organization. The processing method depends on the country where the documents are used and the purpose of use.
7.1. In case an English version is required
A certificate of company registration information in Japan is issued. Japanese language certificate.
Therefore, when using the certificate abroad, if the agency, bank, or partner requires documents in English, the Japanese company needs to prepare them. English translation and carry out the relevant certification procedures as required by the receiving party. The business can Follow these steps:
- Please provide the original Japanese version of the Company Registration Information Certificate.
- Translate the certificate into English as required by the receiving agency or organization.
- Notarize or certify the translation if requested by the recipient.
- Obtain an apostille or consular certification, depending on the regulations of the receiving country and agency.
7.2. In cases where a Vietnamese version is required for application submission in Vietnam.
11/09/2026Japanese official documents falling under the Apostille Convention can be used in Vietnam after being certified by Apostille, replacing the previous consular legalization procedure.
If the Japanese company registration certificate is not in Vietnamese, the business must include a Vietnamese translation that is notarized or certified in accordance with Vietnamese law.
Businesses should check the requirements of the receiving agency before preparing translations to ensure the documents are accepted. The basic process includes:
- Please provide the original Japanese version of the Company Registration Information Certificate.
- Obtain an Apostille certificate from the competent authority in Japan if the document falls within the scope of the Convention.
- Translate documents into Vietnamese and have the translation notarized or certified according to regulations.
- Submit the documents along with the Apostille and its Vietnamese translation to the receiving agency in Vietnam.
For documents not covered by the Apostille Convention, consular legalization procedures may still be applicable. In this case, businesses must follow current regulations and the specific requirements of the receiving authority.
GLA assists individuals and businesses in preparing and carrying out procedures related to certification and consular legalization of Japanese company registration certificates and business documents, making the process of completing the application convenient and compliant with the requirements of the receiving agency.
8. How does GLA assist businesses in obtaining a company registration certificate in Japan?
A Japanese company incorporation certificate is an important document for businesses to verify their registration information after completing the incorporation process.
To get a company up and running, businesses also need to complete post-establishment procedures such as opening a bank account and fulfilling compliance obligations. GLA supports businesses from company formation in Japan to obtaining the Japanese Certificate of Incorporation and post-establishment operations.
- Consult type hbusiness consistent with ownership structure and business objectivesGodo Kaisha, Kabushiki Kaisha, etc.)
- Prepare the necessary documents and coordinate the procedures for registering a business in Japan.
- We assist with the consular legalization of company registration certificates and related documents for use in Vietnam or as required by the receiving authority.
- Monitor the processing and support businesses in completing their applications, ensuring that the documents meet the requirements for their intended use.
- Providing advice on tax, accounting, labor, and insurance obligations after a company is established.
- Assistance in preparing documents and completing the account opening process. Digital Bank/Particle in Japan.
- We provide advice on business documentation and requirements related to Business Manager Visas.
9. Frequently Asked Questions about Company Incorporation Certificates in Japan
1. How long after company formation can I obtain a Japanese Certificate of Incorporation?
Businesses can request a Japanese Company Incorporation Certificate immediately after the company registration process is completed by the Japanese Legal Affairs Bureau.
While the registration process for a Japanese company is still underway, the Certificate of Registration will not be issued.
2. How long is a Japanese company registration certificate valid for?
The certificate of company registration in Japan does not have a fixed expiration date.
However, government agencies, banks, or partners often require the company to have a certificate issued for a specific period of time.
For example, some procedures of the Japanese Ministry of Justice require that a Certificate of Registration Information be issued within 3 months. This regulation only applies to the corresponding procedure and does not mean that the Certificate is only valid for 3 months.

The Japanese Ministry of Justice's requirements regarding the timeframe for a Certificate of Incorporation (Source: MY)
3. Can foreigners or their partners apply for a Japanese company registration certificate themselves?
Yes. Foreign nationals or partners not affiliated with the company can still independently request a Japanese company registration certificate, even if they are not directors, shareholders, members, or representatives of the company.
4. If the information of the Japanese company changes, does the Certificate of Registration need to be updated?
When a company changes its registered information such as its legal representative, company name, or registered office, the business must register the change. within 2 weeks since the change occurred.
However, businesses do not need to update the information directly on the issued certificate.
After the registration change procedure is completed, the new information is updated in the company's registration file. If a certificate reflecting the new information is needed, the business can request a new registration information certificate.
- A company registration certificate is an official document confirming the legal information of a business that has been registered with the Japanese Legal Affairs Bureau, serving banking, administrative, and business transaction procedures.
- The seal certificate confirms that the company seal has been properly registered in Japan.
- Businesses can choose from four types of registration information certificates depending on the scope of information to be verified: current information, complete information history, information about the representative, and closed information.
- Businesses can request the certificate in person, by mail, or online.
- When business information changes, the business must register the change within the prescribed timeframe and may request a new Certificate to reflect the updated information.
What is a Tax Identification Number (TIN) in Hong Kong? How to look it up and use it.
Hong Kong does not issue its own tax identification number (TIN). Hong Kong Internal Revenue Service (IRD)The TIN equivalent for a tax-resident individual is the HKID number, while for a business it is the Business Registration Number (BRN), which is the first 8 digits of the number on the Business Registration Certificate ("BRC").
When a company in Hong Kong conducts international financial activities, correctly identifying its Tax Identification Number ("TIN") is a crucial requirement in many legal and banking procedures.
In Hong Kong, the tax system operates separately from that of many other countries.
Instead of issuing a separate Tax Identification Number (TIN), Hong Kong uses pre-existing identifiers, separate for individuals and businesses, to identify taxpayers.
These identifiers play a crucial role in many processes such as tax filing, opening bank accounts, KYC (Know Your Customer) verification, and preparing international financial reports.
This article will help you understand:
- What is the Tax Identification Number (TIN) in Hong Kong?
- The difference between the Hong Kong Identity Card ("HKID"), the Business Registration Number ("BRN"), and other identification numbers.
- How to use TINs in tax filings, banking, and international reporting.
- Important notes to avoid errors when filing tax returns.
Join GLA as we explore how to correctly identify and use your Tax Identification Number (TIN) in Hong Kong for various procedures.
1. What is a Tax Identification Number (TIN) in Hong Kong?
A Tax Identification Number (TIN) is an identifier used to identify individuals or businesses within the Hong Kong tax system.
TINs are identified based on existing identifiers, including HKID for individuals and BRN/UBI for businesses.
1.1. Concept of Tax Identification Number (TIN)
The Tax Identification Number (TIN) is an identifier used to identify individuals or businesses within the tax administration system and for the purpose of exchanging international tax information.
Hong Kong uses existing identifiers to perform the function of identifying taxpayers:
- For Individuals: Hong Kong Identity Card Number (HKID).
- For Businesses: Business Registration Number (BRN), which is currently also used as the Unique Enterprise Identifier (UBI).
When individuals or businesses in Hong Kong are asked to provide TIN, the code used will depend on the entity: HKID for individuals and BRN/UBI for businesses.
Note: According to the IRD, HKID for individuals and BRN for businesses are used as TIN equivalents in Hong Kong. applicable to the following subjects Those identified as Hong Kong tax residents include:
- Individuals who are permanent residents of Hong Kong, or who reside in Hong Kong for more than 180 days in a tax year, or for more than 300 days in two consecutive tax years, where one year is the relevant tax year.
- The company is incorporated in Hong Kong, or incorporated overseas but managed or controlled in Hong Kong.
1.2. Why is a Tax Identification Number (TIN) necessary in Hong Kong?
Owning and using TINs not only helps individuals and businesses comply with the law but also brings many practical benefits:
- Correctly identify taxpayer profiles when filing tax returns and working with the IRD.
- Complete the self-certification of tax residence required by the financial institution for AEOI purposes.
- Verify the identity and information of all individuals involved in financial transactions.
- Meeting the bank's financial information exchange standards and compliance procedures, including:
- Common Reporting Standard ("CRS") on the exchange of financial account information between countries.
- The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act ("FATCA"), a U.S. law, applies to Hong Kong financial institutions through the Model 2 IGA intergovernmental agreement, effective from 2016 (U.S. Department of Treasury, FATCA).
- The Know Your Customer ("KYC") process in banking and finance operations.
2. How do individuals use their HKID as their tax identification number (TIN)?
In Hong Kong, a person's tax identification number (TIN) is the HKID, which is used to identify individuals within the tax system instead of a separate TIN code.
Instead, the Hong Kong Internal Revenue Service (IRD) uses the HKID number as the TIN equivalent for Hong Kong Tax Residents, which consists of all the letters and numbers on the card.
HKID is issued by the Hong Kong Immigration Department (IMMD). residents from 11 years old above.
1. What is a Hong Kong Tax Identification Number (HKID)?
The Tax Identification Number (TIN) for individuals in Hong Kong does not exist as a single, distinct number.
Instead, the personal Tax Identification Number (TIN) is the Hong Kong Resident Identification Number (HKID). This is the only identification card that allows the Hong Kong Revenue Department to verify an individual's identity.
2. Structure of the Hong Kong Resident Identification Number (HKID)
HKID has a structure consisting of 1–2 uppercase letters, 6 digits and 1 check character in parentheses, for example: A123456(7) or AB123456(A).
The HKID structure consists of three main components:
- Alphabetical prefix: Consists of 1 or 2 uppercase letters.
- Identification number: Consists of 6 digits, assigned to each individual.
- Check digit: Consists of a single digit or the letter A, enclosed in parentheses, to check the validity of the code.
According to the Immigration Department (IMMD)The characters in parentheses are not part of the ID card number but are used for data processing purposes. However, when using HKID as TIN, IRD requires including these characters and omitting the parentheses.

Location of TIN display in Hong Kong (Source: OECD)
To help individuals correctly read each component on the card before filling out the form, GLA experts have analyzed the sample HKID number below.
Example of Hong Kong Resident Identification Number (HKID): A123456(7)
| Thành phần | For example | Meaning |
| Prefix | A | The first letter of the HKID number (1 or 2 letters) |
| Identification number | 123456 | Unique personal code |
| Check transaction | (7) | The authentication character used to verify the validity of the HKID number can be a number from 0 to 9 or the letter A. |
3. How to use your Hong Kong Resident Identification Number (HKID) when filing taxes in Hong Kong.
When individuals perform procedures such as filing personal income tax returns, submitting tax documents, submitting CRS/AEOI reports at banks, or updating information with the Hong Kong Internal Revenue Service (IRD), their HKID number is used. used according to the principle Officially as follows:
Keep all the letters and numbers of HKID, including the check digit, and remove only the parentheses surrounding it.
The table below helps individuals correctly convert HKID format to tax and banking forms. This is the rule GLA experts apply when reviewing Hong Kong tax returns for GLA clients.
| Formatting on the physical card | Formatting input for tax/bank forms |
| A12345 (7) | A1234567 |
| A123456(A) | A123456A |
Important note: IRD requires the TIN equivalent code to include the character in parentheses. Missing this character indicates an incorrect declaration number, and the financial institution may request additional information.
4. Notes on using HKID as a TIN in Hong Kong
When an HKID is used as a personal TIN in Hong Kong, the individual must enter the correct identifier structure as required by the IRD.
Errors in characters, spacing, or coding may cause TIN information to be incorrectly recognized by tax systems or financial institutions.
- Include the check character: When declaring HKID as TIN, keep the check character at the end of the code, but remove the parentheses.
- Do not arbitrarily change the HKID structure: Do not add leading zeros, do not insert spaces between letters and numbers, and do not change the order of the code's components.
- Enter only the required identifier: If the form requires a TIN, the individual only needs to fill in the HKID code in the specified format, without adding the word "TIN" or any symbols that are not part of the identifier.
- Verify the format before submitting: Compare the HKID on your identification document with the information you have declared to minimize errors when filing taxes, opening accounts, or providing information to financial institutions.
5. Is the TIN for eTAX number on the tax return the same as the tax identification number?
When an individual receives their Tax Return or Notice of Assessment from the Hong Kong Internal Revenue Service (IRD), they will see a series of numbers labeled "TIN (for eTAX login)". This series of numbers... not NEWS Used for declarations in international tax filings, banking records, or CRS/AEOI.
"TIN for eTAX" is a login code for the IRD's electronic tax system, not a tax identification number used to identify individuals in procedures requiring TIN. When identifying the TIN of a Hong Kong tax resident, the HKID is the TIN equivalent.
From July 22, 2025, individual eTAX accounts will be migrated to the Individual Tax Portal (ITP). Therefore, individuals should not confuse the TIN for eTAX login with the TIN/HKID code when completing bank applications or forms related to CRS/AEOI.
The table below helps differentiate between two types of codes that are often confused when filing tax and financial documents:
| Criteria | TIN for eTAX login | Real information (CRS/AEOI/Bank) |
| Where did it appear? | Tax return, Assessment notice | Physical HKID card |
| What is it used for? | Log in to the eTAX portal. | Filing tax returns, opening bank accounts, reporting CRS/FATCA. |
| Is it valid for AEOI? | No | Have |
According to GLA experts: "The most common mistake we encounter is customers copying the TIN number printed on the Notice of Assessment into the CRS self-confirmation form. That number is only for logging into eTAX. For AEOI purposes, individuals need to enter the full HKID number, including the check digit."
GLA assists individuals with tax filing procedures in Hong Kong, including verifying and standardizing Hong Kong Resident Identification Number (HKID) information, and supporting the preparation and submission of tax returns within the required deadlines.
3. Which number do businesses in Hong Kong use as their Tax Identification Number (TIN)?
The Tax Identification Number (TIN) for businesses in Hong Kong is determined by the BRN, which is currently also the Business Unit Information Number (UBI).
The BRN number consists of 8 digits and is used to identify the business in tax-related procedures, tax declarations and reports, linking the Business Tax Portal (BTP) account on eTAX, and some business verification processes such as KYC at banks.
1. What is a Business Registration Number (BRN) in Hong Kong?
The tax identification number (TIN) of a business in Hong Kong is: Business Registration Number ("BRN"))This is a mandatory identification number for authenticating the commercial activities and related financial transactions of a Hong Kong company.
BRNs are issued by the Business Registration Office ("BRO"), which is a unit of the Hong Kong Internal Revenue Service (IRD).
Note: The Business Registration Office (BRO) and the Companies Registry are two different agencies.
The Companies Registry is the agency that issues the Company Registration Number ("CRN"), not the Business Registration Number (BRN). When the form requests a TIN, you must provide the BRN, not the CRN.
For businesses established from December 27, 2023, BRN is recorded directly in the "No." section of the Companies Registry. on the Certificate of Incorporation.
Businesses established from this point onwards can identify their BRN directly on their Certificate of Incorporation. Confusion between CRN and BRN often occurs with businesses established before December 27, 2023, due to the way codes were issued and displayed before Hong Kong implemented UBI.

Regulations regarding TIN numbers in Hong Kong and notes
A business in Hong Kong is typically required to provide its Business Registration Number (BRN) in the following situations:
- Submit your Corporate Income Tax (Profits Tax) report and other taxes.
- Register a user account and log in to the eTAX system.
- Open bank accounts, checking accounts, and other financial services.
- Implement the Know Your Customer (KYC) business verification process.
- Submit international financial information exchange reports according to CRS standards or AEOI (Automated Exchange of Financial Information) regulations.
Note: As of December 27, 2023, the current BRN number will automatically become [BRN number]. Unique Enterprise Identifier (UBI), serving as a unique identifier for Hong Kong companies throughout the entire administrative and tax system in Hong Kong.
For businesses that have not yet been assigned a BRN, the authorities will issue a temporary BRN with a letter prefix, for example C0012345, to be used as a UBI.
This code is for business identification purposes only and does not replace the registration number shown on the Business Registration Certificate (BRC).
2. Structure of the Business Registration Number (BRN)
The Business Registration Number (BRN) is the official identifier of a business in Hong Kong's business registration and tax administration system.
Specifically, the structure of the Business Registration Number (BRN) includes:
- Structure: Including 8 digits at the beginning of the number on the Business Registration Certificate.
- Issuing authority: Inland Revenue Department ("IRD").
For example, on a Business Registration Certificate, the number may be displayed in full format as follows:
12345678-xxx-xx-xx-x
However, A company's information is just the first 8 digits. Therefore, the business's BRN/TIN code is: 12345678.

BRN position on the Hong Kong Business Registration Certificate
Several key features of the Business Registration Number (BRN) help ensure business identification within Hong Kong's regulatory system, including:
- Each company in Hong Kong is issued a unique, non-duplicate certificate within the business registration system.
- It is used throughout the entire operation of a business, from its establishment to its closure.
- It appears on the Business Registration Certificate issued by the Hong Kong Tax Department.
3. Important notes when filling out the Business Registration Number (BRN)
When a Hong Kong company declares its Business Registration Number (BRN) in tax forms, bank records, or business verification systems.
Businesses need to adhere to certain data entry rules to ensure accurate information and avoid confusion with other codes. Important considerations include:
- Do not use the Company Registration Number (CRN) instead of the Business Registration Number (BRN).
- Enter the exact 8 digits of the Business Registration Number (BRN), without adding any unnecessary parentheses, hyphens, or spaces.
- If the form asks for Value Added Tax ("VAT"), the business should select "Not applicable" if the business is not subject to this tax.
When opening a business bank account, the bank will compare the BRN on the form with the valid Business Registration Certificate. A single digit error or the wrong old CRN number can result in a request for additional information on the KYC application. - GLA Expert.
GLA assists businesses in registering for a Business Registration Number (BRN) in Hong Kong from A to Z, including procedural advice. business establishmentPrepare business registration documents and complete the process with the Hong Kong Internal Revenue Service (IRD).
4. How do I check and verify my Tax Identification Number (TIN) in Hong Kong?
Businesses can look up their BRN free of charge through the Business Registration Number Enquiry tool on GovHK. HKID data is personal and protected, so individuals should check their tax records through their eTAX account.
Depending on whether the subject is an individual or a business, the verification process will be carried out through different systems managed by government agencies or financial institutions.
1. Check your Hong Kong Resident Identification Number (HKID).
The Hong Kong Resident Identification Number (HKID) is a personal identification data and is security as per regulations Regarding the protection of personal information in Hong Kong, for this reason, there is no publicly available lookup tool for HKID.
HKID verification is only performed in systems with legitimate access rights, including:
- Government agencies: State agencies use the population database to verify HKID information in administrative procedures.
- Banking system: Banks use HKID to perform Know Your Customer (KYC) procedures when opening accounts or conducting financial transactions.
- Hong Kong Revenue Department (IRD): The IRD uses HKID to verify taxpayer identity in individual tax filings and the AEOI (Automated Exchange of Financial Information) process.
Individuals can check their tax record information themselves by logging into the portal. eTAX (Individual Tax Portal ("ITP")) of IRD.
2. Check the business registration number (BRN) of the company.
Unlike HKID, a business's business registration number (BRN) can be looked up online through Business Registration Number Inquiry, the official tool provided by the Hong Kong Internal Revenue Service (IRD) on the GovHK portal.
This service is free and open to all individuals and companies, including residents and companies in mainland China. The tool allows you to look up BRN based on business name and business address area.

Interface for the Business Registration Number (BRN) lookup tool in Hong Kong.
To check your business's BRN/UBI, follow these steps:
- Access the Business Registration Number Enquiry tool on the official Hong Kong Government portal.
- Enter the full business name as registered.
- Select the Business Address Area corresponding to your business: Hong Kong, Kowloon, or New Territories.
- Enter the verification code in the order shown in the image.
- View the search results and identify the matching business based on the displayed address, then record the BRN.
If a copy of the business registration information is required, the company can apply online in the next step and pay the fee according to IRD's fee schedule.
5. Why do individuals and businesses need to declare an accurate tax identification number (TIN)?
Providing an accurate tax identification number (TIN) is required in many legal and financial situations.
The accuracy of this information helps businesses and individuals avoid unnecessary risks in the transaction process.
The table below helps individuals/businesses clearly see the consequences of an incorrect TIN, based on common document errors that GLA experts encounter when advising and supporting businesses:
| Reason | Description |
| Identity verification | A Tax Identification Number (TIN) helps businesses avoid identity verification issues and transaction rejections. |
| Compliance with legal regulations | TIN is mandatory information in many tax, banking, and international financial regulations. |
| Reduce the risk of errors in documentation. | Checking your TIN helps avoid errors when filing taxes, registering accounts, or conducting financial transactions. |
| Compliance with international reporting standards. | Accurate financial information is a mandatory requirement when preparing reports according to the CRS standard and the Automatic Exchange of Financial Information (AEOI) mechanisms, and is especially important for individuals and companies with cross-border financial activities. |
| Increase financial transparency. | TIN assists regulatory agencies in monitoring financial transactions and curbing tax evasion or fraud. |
6. How does GLA assist individuals/businesses with their Tax Identification Number (TIN) in Hong Kong?
When establishing a business, opening a bank account, or fulfilling tax obligations in Hong Kong, correctly identifying and using the Tax Identification Number (TIN) is crucial to ensuring the validity of your documentation.
With a team of experts boasting over 10 years of experience, headquartered in Singapore, with offices in Ho Chi Minh City, Thailand, and Hong Kong, and a network spanning over 10 countries, GLA provides comprehensive support solutions to ensure individuals and businesses correctly and effectively utilize tax identification numbers in the Hong Kong market.
- Verify the accuracy and validity of your identification number (HKID or BRN) before using it for important transactions.
- Setting up and logging into the eTAX system (ITP for individuals, BTP for businesses) is easy.
- Assistance with opening a bank account: preparing and verifying the information of the identification numbers (HKID or BRN) in the account opening application.
- Ensure that the application fully complies with the Know Your Customer (KYC) process standards of our partner banks.
- It helps provide accurate TIN information for international reports such as CRS and AEOI.
7. Frequently Asked Questions about Tax Identification Numbers (TINs) in Hong Kong
1. Is the Tax Identification Number (TIN) the same as the Company Registration Number (CRN)?
The Tax Identification Number (TIN) is not the same as the Company Registration Number (CRN).
These two types of codes have different functions:
- Business Registration Number (BRN): Used in the tax system and is often referred to as the tax identification number (TIN) of a business.
- Company Registration Number (CRN): Issued when a business registers its establishment at the company registration authority (applicable to companies established before December 27, 2023).
When the form requests a tax identification number (TIN), businesses need to provide the Business Registration Number (BRN) instead of the Company Registration Number (CRN). From December 27, 2023, newly established companies use the BRN as the number on their Certificate of Incorporation.
2. Do foreign businesses need a Tax Identification Number (TIN) to file the Comprehensive Reporting Standards (CRS)?
Yes, but the company needs to have the right understanding of... What type of information needs to be provided?.
The Common Reporting Standards (CRS) is an international mechanism developed by the OECD, under which financial institutions (banks, securities firms, etc.) are responsible for collecting customer account information and reporting it to the tax authorities of their respective countries. The tax authorities then automatically share this information with the tax authorities of the countries involved.
In the CRS process, foreign businesses need to provide information according to the following principles:
- If the business is a tax resident in Hong Kong (either incorporated in Hong Kong, or incorporated overseas but normally governed or controlled in Hong Kong): provide the Hong Kong BRN.
- If the business is a tax resident in another country but has an account at a Hong Kong financial institution: provide the TIN issued by the business's tax resident country, not the Hong Kong BRN.
- If the business has multiple tax residences: it is necessary to declare the tax dates (TINs) of all relevant countries.
3. Can I use my Tax Identification Number (TIN) to open a bank account?
Yes. TIN is one of the mandatory pieces of information that banks collect during the Know Your Customer verification process when opening an account. However, TIN is only... a part In the application package, banks often request additional documents depending on the applicant.
To help individuals and businesses proactively prepare all necessary documents from the first submission, GLA experts have compiled a list of documents commonly requested by banks:
| Subject | Documents are often required. |
| Personal | HKID card or passport, proof of residence, income information. |
| Business & Investment | Business Registration Certificate (BRC), company charter, list of directors/shareholders, information on capital sources, business address. |
Note: Each bank in Hong Kong may have its own document requirements. The list above is for reference only; actual requirements may include additional documents depending on the account type, business sector, and risk level assessed during the KYC process.
GLA assists individuals/businesses in preparing documents for opening bank accounts in Hong Kong, including checking tax identification number (TIN) information, preparing legal documents, and guiding them through the application process as required by the bank.
4. Which TIN should a foreigner who is not a tax resident in Hong Kong declare?
According to IRD, HKID is simply the TIN equivalent code for Hong Kong tax residents.
Individuals who are tax residents in other countries must file a TIN issued by that country using the CRS self-certification form. If they are tax residents in multiple locations, they must file TINs for all those locations.
7. Can the TIN number on the tax return be used for the CRS form?
No. IRD confirms that the "TIN" number printed on the Individual Tax Return and Tax Assessment Notice is not the TIN equivalent for AEOI purposes. This number is only for eTAX login. Individuals must provide their full HKID number, including check characters.
- Hong Kong does not issue a separate TIN; the TIN is determined based on the taxpayer's existing identification codes.
- The personal information (TIN) is HKID; when declaring it, you need to keep all the characters, including the check digit, but omit the parentheses.
- A company's TIN is an 8-digit BRN/UBI and is currently also the unique company identifier (UBI).
- The TIN displayed on the Personal Income Tax Return or Notice of Assessment is for eTAX login purposes only and should not be used in place of the HKID in AEOI declarations.
Business License in the US: Detailed Registration Guide 2026
More and more Vietnamese businesses open a company in the US to sell products on Amazon, TikTok Shop, or provide cross-border services to US customers.
Guide to setting up a travel company in Hong Kong: Requirements and procedures 2026
Tourism is one of Hong Kong's key economic sectors, contributing significantly to the retail, food and beverage, and accommodation industries. By 2025, Hong Kong is expected to welcome... 49,9 million visitorsThis represents a 12% increase compared to 2024. Of these, approximately 37,8 million visitors came from China and 12,1 million from other international markets, representing increases of 11% and 15% respectively.
The recovery and growth in tourist numbers creates more opportunities for businesses to tap into the tourism market in Hong Kong, especially models targeting both Chinese and international customers.
However, businesses not only need to establish a company but also meet licensing requirements if they operate within the scope of a Travel Agent Business.
In this article, GLA experts will share details about the conditions, procedures, and processes for establishing a travel company in Hong Kong, as well as the requirements for obtaining a Travel Agent License that foreign companies need to be aware of.
1. What does it mean to set up a travel company in Hong Kong?
Establishing a travel company in Hong Kong is a matter for foreign investors. Registering a business in Hong Kong to conduct business activities in the tourism sector.
Establishing a company does not automatically grant the business the right to operate a travel service. If the business falls within the scope of Travel Agent Business ("TAB") as defined by Hong Kong regulations, the business must meet the requirements and register for a Travel Agent Licence ("TAL") from the Hong Kong Travel Industry Authority ("TIA").
For investors who choose the company model, Private Limited Company It is a common way to establish a business in Hong Kong.
The Hong Kong Tourism Authority (TIA) does not limit Travel Agent License applications to any particular company type. According to the TIA, applications can be submitted in three forms:
- Company.
- Partnership company. Or
- Individuals conduct business in the form of sole proprietorships (individual carrying on business as a sole proprietor).

Three types of Travel Agent License registration in Hong Kong (Source: Hong Kong Tourism Board (TIA))
2. Why should businesses establish a travel agency in Hong Kong?
Establishing a travel company in Hong Kong offers several notable advantages for foreign investors, ranging from 100% ownership rights and a relatively simple tax system to connections with China and its diverse tourism and events ecosystem.
Below is a summary of the advantages of establishing a travel company in Hong Kong and important information for businesses to consider, compiled by GLA's business consultants:
| Advantage | Summary |
| 100% foreign ownership and favorable tax policies. | Foreign investors can own 100% of a company's capital. The tax system is relatively simple, with corporate profit tax rates ranging from 8,25% to 16,5%. |
| Advantages of connectivity between Hong Kong and China | Its location and international transportation system are favorable for developing Hong Kong-China tours and multi-destination travel itineraries. |
| An ecosystem of international events and diverse cultural experiences. | Sports events, arts, culture, and unique tourism products generate diverse customer groups and demand for tourism services. |
| Brand reputation and ability to connect with international partners. | Hong Kong is an international financial and business hub, facilitating business relationships with airlines, hotels, transportation companies, event organizers, and international travel partners. |
1. 100% foreign ownership and favorable tax policies.
Hong Kong allowing foreign investors to own 100% of the capital in the company. without requiring local shareholders or partners.
The tax system in Hong Kong is relatively simple, with three main tax categories related to income and business activities.
To help businesses easily identify their tax obligations and proactively plan their finances, GLA's International Tax and Accounting Consulting experts have compiled the following list of taxes that businesses need to be aware of:
| Tax group | Key tax rates/regulations |
| Salaries Tax | Applicable to individual salary income, at the rate Progressive tax rate 2%–17%. The amount of tax payable is capped at a standard two-tier tax rate: 15% for the first 5 million HKD of net income and 16% for the remainder. |
| Profit Tax | Profit tax in Hong Kong is applied to two groups of subjects:
|
| Property Tax | This applies to rental income from properties in Hong Kong. The current tax rate is 15%. based on the net value of the taxable assets. |
The favorable ownership structure and relatively simple tax system make it easy for foreign investors to establish and operate travel companies in Hong Kong.
For travel companies, these factors help businesses proactively organize their operations and manage costs in accordance with their operating model.
2. Advantages of connectivity between Hong Kong and China
The advantage of connectivity with China is one of the outstanding opportunities when establishing a travel company in Hong Kong. Its geographical location and international transportation system make it easy for Hong Kong companies to develop multi-destination tours between Hong Kong and China.
From September 11thChina is expanding its 240-hour visa-free transit policy, applying it to five more border crossings in Guangdong province, including two that directly connect with Hong Kong: the Hong Kong-Zhuhai-Macau Bridge and the West Kowloon Railway Station (China Government Information Portal, 2025).
This policy creates more favorable conditions for international tourists to combine visits to Hong Kong with destinations in China, thereby opening up opportunities for businesses to develop international tours and multi-destination travel itineraries.
3. An ecosystem of international events and diverse cultural experiences.
Hong Kong hosts numerous international events in sports, arts, culture, and entertainment, contributing to a steady stream of tourists year-round.
Some notable events include Hong Kong Sevens, LIV Golf Hong Kong, Art Basel Hong Kong, and Art Central, along with many other large-scale festivals and programs.

International and cultural events diversity in Hong Kong
Besides international events, tourism products related to Hong Kong's culture and cinema also attract a large number of visitors. The exhibition "Kowloon Walled City: A Cinematic Journey," which opened on May 24, 2025, has attracted more than 49,9 million visitors.
The exhibition "Yau Ma Tei Police Station: A Cinematic Journey," which opened on January 2, 2026, also received great interest, with over 11.000 tickets for January 2026 selling out within two weeks.

Yau Ma Tei Police Station Exhibition in Hong Kong
For companies operating in the tourism sector in Hong Kong, the city's diverse ecosystem of events and cultural experiences creates many different customer segments and service demands, ranging from event-based tours, cultural and arts tours, and film tours to accommodation, transportation, and experiential services.
4. Brand reputation and ability to connect with international partners.
Hong Kong is an international financial and business hub, with a thriving business environment and extensive networks connecting to numerous markets around the world.
This is a factor that helps businesses build a professional image and increase brand recognition when operating in the international tourism sector.
By establishing a travel company in Hong Kong, businesses can build commercial relationships with numerous partners in the travel service chain, such as airlines, hotels, transportation companies, event organizers, and experience providers. Businesses can also utilize their Hong Kong legal entity to sign contracts, conduct transactions, and expand their network of partners in international markets.
3. Requirements for establishing a travel company in Hong Kong
To establish a travel company in Hong Kong, investors need to meet two main sets of requirements: registration. Hong Kong company formation at the Companies Registry, and register for a Travel Agent Licence if your business falls within the scope of a travel agency.
3.1 Requirements for establishing a company in Hong Kong
For Private Limited CompanyBusinesses need to meet the following basic requirements:
- Shareholder: There is at least one shareholder.
- ManagerAt least one director must be an individual. Directors are not required to reside in Hong Kong.
- Company SecretaryThis is mandatory. If the secretary is an individual, they must be a resident of Hong Kong. If the secretary is a legal entity, the legal entity must have its registered office or principal place of business in Hong Kong. The sole director of the company cannot simultaneously hold the position of company secretary.
- Registered Office: Must be located in Hong Kong.
- Capital contribution: There is no minimum paid-up share capital requirement when establishing a company.
3.2 Requirements for registering a Travel Agency Business License in Hong Kong
A Travel Agency Business License (TAL) is a license issued by Hong Kong Tourism Board (TIA) Granting permission for businesses to conduct travel agency activities within the scope of its management in Hong Kong.
Therefore, if a company wants to operate within the scope of travel agency business (TAB), establishing a company in Hong Kong is not sufficient.
Businesses must meet licensing requirements and obtain a Travel Agency Business License (TAL) from the Hong Kong Tourism Authority (TIA) before commencing any licensed business activities.
If operating at a business location in Hong Kong that is regularly accessible to the public (local place of business), the business must also have a Business Permit for that location.
To be granted or renew a Travel Agency Business License (TAL), the business entity must meet the main requirements regarding eligibility, suitability, capital, security, authorized representatives, and licensing fees as stipulated by the TIA. Specifically, these are as follows:
| Condition | Requirement |
| License applicant | Businesses can choose one of the following three options:
|
| Suitability | The entity applying for a Travel Agency Business License (TAL) must Meets the fit and proper requirements as assessed by TIA.. Depending on whether the registration is for a company, a partnership, or an individual, TIA will consider relevant factors such as:
For companies, TIA also examines information related to affiliated companies and the individuals who manage or control the company. |
| Guarantee Money | A security deposit is a guarantee intended to ensure that a licensed travel agent fulfills its obligation to pay any financial penalties imposed by the TIA. The entity applying for or renewing a Travel Agency Business License (TAL) must meet the guarantee requirements, except for certain cases that are exempted according to regulations.
|
| Authorized Representative | Applicants for a Travel Agency Business License (TAL) must propose an authorized representative. TIA will evaluate This individual's suitability level is based on regulatory requirements., include:
|
| Licensing fees | Payment required fees vary by procedure., include:
The current fee ranges from HK$160 to HK$630. The fee for issuing or renewing a license is HK$485/month. |

Travel Agent License Application and Renewal Form in Hong Kong for companies
4. What is a Business Permit?
A Business Permit is a permit for a travel agent who has already been granted a Travel Agency Business License (TAL) but conducts travel agency business at a business location in Hong Kong that is regularly accessible to the public.
This license is issued for each specific business location and is not a replacement for a Travel Agency Business License (TAL).
To be granted a Business Permit, a travel company in Hong Kong must:
- Possesses a valid Travel Agency Business License (TAL).
- The business location and premises are suitable for operating a travel agency business as required by TIA.
- Pay the required fees.

Regulations for renewing Business Permits by Hong Kong travel agencies.
Note: Not all travel agencies are required to have a Business Permit. If your company operates from home and the public is not regularly able to access the location, a Business Permit is not required for that location.
From date of 1 / 5 / 2026Newly issued or renewed Travel Agent Licenses and Business Permits will be issued electronically and sent via email to the licensee.
5. Activities falling within the scope of travel agent business in Hong Kong.
According to the Hong Kong Tourism Board (TIA), the travel agency business in Hong Kong comprises two main groups:
- Operating a travel agency that takes customers abroad (Outbound).
- Operating a travel agency that brings tourists to Hong Kong (Inbound).
The scope of these activities is defined in Section 4 of the Travel Industry Ordinance (Cap. 634)Entities conducting activities within the scope of travel agency business must possess a Travel Agent License.
5.1 Business of acting as a travel agency to take tourists abroad (Outbound)
Operating a travel agency that takes customers abroad (Outbound). This refers to the arrangement of travel services for itineraries departing from Hong Kong and primarily taking place outside of Hong Kong. By regulation, this activity includes:
- Arrangements for transportation will be made for journeys departing from Hong Kong and primarily taking place outside of Hong Kong.
- Arrange accommodation outside of Hong Kong for clients.
- Providing these services from outside Hong Kong but marketing and promoting them to customers in Hong Kong, either directly or through third parties.

Operating a travel agency that takes customers abroad (Outbound).
Some cases fall outside the scope of outbound travel agency business, including:
- The entity is the unit directly operating the relevant transportation vehicle.
- The entity is the operator of the relevant accommodation facility.
- Accommodation arrangements are for stays of 28 days or more.
5.2 Business of travel agency services for receiving tourists into Hong Kong (Inbound)
Inbound travel agency business in Hong Kong involves arranging travel services in Hong Kong for visitors from outside Hong Kong, including transportation, accommodation, sightseeing, dining, shopping, and related domestic transportation.
Specifically, activities falling within this scope include:
- Arrange transportation for visitors to Hong Kong.
- Arrange accommodation in Hong Kong.
- Arrange sightseeing tours at tourist attractions and landmarks in Hong Kong.
- Arrange meals at restaurants or other food service establishments.
- Arrange a shopping trip.
- Arrange domestic transportation related to sightseeing, dining, and shopping activities.

Travel agency business bringing tourists to Hong Kong (Inbound) (Source: Hong Kong Tourism Board (TIA))
Activities in the air are not considered inbound travel agency business if the entity directly operates transportation, accommodation facilities, or directly provides related sightseeing, dining, shopping, and transportation services.
6. The process of establishing a travel company in Hong Kong
The process of establishing a travel agency in Hong Kong typically involves six main steps: choosing a business model and preparing the necessary documents, registering the company, applying for a Travel Agent Licence (TAL) if required, applying for a Business Permit if applicable, opening a bank account, and fulfilling post-establishment compliance obligations.
Determine the business model and prepare the necessary documents for company incorporation.
First, the business needs to determine the type of company and prepare the necessary information to Registered in Hong Kong. For Private Limited CompanyBusinesses need to prepare basic information such as:
- Company: Choose and verify a company name that complies with regulations in Hong Kong.
- Shareholders and directors: Determine the ownership structure and information of shareholders and directors.
- Company Secretary: Appoint a company secretary who meets the required regulations.
- Registered office: It has its registered office address in Hong Kong.
- Share capital: Determine the appropriate capital structure and level of equity to meet the business's operational needs.
For companies planning to operate in the tourism sector, businesses also need to define their scope of operations to assess whether they are required to register. Travel Agency Business License (TAL) or not.
Register a company in Hong Kong
After completing the preparation of information and documents, the business proceeds with the company registration procedure at the Companies Registry.
The basic process includes:
- Preparation and submission of documents: Complete the required incorporation documents and submit them to the competent authority.
- Processing the application: Companies Registry receives and reviews the registration application.
- Receiving incorporation documents: Once the application is approved, the business receives a Certificate of Incorporation and a Business Registration Certificate ("BRC").
Completing this procedure allows the business to be officially established in Hong Kong. However, CI and BRC do not replace specialized licenses if the tourism business falls within the scope requiring licensing.
GLA assists businesses in completing all procedures. Registered in Hong Kong From A to Z, including preparing documents, submitting applications, and tracking processing progress.
Applying for a Travel Agent License
After establishing the company, the business needs to review its planned scope of operations to determine tourism licensing requirements.
If the business falls under the scope of Travel Agent Business (TAB), the enterprise must meet the conditions and complete the procedures to obtain a Travel Agent Licence issued by the Hong Kong Tourism Authority (TIA) before commencing any licensing-related activities.
For companies, some important requirements to note when registering for TAL include:
- Minimum contributed equity capital is HK$500.000.
- HK$500.000 security deposit in the form of a bank guarantee.
- Propose an authorized representative who meets TIA requirements.
- Meets the requirements for fit and proper and other licensing conditions.
Apply for a Business Location License if applicable.
If a business conducts travel agency operations at a location in Hong Kong that is frequently accessible to the public, it needs to apply for a Business Permit for that location.
A Business Permit is issued separately for each business location and does not replace a Travel Agent License. Businesses need to have a valid TAL, meet the business location requirements, and pay the required fees.
Note: Not all travel agencies are required to have a Business Permit. Businesses that operate from home and where the public does not frequently access the location may not be required to obtain a location permit.
Open a bank account and get your business up and running.
After completing the necessary establishment procedures and obtaining the required licenses, the business can proceed with the tasks to put its operations into operation, including:
- Prepare bank documents.Provide the business documents and related materials as requested by the bank.
- Open a bank accountRegister for a business bank account that suits your transaction needs.
- Implement activitiesComplete all applicable permits before engaging in activities within the scope of your Travel Agency Business.
GLA assists businesses in preparing documents and completing procedures for opening bank accounts in Hong Kong, providing them with the basis to conduct transactions to support their business operations.
Fulfilling compliance obligations after establishment
Once operational, the business needs to maintain compliance with Hong Kong regulations, including: Submit annual returns, maintain business records, and fulfill tax obligations. as per regulations.
For travel agency businesses, it is necessary to continue meeting TIA requirements throughout their operation, including maintaining a Travel Agent Licence, bank guarantees, and fulfilling obligations related to the Travel Industry Compensation Fund (TICF) if applicable.
7. How does GLA assist in establishing a travel company in Hong Kong?
GLA provides comprehensive consulting and support services for businesses throughout the process of establishing a travel company in Hong Kong, helping them prepare all necessary documents and complete the required procedures to operate their business in accordance with regulations.
Depending on the business model and scope, GLA supports businesses in the following ways:
- Advisory type of businessConditions and procedures for establishing a travel company in Hong Kong;
- Prepare and submit the business registration application;
- Providing advice on the necessary licenses for tourism business operations;
- Assistance with registering for a Travel Agency Business License (TAL) if the business's activities fall within the scope of travel agency business (TAB);
- Assisting in preparing documents and carrying out procedures related to obtaining permits;
- Providing advice on necessary compliance requirements for businesses operating in Hong Kong: Tax declaration and accounting for a Hong Kong company., Open a bank account for the company. Hong Kong, etc.
8. Frequently Asked Questions about Setting Up a Travel Agency in Hong Kong
1. Do I need a visa to set up a travel company in Hong Kong?
Not necessarily. Foreign nationals who are not residents of Hong Kong can still establish companies in Hong Kong without needing to be residents there.
However, The right to establish a company and the right to enter the country to work or operate a business are two different issues.If investors wish to directly participate in business operations in Hong Kong, they need to... visa application, entry permit The scene is appropriate.
One of the applicable categories is entry for investment as entrepreneurs under the General Employment Policy ("GEP").
The Immigration Department reviews entry permits based on the specific conditions of each application.
2. If the company does not operate within the scope of travel agency business, does it still need to register for a Travel Agent License?
A company does not need to register for a Travel Agency Business License (TAL) if its actual operations do not fall within the scope of travel agency business (TAB) as defined in Section 4 of the Travel Industry Ordinance (Cap. 634).
Whether a company needs to register for a Travel Agency Business License (TAL) is determined based on its actual business operations, not solely on the registered business sector.
3. What are the costs involved in setting up a travel company in Hong Kong?
The costs of setting up a travel agency in Hong Kong typically include company registration fees, business registration fees, and travel licensing fees if the activities fall within the scope requiring licensing. Fees related to travel-related activities include:
- Application fee for Travel Agent License.
- Fees for issuing or renewing a Travel Agent License.
- A fee will be charged for a copy of the Travel Agent License if needed.
- There is a fee for amending information on your Travel Agent License if there are any changes.
- Fees apply for a Business Permit and fees apply for issuing or renewing the Business Permit, depending on the case.
- Fees may apply for issuing copies or amending information on the Business Permit.
4. While awaiting the issuance of the Travel Agent License, is the company allowed to accept customers?
No. If the business falls within the scope of travel agent business, the company must obtain a Travel Agent License before conducting any activities within its licensed scope.
Company formation and obtaining a Travel Agent License are two separate procedures. Businesses can complete company registration first, but company formation does not automatically mean permission to operate as a travel agency.
- Establishing a travel agency in Hong Kong does not automatically grant permission to conduct travel business; activities falling under the scope of Travel Agent Business (TAB) require a Travel Agent Licence (TAL) issued by TIA.
- Travel companies in Hong Kong can leverage advantages such as 100% ownership, favorable tax policies, and connections to international tourism markets and ecosystems.
- Businesses need to meet TIA's financial, guarantee, and related requirements to be granted a TAL.
- A business permit needs to be registered if the business operates at a location that is regularly accessible to the public.
- TAB encompasses both outbound and inbound activities; businesses are only permitted to conduct activities within the scope of TAB after obtaining a TAL (Targeted Activity License).
Detailed expert guide to establishing a holding company in Hong Kong in 2026.
If you are a foreign business owner or a multinational corporation looking to optimize tax obligations and manage multiple companies and projects efficiently, then the holding company model in Hong Kong is a strategic solution worth considering.
With a transparent legal system, attractive tax rates, and its status as an international financial center, Hong Kong It has become an ideal destination for establishing a holding company, helping companies optimize their ownership structure, protect assets, and increase profitability during global expansion.
In this article, GLA will provide you with an overview of establishing a holding company in Hong Kong, giving you a basis for making appropriate decisions for your international business development strategy.
1. Overview of the Holding Company in Hong Kong
The Hong Kong Holding Company is an independent legal entity, established with the primary purpose of being holding and controlling assets and shares of other businesses.Instead of directly participating in production, business, or service provision activities.
In corporate structure, the holding company is often referred to as the parent company, while the businesses under its control are called subsidiaries.
According to the Hong Kong OrdinanceA legal entity is only considered a Holding company when:
- Control the structure of the board of directors of that legal entity or.
- Control more than 50% of the voting rights in that legal entity or.
- Holding more than 50% of the issued shares of that legal entity.

Criteria for identifying holding companies in Hong Kong.
As a result, the holding company in Hong Kong has the right to:
- Appointing a director for a Hong Kong company.
- Making strategic decisions.
- Receive dividends from the profits of the subsidiary company.
In fact, the most common form of establishing a holding company in Hong Kong is a Private Company Limited by Shares, which is among the most common types of Hong Kong companies for foreign businesses.
Note: A holding company is not a branch or an associate company. It is an independent legal entity, clearly separated legally and financially from its subsidiaries.
2. Why should you establish a holding company in Hong Kong?
Establishing a holding company in Hong Kong is a popular choice for many international businesses because of:
- A competitive tax system.
- Transparent legal environment.
- A leading global financial center.
Besides supporting the management of investment capital and subsidiaries, the holding company model also helps businesses optimize their ownership structure, expand international operations, and improve management efficiency.
Here are the key benefits of establishing a holding company in Hong Kong.
1. A preferential, simple, and competitive tax system.
Hong Kong's tax system is built on the principles of low tax rates, simple and transparent administration, and high predictability, aiming to create a favorable environment for domestic businesses and international investors.
One of the highlights of the Hong Kong tax system is the Corporate Profits Tax (PIT), which is applied according to Two-tiered Profits Tax Rates Regime:
- 8,25% on the first 2 million HKD of taxable profit.
- 16,5% for the portion of taxable profit exceeding HK$2 million.
Besides its low tax rates, Hong Kong is also notable for its simple tax system based on a scheduled tax model.
Under this model, the Hong Kong Internal Revenue Service (IRD) applies tax rates to specific income groups, including:
- Income from business, professional, or commercial activities (Profits Tax).
- Income from employment (Salary Tax).
- Income from renting properties in Hong Kong (Property Tax).
In addition, Hong Kong Some common taxes are not applied. in many other countries, including:
- Value Added Tax (VAT).
- Sales Tax.
- Capital Gains Tax is the tax on profits resulting from the appreciation of capital assets.
- Withholding tax on dividends and interest paid to recipients outside Hong Kong.
Thanks to its simple tax policy, competitive tax rates, and limited tax scope, businesses in Hong Kong can easily predict their tax obligations, optimize their financial planning, and more easily conduct international business operations.

Common Hong Kong taxes do not apply.
2. Gateway to the Chinese market and the Asian region.
Thanks to its strategic geographical location, international business environment, and close economic ties with China, Hong Kong is considered one of the important gateways for international businesses to access the Chinese market and expand their operations in Asia.
Business & Investment Incorporating a company in Hong Kong There are many advantages to leveraging to connect with regional markets, including:
- Leverage the CEPA agreement to access the Chinese market with preferential tariffs and trade.
- Global connectivity is achieved through more than 40 double taxation avoidance agreements (DTAs).
- Expanding business operations into major markets such as China, the US, the UK, Japan, etc.

Gateway to the Chinese market
3. Protecting assets and mitigating legal risks.
The holding company model helps Hong Kong companies effectively control risk by separating ownership structures and assets among legal entities.
By separating the legal entities, the Hong Kong Holding Company will
- Separate the parent company's assets from the subsidiary's financial and legal risks.
- Protecting the owner's assets through a limited liability mechanism.
- Separating and managing intellectual property (IP) across separate legal entities helps to minimize risk.
4. Centralized and flexible management
The holding company model in Hong Kong establishes a centralized management structure while maintaining flexibility in operating subsidiary companies within the same system.
Through a single holding company, the Hong Kong company will:
- Managing and controlling multiple subsidiaries through share ownership and overall strategic direction.
- Coordinate business strategies among member companies, while each company maintains its own independent legal status.
- Allocate resources and manage internal cash flow among units within the group according to the established structure, complying with relevant legal regulations and tax obligations.
- Develop a suitable corporate structure for international fundraising and cross-border business expansion.
The holding company structure is suitable for businesses that own multiple subsidiary companies, operate in multiple markets, or are implementing an international expansion strategy.
5. Effective asset management and favorable conditions for raising capital.
The holding company model allows businesses to centrally manage their capital contributions, shares, and assets in subsidiary companies, and to separate business operations for each legal entity.
This structure is particularly suitable for businesses that own multiple brands or products, or are expanding their operations into multiple markets.
For example: One Businesses operating in the gaming industry. Owning three brands with three different levels of development, the company could establish a holding company in Hong Kong and have each subsidiary responsible for one brand.
Holding Company
Subsidiary Company A: Owns and operates Game A.
Subsidiary Company B: Owns and operates Game B.
Subsidiary Company C: Owns and operates Game C.
This structure allows the company to easily track the performance of each brand and allocate resources accordingly. When expanding Game B, the company can raise capital directly through the subsidiary responsible for Game B, allowing investors to focus on evaluating a specific project rather than the entire group's operations.
Separating legal entities helps businesses manage assets and risks according to each activity, but it does not mean that all risks between subsidiaries are completely eliminated.
3. What legal form is used to establish a holding company in Hong Kong?
For holding companies serving investment and business purposes, the most commonly chosen type is: Private Limited Company.
This type of business model effectively meets the requirements for asset management, subsidiary ownership, and expansion of international investment activities.
Key characteristics of a private limited company include:
- It possesses independent legal status.
- Shareholders' liability is limited to the amount of capital contributed.
- To acquire and manage shares in one or more subsidiary companies.
- Dividends are distributed to shareholders in accordance with regulations.
- Facilitating capital mobilization, share transfers, and expansion of international investment activities.
4. How are holding company structures in Hong Kong classified?
The structure of holding companies in Hong Kong is typically classified based on the ownership structure and operational functions of each business within the system.
This classification helps businesses determine the scope of control, management responsibilities, and roles of each legal entity within the Holding model.
1. Classification according to ownership relationship
Based on shareholding ratios and voting rights, the structure between holding companies and related types of companies is clearly illustrated in the following table:
| Type | Holding company's ownership percentage | Level of control | Description |
| Subsidiary | Over 50% of the shares or holding a majority controlling stake. | Direct control | The business operates under the direct control and management of the Holding company. |
| Associate | From 20% to 50% of the shares | Significant, uncontrolled impact | The holding company does not hold controlling interest but has a significant influence on the financial and operational decisions of the business. |
| Branch | No shareholding ratio applies. | Direct control | It does not have independent legal status from the company that established the branch (the Holding company) and operates under the management of that company. |
2. Classification by function
Based on the role and scope of operations of the parent company, holding companies in Hong Kong are typically categorized into the following models:
| Holding type | Characteristics |
| Pure Holding Company |
|
| Mixed Holding (Operating/Mixed Holding Company) | They hold shares in subsidiaries and directly carry out one or more business activities. |
| Management Holding Company | Focus on strategic management, operational coordination, human resource management, finance, or providing management services to companies within the group. |
3. Classification by asset category
In addition to their operational functions and ownership structure, holding companies in Hong Kong are also classified based on the type of assets they hold and manage.
Each model serves a different investment and asset management objective.
| Holding type | Characteristics |
| Investment Holding Company | Focus on holding shares, equity stakes, or financial investments in other companies; Conduct investment activities, buy and sell, and manage investment portfolios. |
| Intellectual Property Holding Company (IP Holding Company) | Holding intellectual property assets such as trademarks, patents, copyrights, or software, and managing the rights to exploit these assets within the corporation. |
5. The process of establishing a holding company in Hong Kong
Based on experience in advising and supporting businesses. Incorporating a company in Hong KongGLA has compiled a 4-step process to help businesses prepare documents, complete procedures for establishing a holding company, and build a transparent operational foundation, ready for investment, asset management, and international business expansion.
The process includes:
- Choose the type of company and name it.
- Prepare the necessary documents and register the company.
- Establish accounting systems and operating procedures.
- Fulfill compliance obligations after establishment.
Step 1: Choose the type and name of your company.
In the first step, the Hong Kong company needs to determine the correct legal form and prepare a suitable company name for registration.
Choose the type of business:
Holding companies in Hong Kong are typically registered in the form of... Private Limited Company Because it offers many advantages in terms of asset management and protection.
Name your company:
When registering a company name, businesses need to adhere to the following principles:
- Ensure the company name is unique and does not duplicate or cause confusion with the names of companies already registered in Hong Kong.
- Register the company name in English (ending in "Limited") or Traditional Chinese (ending in "有限公司").
- Do not combine English and Chinese in the same company name.
- Avoid using words that are on the restricted list or require prior approval from the relevant authority.
Advice from GLA experts
Hong Kong companies should prioritize choosing company names that reflect their operational direction, are easy to read and remember, and align with their long-term development strategy.
Step 2: Prepare the necessary documents and procedures for registering a Hong Kong holding company.
Hong Kong companies need to prepare and submit the necessary documents to the Companies Registry in Hong Kong, including:
- Form NNC1: Registration of a limited liability company with shares.
- Articles of Association: These define the organizational structure, rights, and obligations of shareholders and directors.
- Form IRBR1: Notification to the Hong Kong Tax Department regarding business registration.

Hong Kong Company Form (Form NNC1)
GLA assists you in preparing complete documentation, helping Hong Kong companies complete the incorporation process quickly, in as little as one business day.
Step 3: Register with the Hong Kong Companies Registry
After completing the application, Hong Kong company It is necessary to submit company registration documents to the Business Registration Authority in order to obtain a legal operating license.
Hong Kong companies can choose from two application methods:
- Submit electronically.
- Submit the paper copy directly at the headquarters of the Hong Kong Companies Registry.
Once the application is approved, the company will be granted:
- Certificate of Incorporation.
- Business Registration Certificate (“BRC”).
These two certificates confirm that the company has been legally incorporated and is eligible to operate under Hong Kong law.
This includes the Business Registration Certificate (BRC). a term of 1 year or 3 yearsDepending on the choice made during registration, businesses need to renew and pay fees on time to maintain the validity of the certificate and ensure continuous operation.

Guide to choosing a 3-year term for your Business Registration Certificate (BRC) in Hong Kong
Step 4: Establish accounting and operational procedures.
After establishing the company, the business needs to build an accounting system and operational procedures to meet legal compliance requirements, manage finances effectively, and support the operations of the holding company.
Establish an accounting system (such as QuickBooks(Xero, or Candy) to follow:
- Revenue, expenses, and profits from subsidiaries.
- Dividends received.
- Cash flow, investment, and expenditure.
A transparent accounting system helps businesses control their financial situation, minimize risks, and prepare complete documentation when working with auditors or regulatory agencies.
According to Hong Kong regulations, businesses need to Maintain accounting books, vouchers, and financial records for at least 7 years. To facilitate inspection, auditing, and tax compliance.

The requirement is to retain accounting records and business transaction documents in Hong Kong for 7 years.
Operating a business within a company model:
- Manage the portfolio of subsidiaries and ownership structure.
- Choose an office model that suits your operational needs.
- Establish a mechanism for delegation of authority and decision-making processes between the holding company and its subsidiaries.
- Establish internal governance processes to ensure transparency, efficiency, and responsiveness to investor requirements.
6. How does GLA assist businesses in establishing a full-service holding company in Hong Kong?
GLA provides a complete, end-to-end solution to help Hong Kong companies implement a holding company model in a systematic, legally compliant manner and optimize management efficiency right from the initial stages:
- Support Incorporating a company in Hong Kong and build a business structure that complies with all legal regulations.
- Prepare all necessary legal documents, including the company charter, incorporation form, and business registration notification.
- Providing company secretarial and executive services in Hong Kong, ensuring full compliance with regulations.
- Providing a registered office address in Hong Kong fulfills legal requirements during operation.
- Set up an accounting system.QuickBooks(Candy, Xero, etc.) and taxes, assistance with tax filing and registration for Tax Residence Certificates.
- Monitor and remind them to submit annual reports on time as required.
- Support compliance with international anti-money laundering (AML) and economic presence standards (BEPS).
7. Frequently Asked Questions about Holding Companies in Hong Kong
Is a holding company a separate type of business entity?
Holding companies in Hong Kong are not regulated as independent business entities; this designation is based on the company's operational function.
In fact, a company is only called a Holding company when it holds shares in, manages, or controls a subsidiary, rather than directly producing or selling services.
Holding companies still need to register under a standard business type, the most common being: Private Limited Company.
In which industries are holding companies in Hong Kong typically used?
Hong Kong holding companies are widely used in many sectors, particularly those requiring centralized asset management, diversified investments, and international market expansion.
- Focus on owning stakes in multiple businesses across sectors such as trade, manufacturing, and services, while also coordinating the overall strategy.
- Managing patents, trademarks, copyrights, and licensing agreements for subsidiaries to optimize operations.
- Managing investments or companies operating in the financial, fund, or insurance sectors under the supervision of a regulatory authority.
- Acting as the legal entity managing research and product innovation projects within the business system.
- Centralized management of multiple stores or branches aims to optimize operational efficiency and control business activities.
How does a holding company differ from a regular company in Hong Kong?
Holding companies and ordinary companies in Hong Kong can register under the same legal form, but differ mainly in their operational purposes and revenue generation methods.
| Criteria | A typical company | Holding Company |
| Main activities | Production, sales, and service provision. | Holding shares and managing subsidiaries. |
| Sources of income | Revenue from business operations | Dividends and profits from subsidiaries |
| Management role | Daily live operation | Strategic management, overall oversight |
| Main purpose | Generate revenue from business | Optimizing investment structure and asset management |
Does a holding company that does not generate any business activity have to submit annual financial statements?
Yes. Except in cases where the company has registered and been approved as a Dormant Company under Hong Kong regulations, the holding company is still required to fulfill all annual compliance obligations.
Typically, businesses need:
- Maintain accounting records in accordance with regulations.
- Have your financial statements audited by a Certified Public Accountant (Practicing) (CPA) in Hong Kong (if required to be audited).
- Submit the Profits Tax Return (PTR) to the Hong Kong Internal Revenue Service (IRD).
- Submit the Annual Return (Form NAR1) to the Companies Registry by the deadline.
- A holding company in Hong Kong is a legal entity established to hold shares, manage assets, and control subsidiaries, rather than directly engaging in business operations.
- Control is typically established when a holding company owns more than 50% of the voting rights or more than 50% of the issued shares of another company.
- Establishing a holding company in Hong Kong offers four main benefits: tax optimization, expansion into international markets, asset protection, and improved corporate governance.
- A private limited company is a common legal form for establishing a holding company in Hong Kong.
- Holding companies in Hong Kong can be classified according to three main criteria: ownership structure, operational function, and type of assets held.
Opening an agency in Japan in 2026: Requirements, permits, and costs.
By the end of 2025, total foreign direct investment in Japan is projected to reach 61,2 trillion yen, a 14,8% increase year-on-year and the highest level ever recorded. The Japanese government aims to raise this figure to 120 trillion yen by 2030, according to the plan. Data from the Ministry of Finance and the Bank of Japan.

This influx of capital and a series of investment-attracting policies are opening up many opportunities for foreign businesses. Among these, agency business models are particularly noteworthy, as they typically require less fixed capital and are easily scalable.
However, not every agency field is suitable to start in. To run a successful and legal business, companies need to choose the right, promising field. set up company in japan In accordance with the law, and meeting all licensing and operational requirements under Japanese law.
In this article, GLA experts will provide a comprehensive overview of:
- Top 5 promising agency business sectors in Japan for foreign companies.
- Analyzing market opportunities, popular business models, and advantages for Vietnamese businesses.
- Legal requirements to consider when establishing and operating an agency in Japan.
- These factors help businesses choose the right field and develop a market entry strategy.
Through this process, businesses can gain a clear understanding of the potential of each industry, identify suitable strategies, and prepare a solid foundation for long-term business expansion in Japan.
1. Why should you open an agency in Japan?
Japan is one of the potential markets for developing the agency model due to its large economic size, increasing demand for business services, and numerous policies encouraging foreign investment.
In particular, sectors such as marketing, information technology (IT), human resources, business consulting, and tourism are in high demand, opening up many opportunities for businesses looking to expand their operations in this market.
Here are some reasons why Japan is an attractive destination for establishing an agency.
The large scale of the economy creates a stable demand for agency services.
Japan is currently the world's fourth-largest economy with a consumer market of over 120 million people and stable purchasing power.
According to data from the Japanese Cabinet Office, nominal GDP in 2025 is projected to reach approximately 662,79 trillion yen, a 4,5% increase from the previous year and marking the fifth consecutive year of growth.
The large scale of the economy means that businesses in Japan always have a need for support services such as marketing, management consulting, human resource recruitment, software development, digital transformation, and tourism services.
This foundation gives the agency model more opportunities for long-term growth instead of just following short-term trends.
The Japanese government encourages foreign businesses to invest.
Japan not only has a transparent business environment but also has many support programs for foreign investors.
Through the Japan External Trade Organization (JETRO) and the Investment and Business Support Center (IBSC) system, businesses can access consulting services on company formation, investment, visas, and partner networking right from the initial stages.

These policies help reduce barriers to market entry and create favorable conditions for agencies providing consulting and support services to international businesses to expand their operations in Japan.
The demand for agency services has surged due to digital transformation and a shortage of skilled personnel.
One of the biggest drivers behind the growth of the agency model in Japan is the strong digital transformation process coupled with a persistent labor shortage.
According to Japan's Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare (MHLW), the number of job openings has consistently exceeded the number of job seekers for many years, reflecting the high demand for recruitment from businesses. In the information technology sector alone, Japan's Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry (METI) forecasts a potential shortage of approximately 790.000 IT professionals by 2030.
In addition, online advertising budgets are also increasing rapidly. According to Dentsu (2025), internet advertising spending in Japan will for the first time account for more than 50% of total advertising spending in the entire market. These trends create significant demand for agencies in the fields of marketing and digital marketing, software development and IT outsourcing, recruitment, and digital transformation consulting.

Advertising costs in Japan (Source: Dentsu Report)
The tourism industry is growing, creating opportunities for service agencies.
Following the post-pandemic recovery period, Japan's tourism industry continues to record strong growth.
According to the Japan National Tourism Organization (JNTO), the number of international visitors to Japan has consistently set new records in recent years. Vietnam is one of the fastest-growing source markets in Southeast Asia.
The development of the tourism industry not only creates opportunities for travel businesses but also boosts demand for many related services such as:
- Tourism marketing.
- Travel agency and tour operator.
- Translation and tour guide services.
- Event organization and MICE.
- Investment consulting in the tourism sector.
This is a potential market for agencies looking to target international clients and businesses operating in the tourism sector.
Vietnamese businesses have many advantages when opening an agency in Japan.
Vietnamese businesses have significant advantages when developing operations in Japan. According to the Japan Immigration Bureau (2025), by the end of 2025, the Vietnamese community in Japan will... reached 681.100 peopleThey rank second among foreign nationalities. This group represents both a source of human resources and a potential customer and partner group for newly established businesses.

In addition, Vietnamese businesses have many advantages such as:
- Understanding the culture and needs of both the Vietnamese and Japanese markets.
- It facilitates easy connection between customers, partners, and human resources in both countries.
- There are opportunities to develop specialized services for Vietnamese businesses and the Vietnamese community in Japan.
These advantages help businesses shorten the time to market entry and create a favorable foundation for expanding agency business operations in Japan.
2. Top 5 most promising agency sectors when establishing a company in Japan
The five most promising agency sectors in Japan are tourism, IT, marketing, human resources, and business consulting. Each sector has different levels of potential, legal barriers, and starting capital. To help businesses quickly compare and choose a direction that suits their resources, GLA's business consultants have compiled the table below.
| Criteria | Travel & Tourism | IT / Software | Marketing & Treatment | Personnel | Business consulting |
| Specialized licenses are required. | Yes. Register for tourism business. | No | No | Yes. A paid Job Placement License or a Labor Dispatch License. | There is no general licensing requirement, but licensed professionals are needed to perform these services (administrative services, legal services, accounting, tax consulting). |
| Industry-specific minimum capital/assets | Basic assets + security deposit depending on the type of registration (the required amount increases progressively). | No specific requirements | No specific requirements | Net assets ≥ 5.000.000 JPY/office + cash ≥ 1.500.000 JPY | No specific requirements (unless there are personnel holding professional certifications who need to meet individual professional practice requirements). |
| Request for specialized personnel | Mandatory appointment of a Travel Operations Manager | Not mandatory (except for visa requirements for engineers) | Optional | Training is mandatory for job placement agents. | Collaboration with certified professionals (administrative clerks/lawyers/accountants/tax consultants) is necessary if expanding legal and financial services. |
| Best suited for | Travel agencies wishing to open branches should have experience in operating tours. | Software/outsourcing company, engineer looking to start a business. | Media agency and highly skilled freelancer looking to expand. | An experienced HR company, willing to invest long-term. | Consultant, former investment/legal professional looking to start a service business. |
| A distinct advantage for Vietnamese businesses. | Understanding the preferences of Vietnamese tourists and capitalizing on the growing trend of Vietnamese visitors to Japan. | Strengths include a skilled engineering workforce and experience in outsourcing to the Japanese market. | Bilingual services, connecting the Vietnamese and Japanese markets in both directions. | Vietnam Labor Network | Understanding the context, needs, and barriers faced by Vietnamese businesses when entering the Japanese market. |
2.1 Tourism and travel business in Japan
Tourism and travel is a highly promising field for agencies, but it requires a travel agency business license. This is the biggest difference compared to other agency sectors. Vietnam is a rapidly growing source market, opening up opportunities for businesses providing travel services and operating tours in Japan.
Market potential
According to data from the Japan National Tourism Organization (JNTO), released by the Vietnam National Administration of Tourism, nearly 678.500 Vietnamese tourists will visit Japan in 2025, more than double the previous year and marking the third consecutive year of record-breaking numbers.
In the first six months of 2026, the number of Vietnamese tourists continued to reach approximately 396.500, an increase of 8,7% compared to the same period, making Vietnam the 9th largest source market for Japanese tourists and the 3rd largest in Southeast Asia.
The tourism market in Japan still has much room for growth. The majority of Vietnamese tourists visiting Japan for the first time still choose the familiar itinerary of Tokyo, Mount Fuji, Kyoto, and Osaka. This presents an opportunity for businesses to develop specialized tourism products and explore new destinations.
In addition, the community of 681.100 Vietnamese people in Japan is also a target customer group for domestic tourism services and tours for visiting relatives, business trips, or a combination of study and work.
Popular business models
Depending on their development direction, businesses can choose from various business models, such as:
- Organizing and operating all-inclusive tour packages.
- Travel agency selling airline tickets, making hotel reservations, and providing other travel services.
- We provide land tour services for international groups visiting Japan.
- We provide tour guide services, transportation, and assistance for tourists.
- Engaging in specialized tourism products combined with study abroad programs, trade promotion, or labor export.
Legal requirements for conducting tourism business in Japan.
Unlike many other agency fields, businesses wishing to operate travel services in Japan need more than just a few things. Establishing a travel company in Japan Furthermore, they must obtain a travel agency business license in accordance with the Japanese Travel Agency Law (旅行業法).
According to the Japan Tourism Agency, businesses that directly organize or sell tours, arrange transportation, accommodation, and other paid tourism services must complete registration procedures before operating. Some important conditions that businesses need to meet include:
- Choosing the right type of travel business license In accordance with the scope of operation, Japan currently has five types of travel agency business registration, including first-class, second-class, third-class travel agencies, regional travel agencies, and travel agents.
- Meeting financial requirementsThis includes standard asset requirements and security deposits or contributions specific to each license type.
- Appointment of Travel Operations Manager (旅行業務取扱管理者) Each business office has the appropriate certification.
- The business location meets the regulations., serving practical purposes and qualifying for inspection by regulatory authorities when necessary.
According to GLA experts' experience in assisting with the establishment of travel companies in Japan: "A common mistake made by Vietnamese travel businesses is establishing the company first and then researching the licensing requirements. In reality, choosing the right registration category from the start optimizes deposit costs and avoids the need for mid-way upgrades."
2.2 Opening an IT/Software Company in Japan
IT and software are sectors with the most pressing needs and low barriers to entry. This industry doesn't require specialized licenses; simply establishing a company is enough to launch a project. This presents a great opportunity for Vietnamese businesses, which possess a strong workforce of engineers and experience in software outsourcing for the Japanese market.
The potential of the IT/software market in Japan.
According to the report "Survey of IT workforce supply and demandAccording to a study conducted by Japan's Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry (METI), Japan could face a shortage of up to... Approximately 790.000 IT professionals by 2030. If labor productivity does not improve significantly, the reason stems from a declining working-age population, while the demand for digital transformation (DX), cloud computing, AI, and cybersecurity among Japanese businesses is rapidly increasing.
In addition, the growth of e-commerce has also led to a significant demand for IT services. According to the Japanese Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry (METI, 2025)In 2024, the retail e-commerce market (B2C-EC) in Japan reached 26,1 trillion yen, while the business-to-business (B2B-EC) market reached 514,4 trillion yen.

This growth has created demand for website development, store optimization on platforms like Amazon Japan and Rakuten, and cross-border sales solutions. In particular, cross-border e-commerce between Japan and other countries, including the sale of Japanese goods to Vietnam, opens up further opportunities for IT companies to support operations and system connectivity.
Beyond serving the domestic market, IT companies can also capitalize on the demand for cross-border e-commerce between Japan and international markets. For example, Japanese businesses selling products to Vietnam or other markets may need solutions for website development, order management, system integration, data management, and optimizing sales operations on international platforms such as Amazon, etc. This presents a significant opportunity for IT companies providing e-commerce solutions and cross-border operational support.
This supply-demand gap opens up huge opportunities for foreign IT companies, especially Vietnamese businesses, a country that has had a strong position in the field of software outsourcing (offshore development) for the Japanese market for more than a decade.
Opening a company directly in Japan, instead of just working remotely, allows businesses to get closer to customers, build trust, and bridge the cultural and language barriers that are major obstacles in business cooperation with Japanese companies.
Common business models when starting an IT company in Japan
When establishing an IT company in Japan, businesses can choose one or a combination of different business models depending on their resources and development goals.
- Software Outsourcing (IT Outsourcing/SES – System Engineering Service): Receiving software and system development projects from Japanese companies, implementing them using a team of engineers in Japan or in collaboration with a team in Vietnam (offshore/hybrid model).
- Develop your own SaaS/application products.: Develop and market the company's own software products, targeting the Japanese or international market.
- Digital transformation consulting (DX Consulting): To support Japanese businesses (especially SMEs) in the process of digitizing operations and integrating systems.
- IT Engineer Supply and CoordinationConnecting engineers (including foreign engineers) with Japanese projects/companies that are experiencing manpower shortages.
Legal requirements for opening an IT/software company in Japan.
A major advantage of the IT/software sector is that it doesn't require a separate specialized business license like some other sectors in Japan.
Businesses only need to follow the company formation procedures stipulated by Japanese law, including registering the business with the Legal Affairs Bureau of Japan and fulfilling all related tax and labor obligations.
However, when opening an IT company in Japan, businesses need to pay special attention to several important legal issues:
- Visa for the engineering teamForeign engineers working at the company need a visa.Engineer/Humanities/International Services or Japanese Engineer Visa as per regulations Japan Immigration Bureau (ISA)This is the most common work visa for software engineers and systems engineers. This visa is separate from the Business/Management visa for company founders/executives.
- Obligations to employeesWhen recruiting personnel (including foreign engineers), businesses must fully comply with regulations regarding labor contracts, social insurance, health insurance, and pension insurance as stipulated by Japanese labor law.
- If a business owner plans to apply for a Business - Manager visa, the business must simultaneously meet the following conditions: Japan Business Registration OfficeThe registered capital and personnel have been mentioned in the legal conditions section above in this article.
Additionally, if a business owner wishes to live and operate a company in Japan through a Business-Management Visa, the business must meet the current regulations regarding business office, investment capital, and personnel structure.
Why is IT/software the easiest industry to enter when opening an agency in Japan?
The IT/software business in Japan is considered one of the industries with lower barriers to entry due to several advantages:
- No specialized licensing barriers For businesses like tourism (travel agency registration) or human resources (employment agency license), simply registering the company allows you to start implementing the project.
- Flexible startup is possible.Businesses can start with a small team in Japan, combining resources from Vietnam in the initial phase, before expanding and recruiting more local staff.
- Authentic, long-term market demandUnlike industries dependent on consumption cycles or trends, the IT workforce shortage in Japan is projected to last at least until 2030, according to METI data, ensuring stable market demand in the medium to long term.
This is also why IT/software is often the preferred "entry point" for many Vietnamese businesses when first expanding into the Japanese market, before considering investing in sectors requiring more complex licensing such as tourism or human resources.
2.3 Marketing, Advertising, and Digital Agency Business in Japan
Marketing and digital agencies are benefiting from the shift of advertising budgets to digital. The industry doesn't require specialized licenses, but is governed by two legal frameworks regarding advertising content. This presents an opportunity for Vietnamese agencies with the advantage of creative personnel and experience serving international clients.
In recent years, the Japanese advertising market has witnessed a clear shift from traditional media channels to digital platforms. As consumer behavior changes and users spend more time on the internet, social media, and online platforms, Japanese businesses are compelled to seek digital marketing partners capable of helping them reach customers more effectively.
This presents an opportunity for businesses looking to establish a Marketing Agency in Japan, especially Vietnamese agencies with advantages in creative personnel, multi-channel implementation capabilities, and experience serving international clients.
Market potential for Marketing and Digital Agencies in Japan
According to the report "Advertising costs in Japan in 2025" According to Dentsu, a leading Japanese advertising group, total advertising spending in Japan reached... 8,0623 trillion yen, continued its growth for the fourth consecutive year and set a new record high.
Remarkable, Internet advertising spending reached 4,0459 trillion yen., up 10,8% year-on-year and for the first time accounting for over 50% of the total advertising budget of the entire market.
This figure also exceeds the combined cost of four traditional media outlets: newspapers, magazines, radio, and television.

Advertising costs in Japan are rising (Source: Report from Dentsu)
This shift reflects a key trend: Japanese businesses are increasingly prioritizing digital marketing channels to reach customers, measure effectiveness, and optimize advertising costs.
In particular, small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in Japan have a great need to find partners who can provide support:
- Develop an online marketing strategy.
- Increase your visibility in search engines.
- Reach customers through social media.
- Building a brand in the digital environment.
Besides domestic demand, the increase in cross-border business activity also creates more opportunities for international digital agencies. Japanese businesses expanding into Southeast Asian markets need partners who understand the local market, while foreign businesses (including those in Vietnam) wanting to reach Japanese customers also need agencies capable of bridging the gap in language, culture, and consumer behavior.
Popular business models
When establishing a Marketing Agency in Japan, businesses can implement various service models depending on their strengths and development direction, including:
- SEO / SEMSearch engine optimization (SEO) and keyword advertising for Japanese businesses or foreign businesses wanting to reach Japanese consumers.
- Optimizing display using AI tools (GEO)Optimizing content so that the brand is mentioned and cited in AI search engine results is crucial. As users increasingly search using AI assistants, the demand for this service is rapidly growing and represents a significant area of growth.
- Social Media MarketingContent management and advertising on social media platforms are areas experiencing double-digit growth, according to the Dentsu figures mentioned above.
- Multilingual content productionVideos, images, and articles serving both the Japanese domestic market and cross-border communication needs (inbound tourism, trade promotion).
- Multilingual advertising and PR: To assist foreign businesses in building their brand image when entering the Japanese market, or vice versa.
Legal requirements for opening a Marketing Agency in Japan
Marketing - Digital is also a field No specialized business license required. To begin operations, businesses only need to complete the standard company registration procedures. However, there are two important legal frameworks governing advertising content that agencies must understand to avoid violations when providing services to clients:
- Law on Prevention of Illicit Labeling and Gifting (Act against Unjustifiable Premiums and Misleading RepresentationsThis law is administered by the Japanese Consumer Affairs Agency. It strictly prohibits exaggerated or misleading advertising regarding product quality/price ("misleading advertising"), and limits the value of promotional gifts included with products. This is a regulation that agencies need to pay particular attention to when advertising in sensitive sectors such as cosmetics, dietary supplements, and medical/beauty services.
- Law on Protection of Personal Information (Privacy Policy), is overseen by the Personal Information Protection Commission. When an agency collects and processes client data from its partners (email marketing, targeted advertising, CRM management), it must comply with regulations regarding the lawful collection, storage, and transfer of personal data.
Violating these two legal frameworks not only affects the clients the agency serves, but the agency itself, as the advertising entity, may also be held jointly liable. Therefore, this is a point that needs to be included in the internal content review process from the outset.
Competitive advantages for Vietnamese agencies
Compared to local Japanese agencies, Vietnamese marketing agencies have several significant advantages when entering this market:
- Bilingual, multicultural services: The ability to simultaneously serve Japanese clients looking to expand into Southeast Asia and Vietnamese/international clients seeking access to the Japanese market.
- More competitive operating costsIf a company organizes its content production and design team using a hybrid model (partially in Japan, partially in Vietnam), it can optimize costs compared to a purely Japanese agency.
- Understanding Vietnamese consumer behavior: A clear advantage is serving Japanese businesses exploring the Vietnamese market, or businesses wanting to reach the community of over 630.000 Vietnamese people living in Japan.
Overall, this industry has similarly low barriers to entry to IT, but requires agencies to invest more in building portfolios, brand reputation, and networks with Japanese businesses—factors that take time to accumulate in a market that values stability and long-term security like Japan.
2.4 Business in human resources services (recruitment, labor dispatch) in Japan
Human resources services is the industry with the strictest legal requirements among the top 5, but the market demand is huge. Businesses wishing to engage in recruitment or labor dispatch must obtain specialized licenses; simply establishing a company is not sufficient. This presents a long-term opportunity for Vietnamese businesses with a network of candidates in Vietnam, and for human resources companies in Japan, it can become a long-term business opportunity if proper preparation is made from the outset.
The potential of the human resources services market in Japan.
According to the report "Overall job placement situationAccording to data periodically released by the Japanese Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare (MHLW), the labor supply-demand ratio (有効求人倍率 - the ratio of job openings to job seekers) in Japan has remained above 1,0 for many consecutive years.

This means that the number of job openings is consistently higher than the number of job seekers, reflecting a persistent labor shortage across the market.
This situation is particularly evident in manufacturing, construction, nursing care, information technology, specialized engineering, and industries employing skilled workers (Tokutei Ginou).
With Japan's population continuing to age and its domestic workforce shrinking, the demand for foreign workers is projected to continue increasing in the long term.
The groups of foreign personnel with high recruitment demand in Japan include:
- Specified Skilled Worker (特定技能 - Tokutei Ginou)
- Thực tập sinh kỹ năng (technical training)
- Foreign engineers are eligible for the Technical - Humanities - International Professional visa category.
- Highly skilled professionals in the fields of technology, engineering, and management.
This presents a great opportunity for international recruitment agencies, especially Vietnamese businesses, as Vietnam currently has one of the largest numbers of workers living and working in Japan.
Establishing a recruitment agency in Japan not only helps businesses connect directly with Japanese employers but also creates an advantage in building recruitment, training, and support processes for employees throughout their employment.
Popular human resource business models in Japan
When opening a human resources agency in Japan, businesses can choose one or a combination of the following business models:
- Paid job placement services: Connecting candidates with businesses that need to hire, charging a service fee when the candidate is successfully hired.
- Labor dispatch: The business signs a labor contract directly with the employee, then sends them to work at the partner business (the client hiring the labor).
- Headhunting/Senior Recruitment: Searching for and introducing management personnel and experts to Japanese companies or foreign companies in Japan.
- Human resources consulting for foreign companies newly entering Japan.: Assisting in developing human resource policies and initial recruitment for newly established foreign companies (including Vietnamese businesses) in Japan.
Legal requirements for opening a human resources company in Japan.
This is the biggest difference in the HR industry: businesses Simply registering a company is not enough.. According to Employment Stability Act (職業安定法) and procedural guidelines published by the Japanese Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare in "Handbook of procedures for obtaining a business license for employment agencies."Businesses wishing to operate paid job placement services must obtain prior permission, subject to the following main conditions:
- Basic asset requirementsminimum net assets (total assets minus total liabilities) 5.000.000 JPY per office.
- Cash/Deposit Request: businesses must own at least 1.500.000 JPY in cash or bank deposits in the company's name. (plus 600.000 JPY for each additional office).
- Mandatory appointment of a Job Placement Officer (Job referral officer), a person who has completed the mandatory training course organized by the designated agency, with a minimum ratio of 1 officer for every 50 employees engaged in job referral services.
- Office requirementsPrivacy must be ensured during candidate/client interviews, and clear policies for managing personal information must be in place.

Minimum net assets of 5.000.000 JPY per office.

Job placement officer: 1 person/50 operational staff
Distinguishing between employment referral permits and labor dispatch permits.
Businesses need to clearly define their business model before implementation because these two activities require two completely different types of licenses.
| Type | Licenses need to be registered. | Characteristics |
| Job introduction (職業紹介) | Fee-based Job Placement Business License (有料職業紹介事業許可) | Workers sign contracts directly with the recruiting company. |
| Labor dispatch (労働者派遣) | Labor Dispatch Business License (労働者派遣事業許可) | Workers who sign contracts with an agency are assigned to work at another company. |
If a business wants to implement both models in parallel, it needs to apply for both types of licenses separately and comply with the requirements for separate data management between the two business areas.
2.5 Opening a Business Consulting Company in Japan
Business consulting is a promising industry thanks to the strong inflow of foreign capital into Japan. While it doesn't require a general license, it does have significant legal boundaries regarding proprietary practices. Business consulting agencies play a strategic partner role, supporting businesses from market research to operations in Japan.
Market potential for business consulting in Japan
One of the clearest examples of the need for support for foreign businesses in Japan is the existence and scale of operations of the Japan External Trade Organization (JETRO).
This is a Japanese government agency established to promote international trade and investment. JETRO currently operates a system of Invest Japan Business Support Centers (“IBSC”) in several major cities, including:
- Tokyo
- Osaka
- Nagoya
- Yokohama
- Kobe
- Fukuoka
In addition to providing market information, JETRO also supports foreign businesses in issues such as:
- Learn about the business environment in Japan.
- Guide to business registration procedures
- Provide information about visas.
- Connect with local partners
The fact that the Japanese government is building a dedicated investment support ecosystem for foreign businesses shows that there is a huge need for access to information, advice, and support for entering the Japanese market.
However, JETRO's support programs are mainly general in nature, providing basic information and guidance, and are not yet able to delve into solving the specific problems of each business.
This is precisely the gap that private enterprise consulting agencies, especially those with the expertise to understand:
- Japanese business culture
- Challenges faced by foreign businesses when entering the market.
- Characteristics of each profession
- The specific needs of Vietnamese businesses
Instead of simply providing information, business consulting agencies can create value by partnering throughout the entire process, from strategy development to connecting businesses with the necessary resources to implement their operations in Japan.
Common business models of Business Consulting Agencies in Japan
When opening a business consulting firm in Japan, an agency can build its services in various directions based on its expertise and partner network, including:
- Comprehensive business establishment consulting servicesWe provide support from the planning stage, selecting the type of company, to connecting you with specialized units to handle the procedures.
- Market expansion strategy consultingMarket research, business plan development, connecting with partners/distributors in Japan.
- M&A and investment partnership consulting.: Assisting foreign businesses in finding opportunities for mergers, acquisitions, or partnerships with Japanese businesses.
- Operations and Human Resources Consulting: To assist foreign businesses in establishing operational structures that align with Japanese business culture during their initial stages of operation.
Legal requirements for opening a business consulting company in Japan.
Compared to the human resources or tourism sectors, Business Consulting does not require a general type of consulting business license to begin operations in Japan.
However, this is an industry with very important legal boundaries, because some specialized practices in Japan are under the exclusive right of certified professionals.
Therefore, when opening a business consulting agency in Japan, businesses need to clearly distinguish the scope of services they are permitted to provide.
- Drafting and submitting administrative documents on behalf of clients. (Company registration, visa applications, business license applications, etc.) are the exclusive services of Administrative Clerks (行政書士) - individuals holding professional certifications as prescribed by regulations.
- Providing advice and representation in handling legal disputes and negotiating dispute-related matters. is a proprietary business of LawyerAccording to the provisions on illegal legal practice (非弁行為) in the Japanese Lawyers Act, individuals/organizations without a lawyer's license who engage in dispute-related legal activities for the purpose of remuneration may be considered to be in violation of the law.
- Auditing and verifying financial statements. This is the exclusive service of certified public accountants (公認会計士).
- Tax filing and consulting This is the exclusive service of Tax Consultants (税理士).
In other words, a foreign business consulting agency, even without personnel holding the aforementioned certifications, can still provide strategic consulting, business networking, and market research services, but is not permitted to directly draft legal documents, represent clients in administrative filings, handle disputes, conduct audits, or file taxes on their behalf. This is a clear distinction that businesses need to understand from the outset to avoid legal risks when expanding their service scope.
3. General requirements for opening an agency in Japan
All foreign agencies in Japan need to meet certain fundamental requirements for business establishment and operation. These are general requirements applicable to most types of companies in Japan. After that, businesses must meet additional industry-specific requirements, such as travel agency licenses or personnel permits. Businesses should prepare thoroughly from the start to minimize legal risks when applying for visas, opening bank accounts, and operating in Japan.
3.1 Choosing the Right Business Type in Japan
When establishing a company in Japan, foreign businesses typically choose between two common business types: GK and KK.
- Kabushiki Kaisha (KK)(株式会社)The joint-stock company model offers high credibility with Japanese partners and is suitable for businesses planning to expand, raise capital, or collaborate with large corporations. It's also the most suitable option if the agency plans to apply for specialized licenses such as travel or employment agency licenses, as its high credibility facilitates a smoother approval process.
- Godo Kaisha (GK) (合同会社): Similar to a limited liability company (LLC), simpler establishment procedures, lower costs than a KK (Unknown Company), suitable for startups or small-scale agencies in their early stages (especially suitable for the IT and Marketing industries which have low barriers to entry).
3.2 Capital requirements and conditions for applying for a Business/Management Visa
For foreign business owners who wish to live and operate their companies directly in Japan, the business needs to meet the following requirements simultaneously:
- Requirements for establishing a business in Japan;
- Application requirements Business Manager Visa According to regulations of the Japan Immigration Bureau (ISA).
In addition to investment capital requirements, businesses also need to meet criteria related to:
- Independent business office
- Actual scale of operations
- Personnel structure
- A viable business plan
These are the fundamental conditions that apply to all types of agencies, regardless of whether the business operates in the fields of tourism, technology, marketing, human resources, or business consulting.
Note: In cases where a parent company overseas sends personnel to work at a subsidiary in Japan in a professional/technical position (not a managerial role), the company may consider applying for an Intra-company Transferee Visa.
Conversely, if personnel are seconded to directly manage a subsidiary company (for example, as a director/member of the board of directors), they must apply for a Business/Management Visa (経営・管理) and cannot use this type of visa. The two types of visas have completely different conditions and approval processes.

3.3 Preparing a legally compliant business office
One of the mandatory requirements when establishing a company in Japan is to have legal head office address (The location of the store) to register with the Japanese Legal Affairs Bureau. However, the choice of the type of Japanese office should be considered based on the business objectives and visa plan of the company.
Some common office models include:
- Traditional Office
- Serviced Office
- Coworking Space
- Virtual Office
In particular, businesses need to pay special attention to the following:
- If you're only setting up a company for regular business purposes, several flexible models might be worth considering.
- If you need to apply for a Business/Management Visa or a specific industry license, your office will need to meet stricter standards.
For example, a human resources agency needs a space that ensures privacy when interviewing candidates, or a travel agency may need to meet specific requirements according to travel industry regulations. Therefore, choosing an office space from the outset should be aligned with the company's long-term development plan.
3.4 Company Seal (Hanko)
The company seal still plays an important role in Japanese business culture. This is in accordance with the reform of commercial registration procedures by the Japanese Ministry of Justice. since 2021Businesses are no longer required to submit a company seal when registering online.
However, the official seal (代表印) is still commonly used in many important transactions such as signing contracts with partners, dealing with banks, carrying out administrative procedures, etc. Therefore, businesses should still prepare a seal system immediately after establishing a company in Japan.
3.5 Opening a business bank account in Japan
Opening a business bank account in Japan is one of the crucial but often overlooked steps when setting up a company in Japan.
In fact, Japanese banks often have quite strict due diligence processes for newly established companies, especially businesses such as:
- Represented by foreigners.
- No history of operation
- Revenue source or customer has not been proven.
The bank may request the following from the business:
- Company registration documents
- Business plan
- Information about planned activities
- Contract or proof of transaction
- Information about the physical office
The review process can take anywhere from a few weeks to several months, depending on the case.
To increase the chances of approval, businesses should prepare: complete legal documents, a clear business plan, a physical office address, and a transparent explanation of their business model. In particular, using a virtual office may make the bank account verification process more difficult.
3.6 Registering for tax and social insurance after company establishment
After completing the company registration at the Department of Legal Affairs, businesses need to carry out the following mandatory administrative procedures:
- Submit the application for the establishment of a legal entity (法人設立届出書) to the local tax office (税務署) that manages the area where the company's headquarters are located.
- Registering employees for social insurance, health insurance, and retirement insurance is mandatory as soon as you have permanent employees, especially important for industries with mandatory recruitment requirements such as Business/Management visas or employment referral permits.
- Register for labor insurance if your business employs workers.
In general, opening an agency in Japan is not simply a matter of registering a legal entity; it requires comprehensive preparation including: choosing the type of business entity, visa planning, office space, finances, banking, taxes, and legal requirements specific to each industry.
4. How does GLA support businesses in setting up agency companies in Japan?
Opening an agency in Japan offers many opportunities to access a large market with diverse service needs. However, each field, such as... tourism, IT, marketing, human resources, or business consulting They all have their own legal requirements and operating conditions.
Therefore, businesses need to prepare thoroughly right from the planning stage to ensure a smooth establishment and operation process.
With experience supporting businesses in expanding their operations in Japan, GLA provides a comprehensive company formation service, accompanying businesses from the preparation stage to the company's operation, specifically:
- Business model consulting and Types of businesses in Japan (KK or GK) suitable for investment objectives.
- Support set up company in japanThis includes preparing the necessary documents and carrying out the procedures for registering the legal entity.
- We provide legal advice for each agency sector, including those requiring licenses or specific business conditions.
- We assist with opening business bank accounts and handling post-establishment procedures such as tax, accounting, insurance, and labor matters.
- We provide support throughout the operational and expansion process, helping businesses comply with legal regulations and achieve sustainable growth in the Japanese market.
With a team deeply familiar with the business environment and legal regulations in Japan, GLA is committed to providing solutions tailored to each business's needs, optimizing implementation time, minimizing legal risks, and creating a solid foundation for long-term business operations.
5. Frequently Asked Questions about Running an Agency in Japan
1. How can I find my first customers/partners in the Japanese market?
To find their first customers or partners in Japan, businesses should combine networking channels supported by reputable organizations with face-to-face meetings at industry events and trade fairs.
Leverage business networking organizations and platforms:
- Connect through JETRO (Japan External Trade Organization) and the J-Bridge program to access Japanese businesses that match your business field.
- Leveraging J-GoodTech, a platform connecting Japanese small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) with international partners.
- Join chambers of commerce and foreign business associations in Japan, such as ACCJ or EBC, to expand your network and seek opportunities for collaboration.
Actively participate in trade fairs and business events:
- Attend specialized trade fairs such as CEATEC, FOODEX JAPAN, etc., to meet potential customers and partners in person. For the Japanese market, face-to-face meetings can help businesses build credibility and trust more effectively than simply contacting them via email.
- Attending just once isn't enough. Maintain a presence at events, proactively follow up, and build long-term relationships to gradually establish a business network in Japan.
2. Is it mandatory to have a Japanese representative when opening an agency in Japan?
Not mandatory. According to current regulations of the Japanese Ministry of Justice (as of 2015), foreigners can hold the position of Representative Director (代表取締役 – Daihyō Torishimariyaku) of a Japanese company of the Kabushiki Kaisha (KK) or Godo Kaisha (GK) type without residing in Japan or holding Japanese citizenship.
However, businesses need to be aware of two points:
- If opened as a branch office instead of establishing a legally registered entity (KK/GK), the aforementioned exemption does not apply; in this case, at least one representative residing in Japan is still required.
- In fact, although not legally required, many businesses still need someone present in Japan to facilitate practical operational procedures such as opening bank accounts and signing office lease agreements, as banks/landlords in Japan often prefer working with representatives residing in the country.
If the representative wishes to live and manage the company directly in Japan, the representative needs to apply for a Business Manager Visa in Japan.
3. What is the average time it takes to register an agency in Japan?
Typically, the process of registering a company in Japan takes about 3-6 weeks, depending on:
- Choose your preferred business type (KK or GK).
- Level of completeness of the application.
- Preparing the office address.
- The process of opening a bank account.
- The specific legal requirements of each profession.
For agencies operating in fields that don't require specialized licenses, such as IT, Marketing, or Consulting, the implementation time is usually faster.
Meanwhile, sectors such as tourism or human resources may take longer due to the need to go through separate business licensing procedures after company formation.
4. Which agency sector makes it easiest to obtain a Business Manager Visa?
No single profession is prioritized for Business/Management visas over others.
Japanese regulatory agencies primarily base their assessments on: feasibility of the business planpractical operational capabilities and the extent to which visa requirements are met.
However, in reality, fields such as IT/software, digital marketing, and business consulting often make it easier to build a business profile because:
- Initial operating costs are relatively flexible.
- It doesn't require many specialized licenses.
- A clear revenue model can be demonstrated.
The important thing is not the industry name, but what the business needs to demonstrate:
- They have a physical business office.
- There is a viable business plan.
- There is sufficient funding.
- It has the potential to generate revenue in Japan.
5. How much capital is needed to start a job placement service business in Japan?
To operate a paid job placement service in Japan (有料職業紹介事業), businesses need to meet the financial requirements as stipulated by regulations.
Some basic requirements include:
- Minimum net worth of 5 million yen per office.
- There must be a minimum of 1,5 million yen in cash or bank deposits in the company's name.
- An additional 600.000 yen will be added for each additional office.
In addition to capital requirements, businesses also need:
- Applying for a business license to operate an employment agency.
- Appointing a person in charge of job placement (職業紹介責任者).
- Meets standards for office operations and candidate information management.
If a business wants to implement a labor dispatch model (労働者派遣), it needs to apply for a separate license as required by regulations.
- Japan is a potential market for the agency model, thanks to foreign investment reaching 61,2 trillion yen by the end of 2025 and a community of 681.100 Vietnamese people creating a bridging advantage for Vietnamese businesses.
- Among the top 5 sectors, IT, marketing, and consulting have low barriers to entry, requiring only company formation; while tourism and human resources require specialized licenses and specific financial requirements.
- The human resources sector requires a minimum net worth of 5 million yen and 1,5 million yen in cash per office, while the consulting sector, although not requiring a license, has exclusive professional boundaries for lawyers, tax consultants, certified public accountants, and administrative clerks.
- Every agency needs to prepare a common foundation, including the type of business (GK or KK), a valid office, a bank account, and a Business-Management visa with a capital of 30 million yen if the founder directly manages the business.
- Choosing the right field that matches your abilities and making thorough legal preparations from the outset are crucial factors in minimizing risks and building a sustainable business foundation in Japan.
A Guide to Renting Office Space in Japan for Businesses in 2026
Renting office space in Japan is not just about finding a place to work; it also impacts your ability to register a business, open a bank account, build brand reputation, and optimize operating costs.
However, not all foreign businesses need to rent traditional office space.
Depending on their size, budget, and business objectives, companies can flexibly choose between virtual offices, coworking spaces, serviced offices, or traditional offices.
In this article, GLA will analyze four common types of office rentals in Japan to help foreign companies understand the advantages and disadvantages of each type, important considerations before signing a contract, and choose the most suitable solution when expanding operations in the Japanese market.
1. Why should businesses rent office space in Japan?
Businesses should rent office space in Japan because it's not just a workplace, but also a crucial condition for... open a companyThis includes assisting with Business Manager Visa application, building credibility with partners, and creating a foundation for business expansion.
Japan is the world's fourth-largest economy with a GDP of approximately US$4,38 trillion (2026) and over 126 million high-purchasing power consumers.
Thanks to its stable business environment, modern infrastructure, and international connectivity network, Japan continues to be an attractive destination for foreign businesses looking to expand their operations in Asia.

Japan's GDP size in 2026 (Source: Worldomet is)
To take advantage of the opportunities in this market, many businesses choose to open a company or expand their presence in Japan.
In this context, renting a suitable office space not only meets legal requirements but also contributes to enhancing brand image, building trust with customers and partners, and supporting long-term business operations.
Here are some reasons why many foreign companies choose to rent office space in Japan.
| Benefits | Significance for Businesses |
| Meet the requirements when set up company in japan |
Businesses should refer to this article: Open an agency in Japan. To learn more about the requirements and procedures for establishing a company in Japan. |
| Assistance with the Business Manager Visa application process. |
|
| Enhance your reputation with customers and partners. |
|
| Convenient for operational activities and personnel recruitment. |
|
2. Four types of office spaces for rent in Japan suitable for foreign businesses.
Before choosing an office space, businesses should clearly define the following:
- Has the company established a legal entity in Japan yet?
- Does the office address need to meet the business registration requirements?
- Does the business need to receive clients regularly, or does it simply need a business address?
- How many employees does the company have working in Japan?
- Do you need to use meeting rooms, reception services, or mail receiving and forwarding services?
- Does the business require a physical office space according to legal regulations or licensing conditions?
- What is the monthly budget for office rent and operating expenses?
After clearly identifying their needs, businesses can choose one of four common types of offices in Japan: Traditional Office, Serviced Office, Virtual Office, and Coworking Space.
Below is a comparison table of the key criteria for four types of offices to help businesses choose the option that best suits their business needs.
| Criteria | Traditional office | Service Office | Virtual office | Coworking space |
| Working space | Private office | Private office, fully furnished. | No fixed workspace. | Shared workspace or private office (depending on the package) |
| Initial cost | Cao | Medium | Low | Low |
| Register your company address. | Have | Usually permitted | Depending on the supplier and intended use. | Depending on the supplier |
| Suitable for Business Manager Visa | Have | Yes (if you have a private office that meets the requirements) | No | No |
| Suitable Object | Long-established businesses with a large workforce. For example: Restaurant, cafeSpa, nail salon, clinic, law office, real estate company, showroom, training center, etc. | Newly established businesses, representative offices, foreign companies Examples: Consulting firms, trading companies, IT companies, import/export companies, fintech companies, companies opening branches in Japan. | Startups, freelancers, and market research companies. Examples include: marketing agencies, software companies, design firms, media companies, consulting firms, and online service providers. | Startups, project teams, and businesses need a flexible work environment. Examples: Foreign companies with international business operations, e-commerce companies, Amazon Japan, Rakuten, B2B businesses, and companies conducting market research in Japan. |
1. Traditional Office
A traditional office is a type of business where a company leases a private office space in a commercial building under a medium- or long-term contract.
When renting a traditional office, businesses have independent workspace and can arrange furniture and work areas according to their needs.
However, all renovation, construction, or structural modification activities must comply with the building owner's regulations and Japanese law.
| Write comment here... | Details |
| Advantages |
|
| Limit | The cost of rent, security deposit, and office finishing is relatively high. Most lease agreements require the premises to be returned to their original condition (Genjō Kaifuku) upon contract termination, resulting in additional costs for businesses incurring dismantling and restoration expenses. Any changes to the floor plan or partition installation must comply with strict fire safety regulations and building management rules. |
| suitable for | The company is well-established, has long-term growth plans in Japan, requires private workspace, and has sufficient resources to cover rental, operating, and building management costs. |
Before signing a traditional office lease agreement in Japan, businesses should carefully review the terms and conditions related to:
- Cost of restoring to its original state (Genjō Kaifuku).
- Regulations regarding office renovation and construction.
- Fire safety requirements.
- Expenses incurred during the rental period.
- Conditions for termination, renewal, and obligations under the contract.
Businesses should request that the building owner or landlord provide all relevant documents, quotations, and regulations to proactively assess the total investment cost and avoid unexpected expenses during operation or at the end of the lease agreement.
2. Virtual Office
In Japan, a virtual office is not a physical office space but rather a service that provides a business address along with supporting amenities such as mail receiving, parcel forwarding, and other additional services as needed.
Essentially, a business does not rent a fixed workplace but uses a provided address for transactions, receiving mail, and in some cases, may register its business according to the provider's terms and conditions.
Services typically included in a virtual office package:
- Provide a business address: Provide a recognized physical address for company registration at the Japanese Legal Affairs Bureau if all address usage requirements are met.
- Mail and parcel reception: The provider receives mail, documents, or parcels sent to the virtual office address on behalf of the business.
- Mail forwarding: Assists in resending letters and documents to the company's physical address or a designated address.
However, a virtual office does not include a fixed physical workspace, unless the business subscribes to additional services.
This is a cost-effective solution suitable for startups, small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), freelancers, or foreign companies surveying the Japanese market before investing in a physical office.
Important note: If your company plans to apply for a Business Manager Visa, a virtual office will not meet the requirements of the Japan Immigration Bureau (ISA).
According to ISA regulations, visa applications must demonstrate that the business has an independent business location with a physical workspace separate from the residence and appropriate to the scale of operations.
Therefore, in this case, businesses should choose either a Traditional Office or a Serviced Office with independent workspaces from the outset to avoid incurring costs and time switching office types midway through the visa application process.
3. Serviced Office
Serviced offices are a type of private office space that is fully equipped with facilities and support services, allowing businesses to use the office immediately without further investment in furniture or office infrastructure.
This is a suitable option for foreign businesses that want to:
- Establish a company or open a representative office.
- Launching a business within a short period of time.
Compared to traditional offices, serviced offices help businesses shorten preparation time and significantly reduce initial investment costs.
However, before choosing a service office in Japan, you need to consider the following:
- Check if the office address is permitted for use in company registration.
- Verify that the office meets the business location requirements if the business intends to apply for a Business Manager Visa.
- Clarify which services are included in the rental fee and any additional charges such as meeting room use, parking, printing, or overtime work.
- Review the lease term, renewal conditions, contract termination, and related fees.
4. Coworking Space
Coworking spaces are a shared office model where multiple individuals/businesses share a workspace with common amenities such as desks, internet access, meeting rooms, printers, reception areas, and a pantry.
This is a popular option for startups, freelancers, and foreign businesses looking to quickly establish a presence in Japan at a reasonable cost.
Common seating types in Coworking Spaces:
- Flexible seating (Hot Desk): You can choose any empty seat in the shared workspace.
- Dedicated Desk: They use a fixed desk, often accompanied by a personal locker for storing documents and equipment.
- Phone Booth or Focus Booth: Soundproof space for online meetings, phone calls, or work requiring concentration.
3. Things to note when renting office space for businesses operating in the professional services sector.
Not all types of offices meet the operating requirements of professional service industries. For fields such as:
- Law firm, lawyer's office.
- Tax and accounting consulting firm.
- Real estate brokerage firm.
- Clinics, dental practices, and other medical facilities.
- Certain professions require professional licenses or specialized business permits.
Businesses need to carefully check the licensing authority's requirements before choosing an office.
Depending on the industry, the regulatory authority may require businesses to:
- We have a physical office in Japan.
- It is a private workspace, not shared with other businesses.
- The company sign is present at the registered location.
- Meet the requirements regarding area, facilities, or customer reception conditions as stipulated by each industry.
Therefore, virtual offices or co-working spaces may not meet the licensing requirements for certain industries.
Before signing an office lease agreement, businesses should verify the applicable legal requirements for their business sector to avoid any impact on the business registration or licensing process.
4. Legal requirements regarding office space when establishing a company and applying for a Business Manager Visa in Japan (Updated 2026)
An office is not simply a workplace; it's one of the mandatory legal requirements that determines whether a company registration application and a Business Manager Visa application will be approved.
Since 16/10/2025, Japan Immigration Bureau (ISA) Standards related to offices have been officially tightened, rendering many previously accepted models (such as virtual offices and free-address coworking spaces) unsuitable.
Businesses need to be aware of these changes before planning to lease office space in 2026.
1. Regulations before and after the reform (October 16, 2025)
According to the Official announcement regarding the revision of the provincial regulations on the "Business - Management" residence status. Under ISA, the standards for capital, personnel, and office space have changed significantly:
| Criteria | Before October 1, 2025 | From 16/10/2025 |
| Minimum registered capital | 5.000.000 JPY | 30.000.000 JPY |
| Request for permanent staff | Not mandatory (if sufficient funds are available) | A minimum of 1 full-time employee is required. |
| Virtual office / Coworking free-address | Some cases are subject to review. | Not accepted |
| Home Office | Each case may be reviewed individually. | In principle, it is unacceptable. |
| Evaluating business profiles | Expert appraisal is not mandatory. | Expert evaluation is needed (certified accountant, tax consultant, etc.). |
Two changes that directly affect office selection are:
- Increase investment capital requirements sixfold;
- Recruitment of full-time employees is mandatory.
These changes mean that businesses not only need a registered business address but also an office that meets their actual operational needs, with suitable space and facilities to arrange workspaces for managers and employees.
2. Why are virtual offices and free-address coworking spaces no longer accepted?
Follow the instruction Clarify the residency status standards for foreign businesspeople. According to ISA, businesses applying for a Business Manager Visa must demonstrate that business and management This is done in reality, through a physical business location (事業所の確保・存在), and not just on paper.
Virtual offices and free-address coworking spaces (without a fixed private room) do not meet this requirement for two reasons:
- There is no fixed physical workspace.A virtual office only provides an address for receiving mail; it does not have a physical workplace for authorities to verify business operations.
- No guarantee of exclusive use.With free-address coworking, businesses don't have a fixed, separate workspace, while from October 16, 2025, the office must also have enough space to accommodate at least one full-time employee, something that the flexible seating model (Hot Desk) cannot provide.
Therefore, if a business plans to apply for a Business Manager Visa, it should rule out these two models from the outset, opting instead for a serviced office or a traditional office with independent workspaces.
3. Why are home offices no longer accepted?
In principle, the ISA regulates the use of private residences as business premises. Not accepted, both before and after the 2025 reforms. The main reason:
- It is difficult to separate personal life from business activities.Authorities find it difficult to verify whether that address is actually used for business operations or is simply registered to legitimize visa applications.
- Failing to meet the standards of appropriate business scale.With the new requirements for full-time employees and a minimum registered capital of 30 million yen, a typical apartment or house would find it difficult to demonstrate sufficient operational capacity for the scale of business required.
A rare exception might be considered if the property has a completely separate area exclusively for business use (e.g., with a separate entrance, space entirely independent from living quarters), but in practice very few such applications are approved, so businesses should not bet on this option.
4. Independent office space, separate from living quarters, and sufficient space for employees.
Based on the above regulations, an office that meets the requirements to register a company and apply for a Business Manager Visa in 2026 must simultaneously satisfy the following criteria:
- There is a valid address for registration at the Department of Justice.: Meeting the requirements for registering the company's registered address (本店所在地) according to the procedure Commercial registration - legal entity at the Legal Affairs Bureau of Japan.
- A separate workspace with clearly defined boundaries.: Separate from personal living spaces or shared spaces with other businesses.
- Used continuously and for a long period of time.This does not mean the meeting room is rented by the hour or that it is for short-term use.
- Sufficient space to accommodate a manager and at least one full-time employee.: Meeting the mandatory recruitment requirements under the new regulations.
- This can be proven by a valid lease agreement.Registered under the company name (not an individual), clearly stating the purpose of use as a business office.
With these standards, Traditional office , and The service office has private rooms. These are the two most suitable options for businesses planning to apply for a Business Manager Visa.
5. Office rental costs in Japan
Office rental costs in Japan vary greatly depending on the office model, geographical location, usable area, and amenities included.
In major cities like Tokyo, Osaka, or Yokohama, costs are typically higher due to high demand for office space, especially in key business districts such as Marunouchi, Shinjuku, Shibuya, Minato, or Chiyoda.
To help you compare easily, here is a table of estimated costs for different types of offices in Japan:
| Type of office | Reference cost |
| Traditional Office |
Reference source: Office Navi Tokyo |
| Virtual Office |
Reference source: GMO Office Ikebukuro |
| Serviced Office |
Reference source: SmartStart Japan |
| Coworking Space |
Reference source: Cross Office Japan |
Important note:
The above costs are for reference only and may vary depending on the time, region, and supplier.
When budgeting for office space in Japan, your company needs to consider the total cost of ownership, including rent, management fees, initial setup costs, and obligations upon contract termination, especially for traditional offices.
6. Other expenses to consider besides office rent in Japan.
When planning a budget for office rentals in Japan, businesses need to consider not only monthly rent but also incidental expenses throughout the entire contract lifecycle, from the signing and operation phases to the end of the lease.
Key expenses that need to be budgeted for include:
- Estimated deposit and initial fees: Check the security deposit (Shikikin), brokerage fees, contract setup fees, and other payments required before taking over the office. A typical deposit ranges from 4–10 months' rent for small to medium-sized offices, or 6–15 months' rent for medium to large offices.
- Check the management fees and service charges: Identify building management fees, maintenance fees, cleaning fees, fees for using common areas and utilities during the lease period.
- Calculate the costs of design, construction, and interior furnishing: For traditional offices, businesses need to budget for workspace layout, equipment installation, and technical requirements as stipulated by the building.
- Prepare the cost of returning the property as is (Genjō Kaifuku): Verify the obligation to restore the premises to their original condition upon contract termination, including the cost of dismantling any furniture, partitions, or renovations that have been completed.
- Confirm the fees associated with renewing or terminating the contract: Clarify the renewal conditions, renewal fees, notice period, and financial obligations upon returning the office.
- Check the amount of money for the New Year's gift (Reikin - 礼金): Determine if this fee is included in the contract. This is a payment made to the landlord when signing the lease agreement and is usually non-refundable after the contract ends.

Define the principle of returning property to its original state (Genjō Kaifuku) in the rental guide. MLIT Japan
7. How does GLA support businesses in renting office space in Japan?
Choosing an office in Japan involves not only rental costs but also impacts the ability to register a business, apply for a Business Manager Visa, open a bank account, and operate long-term.
GLA assists foreign businesses in finding office solutions that align with their business objectives, budget, and legal requirements in Japan.
- Conduct a survey of the needs, industry, and office rental budget of businesses.
- We advise on the type of office that best suits your business goals, such as traditional offices, serviced offices, or co-working spaces.
- Search for and select an office in Japan that suits your business needs.
- Assisting businesses in the negotiation and signing of office lease agreements.
- We provide support for office handover and connect businesses with necessary services to quickly establish operations in Japan.
8. Frequently asked questions when renting office space in Japan?
1. Does a Home Office meet the requirements to apply for a Business Manager Visa in Japan?
The Japan Immigration and Residence Management Agency (ISA) has stated that using a private residence (Home Office) as a business location is, in principle, not permitted.
According to ISA regulations, businesses wishing to apply for a Business Manager Visa must have an independent business location that is appropriate to their size and actual operations.
If a business plans to apply for a Business Manager Visa, it should choose a Traditional Office or a Serviced Office with a separate office space to meet business premises requirements and minimize risks during the application process.

ISA regulations on business formation (Source: ISA)
2. Does a company with all its employees working remotely need to rent a physical office in Japan?
If your business operates remotely and doesn't yet need to apply for a Business Manager Visa or go through procedures requiring a physical business location, renting a physical office is unnecessary in the initial stages.
However, if the business plans to establish a company, apply for a Business Manager Visa, open a corporate bank account, or conduct business activities that require demonstrating a presence in Japan, having a suitable office will be crucial.
Businesses should also note that models such as:
- Virtual Office;
- Seating in a coworking space;
- This address is for company registration purposes only.
These models often do not meet the independent business location requirement for a Business Manager Visa application.
3. Is it mandatory to hire a guarantor company when renting office space in Japan?
Guarantor Company A guarantor company is a company that undertakes to fulfill the tenant's financial obligations to the building owner, including rent and other contractual obligations.
Not every case requires a guarantor company. However, many building owners in Japan require businesses, especially foreign or newly established businesses, to have a guarantor company to guarantee payment of rent and other contractual obligations.
If the building owner does not require a guarantor company, the business may be required to use a personal guarantor or meet other conditions as per the landlord's policy.
4. Is renting a virtual office legal in Japan?
Renting a virtual office is a legal practice in Japan and is often chosen by foreign businesses when:
- Register your contact information and receive mail;
- There is no immediate need for office space.
- We want to optimize costs during the initial operating phase;
- Build a strong corporate image by having your business address located in a prime location.
However, a Virtual Office is not always suitable for every purpose.
For businesses planning to apply for a Business Manager Visa or needing to demonstrate a physical business location, presence, and business operations in Japan for certain administrative procedures or transactions, virtual offices often fail to meet the requirements due to the lack of independent workspace and physical business premises.
5. Can businesses carry out the land handover (Genjikaifuku) themselves?
It's possible, but it depends on the lease agreement. If the agreement stipulates that the return of the premises must be carried out by the building owner or a unit designated by the building owner, the business must comply with this provision.
Unless otherwise specified in the contract, the business may perform the restoration itself or hire another entity, but must obtain the lessor's approval and ensure that the premises are restored to the condition required by the contract.
- Japan has four common types of offices: Traditional Offices, Serviced Offices, Coworking Spaces, and Virtual Offices. Each type suits the different needs and purposes of businesses.
- For the Business Manager Visa, businesses need to choose a business location with a physical, independent workspace that meets ISA requirements.
- Office rental costs include not only monthly rent but also expenses such as security deposit (Shikikin), key money (Reikin), brokerage fees, guarantee fees, and premises return fees (Genjikaifuku).
- Before signing a lease agreement, businesses should carefully consider the lease term, renewal conditions, and obligations regarding the return of the premises (Genjikaifuku), etc.
Tourism business in Japan: Opportunities, requirements, and company formation procedures.
In 2025, Japan is expected to welcome 42,68 million international tourists, nearing its target of 60 million tourists and 15 trillion yen in tourism revenue by 2030, according to statistics from the Japan Tourism Agency.
This strong growth is opening up many opportunities for foreign businesses to participate in the promising tourism market.

Number of tourists visiting Japan from 2017-2026
However, to operate a tourism business legally in Japan, a company not only needs to establish a legally compliant company but also must meet requirements for travel agency licenses, professional management personnel, and operational regulations under Japanese law.
In this article, GLA experts will provide comprehensive information on:
- The potential for tourism business in Japan.
- Conditions to be met, required travel permits, staffing requirements.
- Procedures for company formation and the process for obtaining operating licenses.
This allows businesses to clearly understand the implementation roadmap, mitigate legal risks, and build a sustainable business foundation in the Japanese market.
1. Why should you do business in tourism in Japan?
Japan is currently one of the fastest-growing tourism markets in the world. Following the post-pandemic recovery, the number of international visitors has continuously set new records, leading to a huge demand for travel services, experiential tours, transportation, and visitor support.
Besides market demand, the Japanese government is also implementing various policies to develop the tourism industry into one of the drivers of economic growth. This is considered a favorable time for businesses to consider establishing a travel company in Japan and expanding their operations in this market.
Japan welcomes its highest number of international visitors ever.
According to the data of Japan National Tourism Organization (JNTO)In 2025, Japan is expected to welcome 42,68 million international visitors, a 15,8% increase compared to 2024, and the first time the number has exceeded 40 million in a single year.

This is the highest number since Japan began tracking international visitors, demonstrating the country's growing appeal to tourists worldwide. The sharp increase in visitor numbers also translates into a greater demand for businesses providing travel services, tour bookings, guides, transportation, and specialized tourism products.
Tourist spending continues to rise sharply.
Not only did the number of visitors increase, but the total spending of international tourists in Japan also reached a new record high.
According to the Consumer trend research According to data released by the Japan Tourism Agency, total spending by international tourists in 2025 is expected to reach approximately 9.455,9 billion yen, a 16,4% increase compared to the previous year.

This shows that the Japanese tourism market is not only expanding in scale but also has increasing economic value. For newly established travel companies in Japan, this is a positive sign because tourists tend to be willing to pay more for quality services, experiential tours, and personalized travel products.
The Japanese government continues to prioritize the development of the tourism industry.
The growth of the tourism industry is not a short-term trend but is part of the Japanese government's long-term development strategy.
According to the National Tourism Promotion Basic Plan approved by the Japanese Cabinet in 2026, the government aims to achieve the following by 2030:
- Attract 60 million international visitors each year.
- Tourism revenue reached 15.000 trillion yen.

Compared to the 2025 figures, the number of international visitors is still approximately... 40% growth potential to achieve the target by 2030. This shows that the tourism industry will continue to receive investment and support from the Government for many years to come, creating more opportunities for new businesses to enter the market.
A diverse range of international tourists reduces the risk of dependence on a single market.
One notable aspect of Japan's tourism industry is the relatively diverse composition of its international visitors.
According to the JNTO statisticsIn 2025, the largest source markets for tourists to Japan will include:
- Korean
- Chinese
- Taiwan
- Mỹ
- Hong Kong
In addition, the number of visitors from many other countries is also growing strongly. By 2025, Uc surpassing the milestone for the first time. 1 million visitors, while Mỹ first time crossing 3 million visitors.
Not being overly dependent on a single market allows the Japanese tourism industry to be more resilient to economic fluctuations or policy changes in individual countries. At the same time, it also provides an opportunity for businesses to develop a wider range of products tailored to different international customer groups.
Experiential tourism and local tourism are becoming a trend.
In addition to the goal of increasing the number of international visitors, the Japanese government is shifting its focus to Improving the quality of tourism industry growth.
According to the guidelines in the National Tourism Promotion Master Plan, policies in the coming period will focus on:
- Developing sustainable tourism.
- Increased spending by international tourists.
- Attracting tourists to areas outside of traditional tourist centers.
This orientation opens up many opportunities for businesses to establish travel companies in Japan, especially those developing experiential tourism products, community tourism, themed tours, or exploring new destinations in local areas.
Instead of competing directly with large businesses in Tokyo, Osaka, or Kyoto, new businesses can choose niche segments with lower competition levels but still benefit from the government's tourism promotion policies.
2. Can foreigners establish travel agencies in Japan?
Foreigners can absolutely establish and own travel companies in Japan.
Japanese law does not restrict the nationality of business owners. Foreign investors can own 100% of the registered capital when establishing a Japanese company following the Kabushiki Kaisha (KK) or Godo Kaisha (GK) model.
However, establishing a company does not automatically mean being allowed to directly operate a business in Japan. For a company to operate legally, investors need to meet three sets of conditions simultaneously:
- Establish a legal entity in accordance with Japanese regulations.
- Register for a travel agency business license if you provide tourism services.
- You have the appropriate residency status if you directly manage a business in Japan.
In other words, the biggest barrier is not the investor's nationality, but rather meeting legal, licensing, and visa requirements.
2.1 Can Vietnamese citizens own 100% of a travel company in Japan?
According to current regulations, foreign investors, including Vietnamese citizens, are permitted to own the entire capital of businesses established in Japan. For the travel business sector, the regulatory authority does not base its assessment on the owner's nationality but focuses on evaluating their ability to meet licensing requirements, such as:
- The financial capacity of the business.
- Office Practical activities in Japan.
- The travel operations manager meets the professional qualifications.
- The application for a business license must comply with regulations.
If all the above requirements are met, Vietnamese investors can absolutely establish and own a travel company in Japan.
2.2 What is the difference between company ownership and business management rights?
This is a common misconception among investors: A company may own a business in Japan, but it doesn't necessarily have direct control over that business.
If investors wish to live in Japan and directly manage their business operations, they need a Business Manager Visa or other appropriate residency status as stipulated by the Japan Immigration Services Agency. To obtain this type of visa, businesses need to demonstrate several factors, such as:
- There is a viable business plan.
- It has an independent business location.
- Meet the investment capital requirements as stipulated.
- Proof that the business is actually operating.
Applying for a Business Manager Visa and applying for a Travel Agency Business License are two independent procedures, but both are important requirements if a business wants to operate a travel agency long-term in Japan.
Note: Regulations regarding the Business Manager Visa may be subject to change from time to time. Businesses should stay updated on the latest regulations or consult with a visa advisor before preparing their application.
3. Do I need a visa to set up a travel agency in Japan?
Not every case requires a visa. open a company in JapanHowever, if a foreign investor wishes to live and operate a business directly in Japan, the most commonly used visa is the Business Manager Visa. This visa allows foreigners to legally reside in Japan to manage and operate a business they establish.
From October 16, 2025, Japan has implemented several significant changes to the requirements for granting Business Manager visas. Businesses should take note of these requirements when planning to establish a travel company in Japan.
Below is a summary table of the requirements for a Business Manager Visa in Japan to help businesses understand the important changes. Visa and investment experts at GLA have compiled this table based on the regulations updated on October 16, 2025:
| Condition | Update required | Note for investors |
| Investment capital or total assets put into business | The minimum amount is 30 million yen (up from 5 million yen previously). | This is one of the important requirements for demonstrating a company's financial capacity. |
| Personnel | We must hire at least one full-time employee. | Employees must be Japanese citizens or holders of long-term residency status (e.g., permanent residents or settled residents). |
| True love story | Visa applicants or full-time employees must have a B2 level (equivalent to JLPT N2 or higher). | This condition aims to ensure effective management and communication within the Japanese business environment. |
| Educational level or experience | Must possess a Master's or Doctoral degree, relevant professional qualification, or a minimum of 03 years of management experience. | Investors need to prepare documentation proving their education or experience as required. |
| Business plan | A business plan that has been verified by an expert is required. | The expert confirmed could be a consultant for small and medium-sized enterprises, a certified public accountant (CPA), or a licensed tax accountant in Japan. |
| Business location | There must be a separate office, appropriate to the scale of operations. | In principle, do not use a home or virtual office as a business headquarters. |
| Transitional provisions | Individuals holding a Business Manager visa prior to October 16, 2025, will be subject to the old regulations when renewing their visa until October 16, 2028. | Transitional provisions apply only to renewals, not to new applications. |
Note: The Business Manager Visa is a requirement for residency and business operation rights, not a travel agency license. After obtaining the visa and establishing a company, the business must still apply for a travel agency license if it provides tourism services as regulated by Japanese law.
For foreign entrepreneurs who are just starting to build a business in Japan but have not yet fully met the requirements to apply... Business Manager VisaBusinesses can consider this program. Startup Visa.
The Startup Visa is designed to support foreign founders in the preparatory phase of establishing and operating a business in Japan. The program allows entrepreneurs more time to research the market, refine their business plan, prepare facilities, recruit staff, and complete necessary procedures before transitioning to the Business Manager Visa.
4. Categories of travel agency business registration in Japan
According to the Japanese Travel Business Law (旅行業法)Businesses providing paid travel services are required to register and obtain a license from the competent authority before commencing operations. Depending on the business model and scope of services provided, businesses will be classified into different licensing categories.
Basically, the travel agency licensing system in Japan is divided into: two main groups:
- Travel business (旅行業者 / Travel Business): These are businesses that directly design, organize, and sell tour programs to customers. Depending on their scope of operation, this group is divided into four license categories: Category 1 Travel, Category 2 Travel, Category 3 Travel, and Regional Travel Business.
- Travel Agent (旅行業者代理業 / Travel Agent): This is a business that does not directly design or organize tours, but operates as an agent, selling tourism products on behalf of travel companies under agency contracts and earning commissions as agreed upon.
Each type of license will have differences. Business scope, licensing conditions, financial and personnel requirements, and tour organizing rights.Choosing the right type of license from the outset will help businesses build a suitable business model, optimize investment costs, and ensure compliance with Japanese law.

Registration categories for travel companies in Japan (Source: mlit.go.jp)
To help businesses easily visualize and choose the appropriate type of license, GLA's investment consulting team has compiled the following comparison table based on the current regulations of the Japan Tourism Agency.
| Registration category | Licensing authority | Permitted operating area | Deposit | Standard asset |
| 1rd place | Tourism Department | All business operations, domestic and international, without geographical limitations. | 70 million yen | 30 million yen |
| 2rd place | Governor | All-inclusive domestic tours nationwide; customized tours and arrangements both domestically and internationally. | 11 million yen | 7 million yen |
| 3rd place | Governor | Domestic package tours are limited to the surrounding area; customized tours are not limited to the region. | 3 million yen | 3 million yen |
| Area restrictions | Governor | All operations are conducted within the vicinity of the office. | 150 yen | 1 million yen |
| Travel agency | Governor | Authorization services from other travel companies. | Not required | Not required |
| Travel agency limits to tourist areas. | Minister of MLIT acknowledges | Authorized service, limited to the tourist area, only for guests staying at the resort. | Not required | Not required |
1rd class travel (第1種旅行業)
This is the highest category, allowing for all types of business activities, including organizing all-inclusive tours abroad.
- Licensing authority: Minister of Tourism Department (観光庁長官)
- Limit: International package tours, domestic package tours, customized tours, tour arrangements.
- Margin (営業保証金): 70.000.000 yen, if joining a travel association (弁済業務保証金分担金): 14.000.000 yen
- Minimum benchmark assets (基準資産): 30.000.000¥
- Mandatory appointment of a travel operations manager.
2rd class travel (第2種旅行業)
Category 2 participants are not allowed to organize their own all-inclusive overseas tours, but they are free to organize all-inclusive domestic tours nationwide (without regional restrictions).
- Licensing authority: Governor of the province where the headquarters is located (主たる営業所の所在地を管轄する都道府県知事)
- Allowed: We organize and sell all-inclusive domestic tours (no regional restrictions, applicable nationwide); accept tour orders both domestically and internationally; and provide travel arrangement services both domestically and internationally.
- Deposit: 11.000.000 yen if you join the association: 2.200.000 yen
- Minimum benchmark assets: 7.000.000¥
- Mandatory appointment of a travel operations manager.
3rd class travel (第3種旅行業)
Tier 3 only allows organizing all-inclusive domestic tours within the vicinity of its office location (not nationwide like Tier 2), but customized tours and arranged services are not limited by region.
- Licensing authority: Governor of the province where the headquarters are located
- Allowed: The company organizes and sells all-inclusive domestic tours, but only within the city where its office is located and surrounding areas; it accepts tours on order and provides travel arrangement services without geographical limitations (both domestic and international).
- Licensing authority: Governor of the province where the headquarters are located
- Deposit: 3.000.000 yen if you join the association: 600.000 yen
- Minimum benchmark assets: 3.000.000¥
- Mandatory appointment of a travel operations manager.
Limited area travel (地域限定旅行業)
This category has the lowest financial requirements, making it suitable for startups focusing on local experiential tourism. Unlike category 3, all three types of services (domestic package tours, customized tours, and arranged services) are limited to the area surrounding the office location.
- Allowed: They offer all-inclusive tour packages, accept tour orders, and provide travel arrangement services, but all three types of services are limited to the city where their office is located and surrounding areas.
- Licensing authority: Governor of the province where the headquarters are located
- Deposit: 150.000 yen if you join the association: 30.000 yen
- Minimum benchmark assets: 1.000.000¥
- Mandatory appointment of a travel operations manager.
Travel agency (旅行業者代理業)/ Travel agent
Travel agencies do not organize tours themselves but only perform services authorized by another travel company (旅行業者から委託された業務).
- Allowed: Performing travel services as authorized by another travel company, not organizing tours independently.
- Licensing authority: Governor of the province where the headquarters are located
- Minimum margin/standard assets: Not required
- The appointment of a travel operations manager remains mandatory.
Travel agency limited to the tourist area (special format)
This applies to accommodation establishments (hotels, ryokan, etc.) that are recognized in the tourism development plan.
- Allowed: Performing services authorized by other travel companies, but limited to the recognized tourist area and only for guests staying at the establishment.
- Margin / Standard Assets: Not required
- Person in charge: They can be replaced by someone who has completed the training course; they do not necessarily have to be an official travel operations manager.
5. Four main requirements for establishing a travel company in Japan
To establish a Japanese company engaged in tourism business, regardless of whether it is a Class 1, 2, or 3 company, limited to a specific region or a travel agency, the business must simultaneously meet four main sets of conditions: legal entity and business purpose conditions, financial conditions, personnel conditions, and eligibility conditions.
Conditions regarding legal entity and business purpose
Before applying for a travel agency business registration, the company must have already established a company in Japan, usually a joint-stock company (株式会社) or a limited liability company (合同会社).
In the company's charter (定款) and legal entity registration certificate, the business purpose must clearly state whether it is tourism business or travel agency business in accordance with the Law on Travel Business. If this information is missing, the application will be rejected, and the business must amend its charter and re-register before submitting the application for a license.
Financial requirements
This is the condition that the licensing authority checks most carefully, to ensure that the company has the capacity to compensate customers should any problems arise. It consists of two elements:
- Minimum required assets: calculated using the formula: total assets minus non-performing assets (bad debts, intangible assets such as trademarks), minus total liabilities, minus the deposit amount. The required amount varies depending on the registration category, from 1.000.000 yen to 30.000.000 yen;
- Business deposit or alternative contribution if joining a travel association (equal to 1/5 of the original deposit).
Personnel requirements: Appointment of a Travel Operations Manager
When establishing a travel company in Japan, businesses need to meet the requirements for personnel managing travel operations. According to Japanese law, each... business office Each travel company or travel agency must appoint a qualified Travel Operations Manager to oversee and manage its business operations.
Travel agency managers are responsible for ensuring that office operations are conducted in accordance with regulations, including explaining terms and conditions, providing necessary information to customers, processing travel service contracts, and controlling service quality.
The person appointed to this position must pass the national certification exam for travel industry professionals organized by the Japan Tourism Agency. Depending on the scope of operations, the company needs to select personnel with the appropriate certification:
- Comprehensive Travel Business Management Certificate (総合旅行業務取扱管理者): for businesses operating both international and domestic tours;
- Domestic Travel Agency Management Certificate (国内旅行業務取扱管理者): applicable to businesses that only operate tourism products within Japan;
- Regional Travel Service Management Certificate (地域限定旅行業務取扱管理者): suitable for businesses that only organize tours within a specific region, city, or locality.
Therefore, before establishing a travel company in Japan, businesses need to clearly define the type of tourism business they intend to operate—international, domestic, or regional—in order to select management personnel with appropriate certifications, ensuring compliance with licensing requirements and legal operation in Japan.
Here are some points businesses should keep in mind:
- If the office handles international tours, the appointed person must possess a comprehensive certificate.
- A person can only be listed as the manager for one entity. a single office, not allowed to manage multiple branches simultaneously.
- Offices with 10 or more employees responsible for travel services must appoint at least two travel operations managers.
- After being appointed, the manager must attend a training course organized by the travel association every five years.
This is usually biggest barrier For newly established companies, especially those owned by foreigners, the exam is conducted entirely in Japanese and requires in-depth knowledge of travel law, geography, and transportation operations.
Eligibility requirements: not subject to licensing refusal
The Law on Travel Business stipulates 11 cases in which registration applications are subject to mandatory rejection, the most common of which include:
- Previously had their travel agency or tour operator license revoked, and less than 5 years have passed since the revocation date.
- Previously convicted of imprisonment or fined for violating the Travel Business Law, and less than 5 years have passed since completing the sentence.
- Being a member of a violent organization (according to the Law on Prevention of Unlawful Conduct by Members of Violent Organizations), or having left such an organization less than 5 years ago.
- Having committed fraudulent acts in the travel industry within the 5 years prior to submitting the application.
- Minors who lack full legal capacity may have legal representatives who fall into one of the above categories.
- Individuals with limited capacity due to mental/physical issues as defined by the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism, or individuals who have been declared bankrupt and have not yet had their rights restored.
- For legal entities: if any member of the management board falls under the above-mentioned categories.
- It is not possible to demonstrate that a valid Travel Operations Manager can be appointed to each office.
Other practical conditions that need to be prepared when starting a tourism business.
In addition to the legal, financial, personnel, and eligibility requirements mentioned above, businesses need to prepare the following practical conditions to ensure their application is approved and the company operates legally in Japan:
- Fixed business office (営業所): has a physical addressRegistration is not permitted at virtual addresses or regular residential apartments (depending on provincial regulations).
- Appropriate residency status If the representative is a foreigner: a valid Business/Management visa (経営・管理) is usually required, separate from the travel agency registration procedure, but mandatory for legally operating the company in Japan.
- Price list and terms and conditions of travel contracts (旅行業約款) The license must be publicly displayed at the office after it is granted.
6. The process of establishing a travel company in Japan
To establish a travel company in Japan, businesses not only need to register as a legal entity but also must meet specific requirements for the travel industry before being granted an operating license. Below is a six-step process that investors need to follow.
- 1 Determine the business model and tourism license category.
- 2 Drafting and notarizing the company's articles of incorporation.
- 3 Register your official business address.
- 4 Registration of legal entity
- 5 Open a business bank account.
- 6 Appointment of Travel Operations Manager
- 7 Submit an application for a tourism business license.
- 8 Received official license
Step 1. Determine the appropriate business model and tourism license category.
Before establishing a business, investors need to clearly define the intended scope of operations, such as organizing package tours, operating domestic tours, international tours, acting as a travel agency, etc.
Defining the business model from the outset helps businesses make the right choice. travel license category According to the regulations of the Japanese Travel Business Law (Tier 1, Tier 2, Tier 3, regional travel license, or travel agency license). This also serves as the basis for calculating the standard asset level, deposit amount, and personnel requirements that must be met when applying for a license.
After defining the scope of business, the enterprise will make a selection. Suitable legal entity types in JapanThe two most common types in Japan include:
- Kabushiki Kaisha (KK - 株式会社): Equivalent to a joint-stock company, it boasts a high level of credibility and is often positively evaluated by banks, hotels, travel partners, or government agencies in Japan. This is a suitable option for businesses aiming for long-term growth or international travel operations.
- Godo Kaisha (GK - 合同会社): Equivalent to a limited liability company, it has simpler establishment procedures, lower costs, and a more flexible management structure. This model is suitable for startups or small-scale companies.
For foreign investors intending to apply Business Manager VisaFrom October 2025 onwards, businesses must meet the following requirements: 30 million yen capital contribution According to visa regulations, this is a separate condition for visa application and does not replace the standard asset requirement when applying for a travel agency business license.
GLA assists businesses in analyzing their business model, selecting the appropriate legal entity type, scope of travel operations, and licensing direction from the outset, helping to minimize the risk of document changes or additional costs during implementation in Japan.
Step 2: Draft and notarize the company's articles of incorporation.
After selecting the type of business entity, the investor proceeds to draft the proposal. Company Bylaws (定款)This is an important document that specifies the basic contents of a business such as the company name, registered address, charter capital, management structure, legal representative, and scope of business operations.
For businesses operating in the travel industry, business purpose (事業目的) The regulations should clearly state the relevant content. "旅行業" or "旅行業法に基づく旅行業"If this information is not added from the outset, the business will have to go through the business registration amendment procedure later, resulting in additional time and costs.
For Kabushiki Kaisha (KK)The charter must be notarized at Notary Office (公証役場) before submitting the registration application. Meanwhile, Godo Kaisha (GK) Notarizing the articles of incorporation is not mandatory.
GLA advises businesses on preparing company charters that align with their tourism business orientation in Japan, ensuring that the content regarding business lines, business objectives, and legal documents meet the requirements for company registration and subsequent travel agency license applications.
Step 3: Register the official business address.
One of the mandatory requirements for establishing a travel company in Japan is that the business must have a physical office. The office must be a location capable of receiving clients, storing records, and facilitating inspections and supervision by regulatory authorities.
Depending on their size and budget, businesses can choose from:
- Serviced offices are fully equipped with reception, meeting rooms, and other amenities.
- Shared offices have their own registered business address.
- A traditional office is ideal if the business plans for long-term expansion.
Besides rental costs, office location is also a factor to consider. Areas near major train stations such as Shinjuku, Shibuya, or Tokyo Station often help businesses build credibility with clients and partners, while also facilitating business operations.
GLA assists businesses in selecting suitable office locations in Japan, advises on office solutions that meet the legal requirements of the tourism industry, and helps prepare the necessary documents related to the business location.
Step 4: Register the legal entity at the Department of Legal Affairs.
Businesses submit their registration applications to the Japanese Legal Affairs Bureau (法務局) where their headquarters are located.
Typically, after about 1–2 weeks, if the application is valid, the business will be granted:
- Certificate of legal entity registration.
- Business registration number.
- Copy of the legal entity registration book (登記簿謄本).
These are the required documents for subsequent procedures such as opening a bank account and applying for a tourism business license in Japan.
GLA accompanies businesses throughout the entire process of registering a company in Japan, from preparing documents and verifying their validity to assisting with completing procedures with Japanese authorities.
Step 5: Open a corporate bank account
After a company is established, it needs to open a bank account to facilitate transactions and financial management.
For businesses with foreign investment, this is often one of the most time-consuming procedures due to the rather strict due diligence processes of Japanese banks.
Typically, banks will require businesses to provide documents such as:
- Business registration certificate;
- Company charter;
- Office lease agreement;
- Documents proving capital contribution;
- Business plan;
- Information about the legal representative.
In addition to reviewing legal documents, many banks also assess the feasibility of the business model and the company's relationship with the Japanese market before deciding to open an account.
GLA assists businesses in preparing documents for opening bank accounts in Japan, advises on selecting suitable banking solutions, and supports them throughout the process with banks to increase the chances of approval.
Step 6: Appoint a Travel Operations Manager
According to Japan's Travel Agency Law, each travel agency must have at least one full-time Travel Agency Operations Manager (旅行業務取扱管理者).
This person is responsible for overseeing all of the company's travel operations and ensuring that the services provided comply with all legal regulations.
Depending on the scope of business, enterprises need to assign personnel with the appropriate certifications:
- Managing domestic travel operations for businesses that only operate tours within Japan;
- Comprehensive travel management services for businesses organizing both domestic and international tours.
If a business has 10 or more employees, Japanese law also requires the addition of a Travel Operations Manager at a specified ratio to ensure supervision of business operations.
Step 7: Submit the application for a tourism business license.
After fulfilling all the requirements regarding legal entity, finances, business location, and personnel, the enterprise proceeds to submit an application for a tourism business license.
In addition to basic documents such as the business registration certificate, company charter, and financial statements, regulatory authorities also consider many other factors, including:
- The company's financial capacity
- Feasibility of the business plan
- Tour organization and customer service process
- Risk management and protection plan for tourists.
All documents must be prepared in Japanese and comply with the forms of the competent authority. The review process usually takes about 2–3 months, depending on the locality and the type of business license being applied for.
Travel agency business licenses, once issued, are valid for 5 years, after which businesses must renew them if they wish to continue operating.
Step 8: Complete the deposit/membership within 14 days and receive your official license.
After the application is approved, the business will receive a license notification. Within 14 days of receiving the notification, the business must fulfill one of the following two obligations:
- Pay the business security deposit (営業保証金) at the Legal Affairs Bureau; or
- Join a legally recognized travel agency association (such as JATA or ANTA) and pay the required security deposit (弁済業務保証金分担金).
Upon fulfilling this obligation, the business will be granted a Travel Business License and will officially be eligible to sign contracts, organize tours, promote and provide tourism services within the scope of the granted license.
During operation, businesses need to maintain full financial and personnel requirements and comply with the Travel Business Law to ensure the license remains valid and avoid penalties from regulatory authorities.
GLA accompanies businesses through the final stages of fulfilling requirements after approval, including advising on deposit obligations and supporting businesses in preparing to operate tourism activities in Japan.
7. Mandatory procedures and registrations after company establishment in Japan
Establishing a company in Japan does not mean that the business can immediately begin operations. After completing the legal registration with the Japanese Legal Affairs Bureau (法務局), the business still needs to complete many mandatory declaration procedures with regulatory agencies such as the tax authorities, social security agencies, and labor agencies.
For travel companies in Japan, completing all post-establishment procedures is crucial for the business to operate legally, recruit personnel, fulfill tax obligations, and meet the requirements for travel agency licenses.
Below is a summary of 9 important procedures that businesses need to complete after establishing a company in Japan. Tax and legal experts at GLA have compiled this table based on current regulations from the Japanese tax and labor authorities:
| Procedure name | Receiving agency | Deadline for payment | Required / Optional | Purpose |
| Notification of establishment of a legal entity | Regional Tax Department | 2 months from the date of registration | Obligatory | Register to pay national corporate tax (法人税), consumption tax, and withholding tax. |
| Notification form for opening a payroll office. | Regional Tax Department | One month from the date salary payments begin (including only the director's salary). | Obligatory | This notice indicates that the company is subject to withholding tax on income when paying salaries/remuneration. |
| Application for green form tax return | Regional Tax Department | Before the date immediately preceding the earlier of which of: (a) three months since the date of incorporation, or (b) the end of the first accounting period | Optional | Enjoy tax benefits: carry-forward losses to subsequent years, accelerated asset depreciation, reduced accounting documentation. |
| Application for notification of establishment/setup of a legal entity's office | Provincial/City Tax Department where the office is located | 15 days from the start of business (for example, in Tokyo; other prefectures may have different regulations) | Obligatory | Register to pay provincial business tax (法人事業税) and the portion of legal entity residence tax collected by the prefecture (法人都道府県民税). |
| Provincial and city-level tax notices | People's Committee of the city/district where the headquarters are located | Depending on the local regulations (usually 15–30 days), the 23 inner districts of Tokyo do not require separate submission to the district. | Mandatory (except for 23 Tokyo prefectures) | Register to pay the legal entity residence tax collected by the city/district (法人市町村民税) |
| Register for labor insurance | Department of Labor | 10 days (insurance relationship establishment application) + 50 days (provisional premium declaration application), calculated from the date of hiring the first employee. | It is only mandatory when there is a job opening. | Participating in workers' accident insurance (労災保険) protects the rights of workers in case of occupational accidents or diseases. |
| Submit labor regulations | Department of Labor | There is no fixed deadline, but the tax must be paid "without delay" (遅滞なく) as soon as the company reaches 10 or more permanent employees. | It is only mandatory if the company has 10 or more permanent employees. | Regulations on working conditions, hours, wages, and labor discipline; accompanied by written opinions from employee representatives. |
| Register for health insurance and pension. | Social Insurance Agency | 5 days from the date the obligation arises (usually the date of establishment) | Mandatory (even if the company has only one director and no employees) | Enroll managers/employees in health insurance (健康保険) and welfare pension insurance (厚生年金保険). |
| Register for employment insurance. | Employment Agency | 10 days (application for establishment) + before the 10th of the following month (application for confirmation of participant eligibility) | It is only mandatory when there is a job opening. | Participating in unemployment insurance (雇用保険) ensures workers are entitled to unemployment benefits. |
8. Common difficulties foreigners encounter when setting up a travel company.
Legally, foreigners have the right to establish travel companies in Japan and apply for travel agency licenses similar to Japanese citizens, provided they meet all the required conditions.
However, in reality, this process is often more complicated for foreign investors due to the need to overcome numerous barriers related to visas, language, finance, and the business environment. These are also the reasons why the time required to prepare documents and get the business up and running is longer than initially planned.
Below is an overview to help businesses quickly grasp the 5 most common difficulties before delving into the details of each issue. Investment consultants at GLA have compiled this table based on their practical experience assisting businesses in establishing travel companies in Japan:
| Khó khăn | The main cause |
| Business and Management Visa Requirements Are Becoming Stricter | Minimum capital requirement increases from 5 million to 30 million yen (effective October 16, 2025) |
| It is difficult to find certified Travel Operations Managers. | According to Japanese regulations, every travel agency must appoint at least one Travel Operations Manager with a certification appropriate to its scope of operations. |
| Difficult to meet financial capacity requirements. | Standard assets must be represented using standard Japanese accounting. |
| Opening a bank account is not easy. | Banks conduct thorough due diligence on foreign-owned enterprises. |
| It's difficult to find an office that meets the requirements. | Landlords often require a guarantor who is a Japanese citizen. |
The requirements for applying for a Business/Management Visa are becoming increasingly stringent.
For foreign investors wishing to directly manage businesses in Japan, a Business/Management Visa (経営・管理ビザ) is one of the most important requirements.
Since 16/10/2025The Japanese Immigration Bureau has implemented new standards to curb the practice of establishing businesses solely for the purpose of obtaining residency status. Compared to before, the requirements for this type of visa have been significantly tightened.
Of these changes, the requirement to raise the capital threshold from 5 million yen to 30 million yen is considered the most significant. Although the Travel Business Act only requires a lower standard asset level for some types of licenses, foreign investors must still meet the capital requirement if they need to apply for a Business-Management Visa to directly operate a business.
Therefore, many businesses choose to appoint a Japanese national or a long-term resident as their legal representative, while the foreign investor holds the role of shareholder or capital contributor.
It is difficult to find certified Travel Operations Managers.
According to regulations, each business office Travel agencies must have at least one full-time Travel Agency Operations Manager (旅行業務取扱管理者).
To obtain this certificate, candidates must pass a national examination conducted entirely in Japanese, covering travel law, tourism geography, transportation operations, and various other specialized knowledge areas.
For foreigners new to Japan, obtaining certifications on their own is often not feasible in a short period of time. Therefore, most businesses have to recruit personnel who already have certifications or collaborate with experienced professionals in the industry. This is one of the biggest challenges regarding personnel when establishing a travel company in Japan.
Difficult to meet financial capacity requirements.
When applying for a travel agency business license, enterprises must demonstrate that they meet the required standard asset level (基準資産額).
Determining the standard asset value is not based solely on the registered capital but must also be reflected in the balance sheet prepared according to Japanese accounting standards. Certain types of assets or receivables may not be accepted by regulatory authorities when calculating financial capacity.
For newly established businesses or investors unfamiliar with the Japanese accounting system, preparing financial documents in accordance with regulations often requires the assistance of an accountant or local expert.
Opening a business bank account is not easy.
After establishing a company, businesses need to open a bank account to conduct financial transactions and complete various subsequent procedures.
However, Japanese banks typically conduct thorough due diligence on newly established businesses, especially those with foreign investment.
In addition to legal documents, banks also consider many other factors such as:
- The duration of residence of the representative in Japan.
- Physical office address
- Business plan
- The long-term viability of the business
If the account opening process is delayed, it can also affect the business's progress in depositing funds, paying fees, and completing the application for a travel business license.
It is difficult to find offices that meet the licensing requirements.
One of the key requirements for establishing a travel company in Japan is that the business must have a physical business location.
And according to the official guidelines of the Japan Immigration Bureau on the revised Business-Management visa standards (effective from October 16, 2025), businesses must have suitable office Given the scale of operations, using a residential property as a business office is, in principle, not permitted.
Meanwhile, the commercial real estate market in Japan has many unique characteristics. Many landlords require businesses to have a guarantor who is a Japanese citizen or legal entity, and to demonstrate financial capability before signing a lease agreement.
For foreign investors unfamiliar with the local market, finding an office that meets legal requirements, is cost-effective, and conveniently located often takes considerable time.
9. How does GLA assist in establishing a travel company in Japan?
Establishing a travel company in Japan involves more than just business registration; it also requires businesses to simultaneously meet numerous requirements regarding travel licenses, personnel, finances, business location, and regulations related to foreign investors.
For businesses without prior experience working with the Japanese legal system, handling the procedures themselves can be time-consuming due to the need to prepare documents in Japanese, work with various agencies, and address any issues that arise during the due diligence process.
With experience in supporting businesses to invest and expand their operations in international markets, GLA accompanies clients throughout the entire process of company establishment and obtaining travel agency business licenses in Japan.
- Consulting on business model selection and the type of travel license that suits your business plan.
- Establishing a legal entity in JapanThis includes preparing documents, drafting company bylaws, and carrying out registration procedures at the Department of Legal Affairs.
- Consulting on the conditions for granting tourism business licenses.This includes requirements for capital, standard assets, deposits, and personnel for each license category.
- Assistance in preparing documents for tourism business license applications.Review for completeness and compliance with regulations of the governing body.
- Consulting services for opening a business bank account.Registering the office address and completing the necessary procedures will allow the business to start operating as soon as possible.
- Tax and accounting consulting and renewing registration periodically helps businesses operate stably and comply with regulations.
- Collaboration in working with government agencies, providing support in explaining and supplementing documents when requested, and monitoring the processing progress until the business is granted a license.
10. Frequently Asked Questions about Doing Business in Tourism in Japan
1. Can Vietnamese citizens establish travel agencies in Japan?
Yes. Vietnamese citizens can establish and own travel companies in Japan without needing Japanese citizenship. The deciding factors are the residency status that allows for business operations and the completion of travel business registration. Those from Vietnam often also need a Business Manager Visa.
2. Is it possible to use a virtual office to register a travel company?
It's not advisable. Both the regulations for registering a tourism business and the regulations for Business-Management visas (after the 2025 amendments) require a physical, independent office location. Virtual offices often fail to meet this requirement and are likely to result in applications being rejected during the initial assessment phase.
3. How much capital is needed to open a travel company in Japan?
There are no regulations regarding the minimum registered capital required to establish a travel company in Japan. However, to obtain a travel business license, businesses must meet standard asset and deposit requirements, with specific amounts varying depending on the license category, specifically:
| Type of license | Minimum benchmark assets | Business deposit |
| Third-class travel | 30 triệu yên | 70 triệu yên |
| Third-class travel | 7 triệu yên | 11 triệu yên |
| Third-class travel | 3 triệu yên | 3 triệu yên |
| Regional Travel | 1 triệu yên | 150.000¥ |
If a foreign investor intends to apply for a Business Manager Visa to directly manage a company in Japan, it should be noted that the visa application may require the business to meet a minimum capital contribution requirement as stipulated by current regulations. This is a visa requirement and does not replace the standard asset and deposit requirements when applying for a travel agency business license.
In addition to financial requirements, businesses also need to budget for company formation, office rental, personnel recruitment, accounting, and operating expenses. Therefore, the total capital required will depend on the size and business model of each enterprise.
GLA assists businesses in consulting on financing options suitable for each type of travel license, helping them prepare the necessary financial resources and optimize costs right from the start.
4. Is it mandatory to rent an office when opening a travel company in Japan?
Yes. Businesses typically need a clearly defined business location to register as a legal entity and meet operational requirements.
A company's address in Japan serves not only the purpose of business registration but also affects:
- Application for a license.
- Opening a bank account.
- Reputation with partners.
- The possibility of obtaining a business management visa.
Some newly established businesses may opt for small offices or shared offices (depending on the case), but they need to ensure compliance with legal regulations and tourism industry requirements.
5. If I want to start a tourism business in Japan, do I need a travel operations manager?
Yes. Japan requires each business office Travel agencies must have a designated Travel Operations Manager responsible for overseeing tour business operations, ensuring compliance with legal regulations, managing contracts with customers, and handling any arising issues.
Businesses can utilize internal staff or recruit individuals with appropriate certifications in Japan.
6. Should I start my own travel agency in Japan or use a support service?
Businesses can handle the procedures themselves if they have a good understanding of Japanese law and a local team. However, for foreign investors, using professional support services can help:
- Shorten the time it takes to set up a company.
- Minimize errors in documentation.
- Understand the licensing requirements for the tourism industry.
- Support is provided in accounting, tax, and operational matters after establishment.
Especially for industries with specific requirements, such as tourism, proper preparation from the outset will help businesses avoid incurring modification costs in the future.
With experience in supporting businesses to expand their international operations, GLA provides comprehensive consulting and support services for company formation in Japan, helping businesses optimize the process from initial preparation to actual operation.
- Choosing the right travel permit category from the start is the most important decision: the 5 registration categories (category 1, 2, 3, regionally restricted, travel agency) differ completely in terms of business scope, minimum asset requirements (1–30 million yen), and deposit amount (from 150 to 70 million yen), so choosing the wrong category will require redoing the entire application.
- Opening a bank account and finding an office that meets licensing requirements often takes longer than expected due to the strict due diligence process from banks and landlords in Japan.
- The biggest barrier for foreigners comes from personnel and visas, not capital: it is mandatory to have someone with a Travel Management certificate, and from October 16, 2025, the Business-Management visa has been significantly tightened (minimum capital increased to 30 million yen, full-time employees required, N2 level Japanese required).
- Don't stop after obtaining a travel permit: businesses still have to complete a series of mandatory procedures with the Tax Department, Social Insurance agency, and Department of Labor (some within just 5–15 days). Missing any of these could result in lost tax benefits or penalties right from the start of operations.
How to successfully raise international capital? (In-depth guide)
If you think that international fundraising is only for AI startups or tech unicorns, then you might be missing out on a huge opportunity.
Today, international investors are not only pouring capital into technology but also seeking businesses in fields such as SaaS and AI. ecommercemanufacturing, logistics, education, renewable energy and xuất khẩu.
However, many businesses with good products and growing revenue are still unable to successfully raise capital.
The reason lies not in the idea itself, but in its failure to meet the standards expected by international investors.
A good product can give you the opportunity to meet investors. But for them to decide to invest, the business must demonstrate its management capabilities, financial transparency, and ability to achieve sustainable growth.
In this article, GLA experts will share the criteria that international investors are truly interested in and how to prepare your business to increase your chances of successful fundraising.
1. What are investors really looking for in a company raising capital?
Investors decide to invest when the idea is compelling enough, when they believe the founding team has the ability to turn that vision into reality, and when the business opportunity is proven to be real and large enough to generate growth.

The number of startups receiving funding from global venture capital funds has increased 6,6 times (Source: World Economic Forum The Future of Venture Capital)
When a business can tell that story clearly and crediblely, it will have a better chance of raising capital. And in most cases, if there is an opportunity to successfully raise capital, the business should seize it.
Five criteria investors use to decide whether to raise capital include: a good product, a promising market, a promising business model, a capable team, transparent finances, and clear, preventable risks.
1. Market size and growth potential (Market Opportunity)
An excellent business operating in a market that is too small will still struggle to deliver attractive returns for investors. Therefore, before considering the product or revenue, investment funds usually assess market potential.
According to the CB Insights43% of startups fail due to a lack of market demand (poor product-market fit), making it the most common cause of failure.

43% of startups fail because they lack market demand.
Investors often ask questions such as:
- Is the target market large enough?
- How much is this industry growing each year?
- Can the business expand into regional or international markets?
- What will market trends be like in the next 5–10 years?
- Do the company's products meet market demand?
Investors also need to pay special attention to the level of market acceptance of the product (Market Traction).
A product is considered to have potential when the number of users or customers grows steadily over a short period of time.
For example, the user rate increased by approximately 10% per week, maintained consistently for 4–5 weeks. This is a positive sign, indicating that the product is gradually achieving Product-Market Fit and has the potential for future expansion. At the same time, it's an impressive indicator that convinces investors to invest in the company.
2. Scalability
Investors don't buy current results, they buy... future growth potentialThey want to know if the business can increase revenue many times over without increasing costs at a corresponding rate.
A scalable business model typically possesses the following characteristics:
- Revenue has grown steadily year after year.
- Profitability improves as scale increases.
- It is possible to expand into multiple markets without having to rebuild the entire system.
- The cost of maintaining the company's sustainability until it recoups its investment or reaches the next funding round (Important).
For many venture capital funds, the amount of money they want to raise is less important than what milestones that money will help the company achieve in the next 12–18 months.
For example, two startups are both seeking $1 million in funding. Startup A only states that the capital will be used for "expanding operations".
Meanwhile, Startup B clearly outlined its plan to use the capital to sustain an 18-month runway, expand its product development team, achieve a $2 million ARR (Annual Recurring Revenue) and increase its number of paying customers fivefold before its Series A funding round.
Clearly, Startup B will inspire greater confidence because investors can see a concrete growth roadmap, measurable goals, and the ability to use capital efficiently, rather than just seeing the need to raise funds.
3. Founding team and management capabilities
Ideas may change, but the leadership team is the deciding factor in whether a business can adapt and grow.
First Round CapitalThe venture capital firm, which has invested in brands like Notion/Roblox, clearly states its investment criteria: the competence of the company's leadership team.

First Round Capital shares the common traits of outstanding founders.
4. Financial transparency
This is one of the major barriers that many SMEs face when Establishing a foreign-owned company in Vietnam Unable to raise international capital.
According to the PwC Global Investor Survey94% of investors said they value the quality and reliability of company information when making investment decisions.

The PwC Global Investor Survey 2023 on factors influencing investment decisions.
Investors look not only at revenue but also want to understand the overall financial health of a business, including:
- The financial reports are complete and accurate.
- Stable cash flow.
- Tax obligations have been fulfilled in accordance with regulations.
- The accounting system is transparent.
- The ability to audit and retrieve data when needed.
- The ability to maintain sustainability
If a business cannot account for its financial data or has many opaque transactions, the due diligence process for investment (through a certified auditing firm) can halt fundraising even if the business is experiencing strong growth.
5. Risk Management and Legal Compliance (Governance & Compliance)
International investors assess not only the potential for profit but also the level of risk involved in an investment.
According to the PwC Global Investor Survey 2023, more than 70% of investors believe that governance and sustainability factors have a direct impact on the long-term value of a business.

The sustainability of a company is a key factor in an investor's decision.
Before investing, they usually check:
- The legal structure of the business.
- Is the ownership of the shares clearly defined?
- Status of trademark, patent, and intellectual property registrations.
- Job Comply with tax regulations, AML/KYC and related regulations.
- Corporate governance and risk management policies.
- Comply with ESG and sustainability regulations..
2. Information businesses need to prepare before raising international capital.
Brand impression and story
Many businesses believe that successful fundraising depends on a well-designed pitch deck or the ability to present effectively to investors.
However, the reality is that most deals fail before reaching the negotiation stage because the businesses are not ready in terms of legal structure, finance, governance, and growth strategy.
According to the Harvard Business Review In the topic of Engaging with Your Investors, investors are not just investing in an idea; they are investing in a business that has the potential for growth, is well-managed, and is well-equipped to scale.
Similarly, Y Combinator, A guide to seed fundraising It was also emphasized that startups should only raise capital when they can tell a compelling story based on data, demonstrate growth, and have a credible business structure to secure funding.

Advice from Y Combinator, a well-known American venture capital fund.
Legal structure of the fundraising model
Besides meeting criteria such as business model, founding team capabilities, growth rate, and expansion potential, there is one crucial factor that is often underestimated by businesses: the corporate structure.
In fact, many international investment funds not only assess whether a business is worth investing in, but also consider whether Can they invest in that business in a way that is favorable, transparent, and legally secure?
That is why the majority of startups and high-growth businesses in Southeast Asia choose to establish their parent companies in international financial centers such as Singapore or Hong Kong to raise capital, while the operating company continues to operate in the host country.
This model makes it easier for investors to execute investment transactions, manage share ownership, implement ESOPs, conduct subsequent funding rounds, and prepare for future IPOs or M&A plans.
To help founders better understand these two financial centers, GLA experts have prepared the following data table:
| Write comment here... | Singapore | Hong Kong |
| Market |
|
|
| Advantages | For international investment funds, investing in a Singaporean company often simplifies the process:
| For businesses operating in the fields of import/export, logistics, fintech, and AI, game or cross-border trade, the Incorporating a company in Hong Kong This could facilitate easier access to investors in Greater China and international investment funds. |
Choosing the right investor
The success of a fundraising deal depends not only on the quality of the business but also on the level of compatibility between the business and the investor (Investor-Founder Fit).
In fact, every investment fund develops an Investment Thesis – a set of principles regarding the industry, investment period, size, geographic area, and level of risk they are willing to invest in.
This means that a seed-stage AI startup might be highly valued by one fund, but not suitable for another fund that only invests in growth-stage businesses.
Similarly, a traditional manufacturing business would likely not attract attention from funds specializing in SaaS or DeepTech.
Therefore, before preparing a pitch deck or scheduling investor meetings, businesses need to answer one crucial question: Which investor is truly the right fit for my business?

First Round Capital's investment trends
3. A 3-step process to help businesses successfully raise international capital.
When planning to raise capital from international investors, business owners need to prepare not only the funding application but also a legal, financial, and governance structure that meets the investors' requirements.
To increase the chances of successfully raising capital, business owners can follow the three-step process below.
Step 1: Define fundraising objectives and choose a suitable legal entity structure.
Before establishing a company, business owners need to clearly define their fundraising goals and long-term development direction.
Some factors to consider include:
- Target investor profile (Venture Capital, Angel Investor, Corporate Venture Capital, Family Office, or Private Equity).
- Fundraising stages (Pre-seed, Seed, Series A, or Growth).
- The market is expected to expand.
- Business sector.
- Future development plans include international expansion, mergers and acquisitions (M&A), or IPOs.
Based on these factors, businesses can choose the appropriate legal entity model.
Some businesses choose to establish a Holding Company in financial centers such as Singapore or Hong Kong The aim is to create an intermediary legal entity to manage ownership rights and receive investment capital.
In this model:
- Holding Company It is a legal entity that receives investment capital, issues shares, and manages ownership rights.
- Operating Company It is a legal entity that directly conducts business operations, manages personnel, and develops the market.
Choosing a country to establish a company should be based on many factors such as the legal system, investment environment, accessibility to investors, and the company's development strategy.
Step 2: Establish legal entity and build ownership structure
During this stage, the company needs to complete the following procedures:
- Choose a company name.
- Register your registered office address.
- Identify the business sector.
- Establish the shareholder structure or capital contributors.
- Appointing the Director and management positions as prescribed.
- Determine the registered capital or contributed capital that meets legal requirements and the business plan.
Depending on the country, businesses may need to prepare additional documents such as Articles of Association, Know Your Customer (KYC) records for shareholders and directors, and other documents required by the business registration authority.
Step 3: Standardize legal documents and company assets.
After establishing a legal entity, businesses need to review and standardize legal documents related to their business operations.
The content that is typically considered includes:
- Intellectual property rights.
- Contracts and business documents.
- Corporate governance mechanisms.
- Establish a financial system and prepare appraisal documents.
One of the key aspects of the fundraising process is the ability to provide transparent information to investors.
Businesses need to prepare:
- Corporate bank account (For international companies, businesses can choose a bank that suits their operational needs and investor requirements).
- Accounting and financial reporting systems (Maintaining complete financial data facilitates the business evaluation process, especially when working with a designated third-party auditing firm).
Important note for businesses:
The above process is designed for companies aiming to expand internationally and seek funding from investment funds, startup support programs, or seed capital funds in Singapore.
For businesses that have successfully raised capital, this process can also be used as a reference to build a legal structure and governance model that meets investor requirements, facilitating subsequent funding rounds.
4. Frequently Asked Questions When Businesses Raise International Capital
1. What is SEEDS Capital?
SEEDS Capital is an investment platform under SG Growth Capital, operated by Enterprise Singapore (EnterpriseSG) and the Singapore Economic Development Board (EDB).
SEEDS Capital focuses on supporting early-stage technology startups in Singapore with the potential to expand internationally through a co-investment model with Venture Capital funds and private investors.
2. How many forms of international fundraising are there?
There are many different forms of international fundraising, depending on the stage of development, business model, and goals of the enterprise. Common forms include:
- Equity Financing: Investors contribute capital in exchange for a stake in the business. This is the most common form of investment for startups and growth businesses, often used in pre-seed, seed, Series A, and subsequent funding rounds.
- Debt Financing: Businesses raise capital through loans from banks, financial institutions, or investment funds without sharing ownership. This form of financing is suitable for businesses that already have stable cash flow and the ability to repay debt.
- Convertible Note and SAFE: These are common funding tools for early-stage startups. Investors provide capital upfront, and the investment can be converted into equity in subsequent funding rounds under agreed-upon terms.
- Revenue-Based Financing: The business receives capital and repays the investor with a percentage of revenue until the contractual obligations are fulfilled. This model is suitable for businesses with recurring revenue but which do not want to dilute their shareholding.
- Strategic Investment: Funding comes from large corporations or businesses with the goal of establishing partnerships, expanding markets, accessing technology, or developing value chains.
- Government funding and innovation funds (Grant & Government Funding): Businesses can access support programs from the government, international organizations, or innovation funds for areas such as technology, research and development (R&D), digital transformation, or sustainable development.
3. What qualities should a founder possess to be highly valued by investors when raising capital?
Founders who are able to successfully raise capital typically possess three key qualities:
- The ability to choose the right opportunity.
- Exceptional ability in a specific field
- Deep understanding of the market, customers, and products.
Investors are not just looking for people with good ideas; they want to invest in founders who have a clear vision, the ability to see big opportunities, solve complex problems, and the commitment to turn their ideas into sustainable, growing businesses.
- Investors are not only interested in the idea but also focus on five key factors: market size, growth potential, founding team, financial transparency, and risk management capabilities.
- Businesses need to build a clear investment story, demonstrate expansion potential, and standardize their financial, legal, and governance aspects to meet due diligence requirements from international investors.
- Establishing a holding company in financial centers such as Singapore or Hong Kong can provide businesses with a more favorable environment for accessing capital, managing shares, executing investment transactions, and preparing for subsequent funding rounds.
- Each investment fund has its own Investment Thesis regarding industry, stage, investment scale, and target market. Businesses need to find the right investors instead of approaching them indiscriminately.
Opening a restaurant or eatery in Japan (2026): Requirements, costs, and procedures from A to Z.
Foreigners can absolutely open restaurants, eateries, or other F&B businesses in Japan if they meet all the legal requirements, business licenses, and residency status as stipulated by Japanese law.
However, starting in October 2025, Japan has made significant changes regarding the area. Business Manager Visa - This type of visa is chosen by many foreign investors who want to directly manage businesses in Japan.
Some notable changes include:
- The minimum registered capital has been increased from 5 million yen to 30 million yen.
- We require the recruitment of at least one full-time employee who is a Japanese citizen or permanent resident.
- The manager needs to have a Japanese language proficiency equivalent to JLPT N2.
These changes can significantly impact investment plans, implementation costs, and a company's visa application prospects. Meanwhile, much of the content circulating online still uses outdated regulations, making it easy for investors to miscalculate their budgets or prepare incomplete applications.
In this in-depth article, GLA experts will guide you through the detailed process of opening a restaurant or eatery in Japan, covering everything from visa requirements and establishment procedures to mandatory permits and the most important points foreigners need to know.
1. Are foreigners allowed to open restaurants or eateries in Japan?
Foreigners are allowed to open and own restaurants in Japan without needing Japanese citizenship. The deciding factor is whether your current residence status (在留資格) permits business operations.
Japanese law does not restrict business ownership based on nationality. A Vietnamese citizen can establish a legal entity, act as the company representative, and operate a restaurant just like a Japanese citizen. In other words, the real question isn't "am I allowed to," but rather "what level of business activity does my residency status permit?"
In reality, the situation of Vietnamese people wanting to open a restaurant in Japan usually falls into one of the following three categories.
- The group is free to operate independently: Individuals holding permanent residency (永住者), permanent residence (定住者), or a spouse visa of a Japanese national or permanent resident are permitted to open and operate restaurants without needing to apply for additional business residency status.
- Group needs Business Manager Visa (経営・管理): This group includes individuals who are overseas, or who are in Japan but do not yet have the necessary status to operate a business. They need to apply for a business residency status linked to the establishment of a company.
- The group currently holds other work visas: Holders of engineer/humanities/technical visas (技術・人文知識・国際業務) are not permitted to start their own businesses unless they have changed their residency status.
Your residency status in Japan is managed by the Japan Immigration and Residence Management Bureau (出入国在留管理庁). This status determines whether or not you need to apply for a Business Manager Visa.
According to GLA experts, a common mistake many Vietnamese customers make is thinking that they need Japanese citizenship to open a restaurant. Therefore, if you plan to do business in Singapore, you need to check if your work visa allows you to operate a restaurant in Japan.
2. Do I need a visa to open a restaurant in Japan?
This depends on your current residency status. Those with permanent residency, residency, or a spousal visa do not need to apply for a separate business visa. Those residing in Vietnam or holding a visa that does not permit self-employment need to apply for Business Manager visa status.
The group does not need to apply for a separate business visa.
Permanent residents (永住者), settled residents (定住者), spouse visa holders of Japanese citizens, or spouses of permanent residents are free to open and operate restaurants just like Japanese citizens. These residency statuses do not restrict business activities. Therefore, you only need to focus on... establishing a Japanese company and apply for a F&B industry license.
The group needs to apply for a Business Manager Visa (経営・管理)
If you are coming from Vietnam to Japan to open a restaurant, this is the residency status you need. According to the Japan Immigration and Residence Bureau (2025), From October 16, 2025, the conditions for this visa have been significantly tightened.Applicants for a visa must currently meet the following conditions simultaneously.
New regulations for applying for a Business Manager visa.
- Capital size of 30 million yen or more: The capital has been increased from 5 million yen to 30 million yen, a six-fold increase compared to before. For legal entities, this is the actual capital contribution paid; for individual business households, this is... Total investment in premises, annual employee salaries, and equipment..
- Hire at least one full-time employee: The hiring at least one full-time employee This is now mandatory, no longer an alternative to capital. This employee must be a Japanese citizen, a special permanent resident, or a foreigner with a status such as permanent resident, spouse of a Japanese citizen, or permanent resident.
- Japanese language proficiency equivalent to JLPT N2: A business person or a full-time employee needs to have Japanese language proficiency Level B2 or higher, equivalent to JLPT N2.
- Education or management experience: What business people need Master's degree, doctoral degree, professional qualification, or a minimum of 3 years of management experience..
- Business plan reviewed and approved by experts: The business plan must be an expert Regarding management and feasibility studies, for example, small and medium-sized enterprise diagnosticians, certified public accountants, or tax attorneys.
- A de facto independent office: Businesses must have independent business establishment, and, in principle, residential buildings should not be used as offices.
In terms of time, the Business Manager Visa application process takes 3 to 4 months. The average processing time is 124,5 days as of December 2025.
The group holds other work visas.
If you hold an Engineer/Humanities/Intellectual Visa (技術・人文知識・国際業務), you are not allowed to own and operate a restaurant. This type of visa is for individuals employed by businesses and does not permit them to establish and operate their own companies.
To become a restaurant owner, you need to switch to a Business - Management status and meet all the conditions mentioned above.
Transition period for visa holders
If you already held a Business Manager Visa before the reform, you are entitled to a three-year transition period. until October 16, 2028During this period, your renewal will not be denied simply because you haven't met the new standards. Instead, the agency will consider your business performance and prospects of meeting the new standards in the next renewal.
Furthermore, with each renewal, the authorities always check compliance with tax obligations and mandatory contributions (公租公課). Therefore, even during the transition period, you still need to maintain stable business operations and fulfill all tax obligations.
According to GLA experts, in reality, many applications are rejected because they were prepared based on the old capital threshold of 5 million yen. After the reforms effective October 16, 2025, misestimating the capital threshold of 30 million yen is the biggest risk that Vietnamese businesses need to avoid.
3. Why should you do business in the F&B industry in Japan?
Japan is one of the most attractive F&B markets in Asia thanks to its large food and beverage industry, record-breaking international tourist numbers, diverse culinary demands, and a growing Vietnamese community. These factors create favorable conditions for you to develop a restaurant, eatery, or cafe model in Japan.
The food service market is large and continues to grow.
The food service industry in Japan maintains a steady growth rate, creating many opportunities for new investors.
According to the Japan Foodservice Association, the size of the food service industry in 2023 reached 24,1 trillion yenIf we include revenue from takeaway services, the total market size reaches 31,8 trillion yen.

The growth momentum continued into 2024, with industry-wide revenue increasing by 8,4% year-on-year. This marks the third consecutive year that the F&B industry has recorded positive growth, primarily driven by recovering consumer demand and a strong increase in international tourist arrivals.
International tourism is driving growth for the F&B industry.
The record increase in international tourists is becoming a major driver of revenue for restaurants in Japan.
In 2025, Japan is expected to welcome approximately 40 million international tourists, with total spending exceeding 9,4 trillion yen – the highest level ever recorded. Notably, spending on food and beverages will account for about 22–23% of total tourist spending, equivalent to approximately 5 trillion yen.
This means that restaurants, eateries, and cafes have the opportunity to reach not only domestic customers but also a large number of international visitors who want to experience local cuisine and international dishes.
Japanese consumers are becoming increasingly open to international cuisine.
Consumer trends in Japan are creating many opportunities for foreign restaurant models, including Vietnamese cuisine.
Japanese people have a habit of eating out frequently and are increasingly fond of new culinary experiences. Besides traditional dishes, consumers are also paying more attention to:
- International cuisine and local dishes from many countries.
- Healthy menu
- Plant-based dishes
- Takeaway and delivery services.
This trend gives Vietnamese restaurants more opportunities to reach Japanese customers and expand revenue through various sales channels.
The Vietnamese community in Japan is growing larger.
The large Vietnamese community is one of the biggest advantages when opening a restaurant in Japan.
According to the Japan Immigration Bureau, by the end of 2025, There are 681.100 people. Vietnamese people living in Japan rank second among foreign communities.

At the same time, the total number of foreigners in Japan has reached 4.125.395 people, surpassing the 4 million mark for the first time and increasing by 9,5% compared to the previous year.
For Vietnamese restaurants, this community offers many advantages, such as:
- A stable customer base right from the start of the business.
- We are looking for personnel who are fluent in Vietnamese and knowledgeable about Vietnamese culinary culture.
- Word-of-mouth effect and brand promotion within the Vietnamese community in Japan.
Tokyo isn't the only potential destination; many other cities are also promising locations.
Tokyo and Osaka remain the two most vibrant F&B markets, but many other cities in Japan also offer attractive investment opportunities at lower costs.
If you want to optimize your initial investment costs, cities like Fukuoka , and Sapporo These are worthwhile options to consider. Compared to Tokyo, these locations often offer:
- Lower rental costs
- More reasonable operating costs
- Policies to support startup businesses
- Support programs for foreign entrepreneurs, including Startup Visas in certain locations.
Choosing the right city from the start will help you balance your budget, reach the right target customer group, and create a favorable foundation for future expansion plans.
According to GLA experts, many Vietnamese businesses tend to prioritize Tokyo when opening restaurants. However, for some F&B models targeting local customers or aiming to optimize operating costs, cities like Fukuoka, Sapporo, or other developing areas may offer higher investment returns. The choice of business location should be based on the restaurant model, target customer group, and investment budget, rather than focusing solely on major cities.
4. What requirements must be met to operate a restaurant or eatery in Japan?
To open a restaurant in Japan, you need to meet requirements regarding legal status, business location, operating license, food safety, and tax obligations. Additionally, if you are a foreign investor directly operating the restaurant, you also need to meet the residency status or visa requirements as stipulated by Japanese law.
Depending on the scale of the business, the type of restaurant, and the operating model, you may need to complete additional specialized procedures before officially opening.
Below is an overview of the requirements for opening a restaurant in Japan:
| Condition | Obligatory | Purpose |
| Establish a business or obtain legal business license. | Obligatory | Establishing legal entity status to conduct business in Japan. |
| Having a valid business location | Obligatory | Register your business and apply for a food service business license. |
| Applying for a Food Service Business License | Obligatory | Permitted to prepare and serve food. |
| There is a person in charge of food hygiene and safety. | Obligatory | Ensure compliance with food safety regulations. |
| Meeting requirements regarding facilities and hygiene. | Obligatory | Eligible for licensing |
| Implement fire safety procedures (if applicable). | Conditional | Ensuring the safety of customers and employees. |
| Declare any alcohol sales after midnight (if applicable). | Conditional | It is permitted to sell alcoholic beverages after midnight. |
| Tax registration and labor obligations | Obligatory | Bringing the business into legal operation. |
Establish a business or obtain legal business license.
You need to have legal status to be allowed to operate a restaurant in Japan.
If you are a foreign investor and want to operate a restaurant as a business, you need to establish a company in Japan. Two common business types leaves Godo Kaisha (GK) , and Kabushiki Kaisha (KK).
If you directly manage a business in Japan, you will also need to meet the residency requirements or apply for a visa. Business Manager Visa if you are eligible to apply for a visa.
Having a legal business location
Restaurants must have a fixed business location and comply with regulations regarding the use of premises.
The business address will be used for:
- Registering a business
- Applying for a food service business license
- Tax registration
- Implement fire safety procedures (if applicable).
Before signing a lease agreement, you should check the land use plan (用途地域), renovation requirements, and the ability to meet food safety standards.
Applying for a Food Service Business License
This is a mandatory requirement for all restaurants, eateries, and cafes serving food and drinks in Japan.
The license is issued by the Public Health Center (保健所) after the business establishment fully meets the standards for hygiene, processing area, and equipment.
Businesses are only permitted to operate restaurants after obtaining the necessary permits.
Appointment of the Food Safety and Hygiene Officer
Every food service establishment in Japan must have at least one Food Safety Officer. This individual does not necessarily have to be the owner or manager, but must be a permanent staff member and not simultaneously manage multiple establishments.
This person is responsible for overseeing the storage of raw materials, processing procedures, kitchen hygiene, and compliance with food safety regulations.
If you do not have the appropriate certification, you or your designated staff member must participate in training as required by local regulations.
Meeting the infrastructure requirements
Businesses must meet hygiene and design standards before being granted an operating license.
Depending on the location, restaurants often have to meet requirements such as:
- The preliminary processing and processing areas are arranged logically.
- There are separate sinks for washing hands and for washing utensils.
- The water supply and drainage system meets standards.
- Suitable food storage equipment
- The ventilation and waste disposal systems ensure hygiene.
Authorities will conduct on-site inspections before issuing business licenses for food and beverage services.
Complete the relevant legal procedures.
Depending on your business model, you may need to complete some additional procedures before opening your restaurant.
For example:
- Fire safety procedures for facilities subject to these regulations.
- Declare business activities involving the sale of alcoholic beverages after midnight if the primary activity is serving alcoholic drinks.
- Tax registration and payroll reporting
- Register for social insurance and labor insurance if you employ staff.
Note: Although all of the above conditions are important, Food service business license This is a mandatory requirement that all restaurants in Japan must meet before officially opening. Other procedures will depend on the size, type of business, and operating methods of each restaurant.
5. Should I establish a GK or a KK to open a restaurant in Japan?
Choosing the right business model is one of the most important decisions when opening a restaurant in Japan. The two most common models currently are: Godo Kaisha (GK) , and Kabushiki Kaisha (KK)Each type of business has its own advantages in terms of establishment costs, management structure, ability to raise capital, and level of credibility with partners, banks, or investors.
- GK: refers to an individual or business looking to open a small to medium-sized restaurant, prioritizing cost optimization and flexible operations.
- KK: Plans to build a chain of restaurants, raise capital, or develop a long-term brand in Japan.
To make the right decision, you need to compare GK and KK in detail based on criteria such as establishment costs, governance processes, legal obligations, fundraising capabilities, reliability, and business development orientation. Choosing the right option from the start will help your business save costs, minimize legal risks, and create a solid foundation for your restaurant business in Japan.
Contact the GLA team of experts for advice on the right type of F&B business to operate in Japan.
6. Overview of the types of licenses required to open a restaurant or eatery in Japan
To operate a restaurant legally in Japan, you need to obtain licenses or complete the necessary declaration procedures as required by law. Depending on the type of business, the size of the restaurant, and the services offered, you may need to obtain a food service business license, comply with fire safety regulations, declare the sale of alcoholic beverages after midnight, and register with the tax authorities.
In Japan, a Food Business License is a mandatory requirement for most restaurants, eateries, and cafes. The remaining procedures will apply depending on the specific conditions stipulated by each local authority.
Here's an overview of the permits required to open a restaurant in Japan:
| License/Procedure | Obligatory | Applies to | Receiving agency |
| Food service business license | Obligatory | All restaurants, eateries, and cafes offer dine-in service. | Public Health Center (保健所) |
| Food safety and hygiene officer | Obligatory | All food service establishments | Locally designated training course |
| Fire prevention and fighting procedures | Conditional | Restaurants of a certain size are subject to regulation or must be declared. | at the local fire department |
| Declaring the sale of alcoholic beverages after midnight. | Conditional | Bars, izakayas, or establishments serving alcoholic beverages are the main activities after midnight. | Local Police Department |
| Tax registration after establishment | Obligatory | Every business | Japan Tax Agency |
Note: Not all restaurants are required to complete all of the above procedures. However, most businesses must obtain a Food Service Business License, appoint a Food Safety and Hygiene Officer, and complete tax registration procedures before commencing operations.
Food Business License
All restaurants, eateries, and cafes serving food and drinks in Japan must obtain a Food Service Business License before opening.
You will submit your application for a license to the Public Health Center (保健所) where your business is located. After receiving the application, the center will conduct an on-site inspection to assess food safety and hygiene conditions, processing areas, equipment, and layout before deciding whether to grant the license.
Since June 2021, Japan has merged the Beverage Shop License (喫茶店営業許可) with the Food Service Business License. This means that cafes that serve customers on-site now also have to register for the same type of license as restaurants and eateries.
The application for a license typically includes:
- Application for a license
- Business premises floor plan
- Information about the person in charge of food hygiene and safety.
- Business registration certificate (if established as a legal entity)
- Documents required by each locality
What will the authorities be checking?
- Food preparation and processing area
- Water supply and drainage system
- Food preservation equipment
- Handwashing and sanitation area
- Conditions for ensuring food hygiene and safety.
Only when the facility fully meets these standards will a license be granted.
Food safety and hygiene officer
Every restaurant in Japan must have at least one Food Hygiene Supervisor.
This person is responsible for establishing and overseeing food hygiene procedures, ingredient storage, controlling processing conditions, and instructing staff to comply with food safety regulations.
If you or the staff in charge do not have the appropriate certification, you must participate in a training course organized by the local authorities before the restaurant opens.
Fire prevention and fighting procedures
Some restaurants are required to complete fire safety procedures before opening.
If the establishment has a capacity of 30 or more people, including both guests and staff, or is subject to regulatory management, you need to:
- Appointing a person in charge of fire prevention and control.
- File a report with your local Fire Department.
- Complete the requirements for fire safety equipment and emergency exits.
Additionally, for some buildings with high traffic, you must also complete the procedure for declaring the building open for use before officially opening.
Declaring the sale of alcoholic beverages after midnight.
If the restaurant's main activity is serving alcoholic beverages after midnight, you must register with the police.
This regulation typically applies to:
- Bar
- Izakaya
- Lounge
- Pub
The application must be submitted to the local police department no later than 10 days before the opening date and can only be processed after you have obtained your Food Service Business License.
Conversely, restaurants whose primary activity is serving food, even if they sell beer or wine alongside the meal, are generally not required to follow this procedure.
Operating a business without proper registration can result in fines of up to 500.000 yen. This type of business is generally prohibited in residential areas, so it's necessary to check the area's zoning plan (用途地域) before signing any contract.
Tax registration after business establishment
After establishing your Japanese company, you need to complete the tax registration procedures before opening your restaurant.
Some important procedures include:
- Declaration of establishment of a legal entity
- Registering a payroll payment facility
- Register for taxes as required.
- Perform accounting duties and maintain accounting records.
Completing these procedures in full helps businesses operate in accordance with regulations and minimize tax risks during the course of business.
Important considerations when applying for a restaurant business license in Japan.
Before opening your restaurant, you should keep the following points in mind:
- Check the area's zoning plan before signing a lease, especially if you plan to sell alcohol after midnight.
- Prepare the necessary permits right from the site renovation stage to avoid delays in the opening date.
- Establishing facilities that meet hygiene standards from the outset will minimize the need for repairs after inspections by authorities.
- If you lack experience working with Japanese authorities, you should use a consulting service to receive assistance in preparing your application and completing the necessary procedures in accordance with regulations.
7. The 5-Step Process for Opening a Restaurant or Eatery in Japan
To open a restaurant or eatery in Japan, you need to complete five steps, from choosing a location and establishing a company to raising capital, registering the legal entity, and completing post-establishment procedures. Following the correct sequence will help you shorten the preparation time and fully comply with legal regulations before opening your restaurant.
Step 1: Choose a suitable business location.
A business location is a mandatory requirement for establishing a company and obtaining a restaurant license in Japan.
Before registering a business, you need a legal business address in Japan. This address will be used for legal entity registration, tax filing, and applying for a food service business license.
When choosing a location, you should consider the following factors:
- Customer density and accessibility of the location
- Rent and security deposit
- There is enough space to accommodate a kitchen, serving area, and storage.
- Conditions for compliance with food hygiene and safety regulations.
- Area planning (用途地域), especially if you plan to sell alcohol after midnight.
- Fire safety requirements for large-capacity facilities.
According to GLA experts, You should check the zoning regulations and permit requirements before signing a lease agreement to avoid incurring renovation costs or having to change your business location.
Step 2: Choose the type of business
After securing a business location, you need to choose the appropriate business type before registering your company.
Two common types of businesses when opening a restaurant in Japan are:
- Godo Kaisha (GK): Suitable if you want to optimize costs, simplify management processes, and operate flexibly.
- Kabushiki Kaisha (KK): This is suitable if you plan to build your brand, expand your restaurant chain, or raise capital in the future.
In addition to choosing the type of business entity, you also need to prepare the following information:
- Company name
- Business Activites
- Head office address
- Contributing member or shareholder
- Representative Director
- The company's fiscal year
If you establish a Kabushiki Kaisha (KK), the company charter must be notarized before filing the business registration application. Meanwhile, Godo Kaisha (GK) does not require this procedure.
Step 3: Contribute charter capital
You need to complete the capital contribution before submitting your application to register a Japanese company.
After preparing all the necessary internal documents, you will transfer the registered capital to the designated bank account to demonstrate the company's financial capacity.
If you are not a resident of Japan, the capital contribution is usually transferred through the account of a representative or partner residing in Japan as per regulations. When filing your business registration application, you must also provide proof of capital contribution.
If you plan to apply for a Business Manager Visa to directly operate a restaurant, the minimum investment required by the visa program is typically 30 million yen.
Step 4: Register the business and register the company seal.
After contributing capital, you need to submit an application to register a Japanese company in order to obtain legal entity status in Japan.
The application package typically includes:
- Company charter
- Business registration application
- Capital Contribution Confirmation Certificate
- Representative's profile
- Business seal registration documents
After a Japanese company is established, you need to register it. Business seal (Hanko)This seal is used when signing contracts, opening corporate bank accounts, and carrying out procedures with government agencies.
Step 5: Complete all post-establishment permits and procedures.
After establishing the business, the company needs to complete all necessary permits and legal procedures before the restaurant can officially begin operations.
Key procedures include:
- Xin Food service business license
- Appoint Food safety and hygiene officer
- Perform the procedure. fire protection and prevention if the restaurant is eligible.
- Declaration Selling alcohol after midnight if the business model includes serving alcoholic beverages after midnight
- Register for tax with national and local tax authorities.
- Register for social insurance and labor insurance if you employ staff.
- Open a business bank account to support your business operations.
Based on the experience of GLA experts in supporting businesses, Many businesses complete the company registration process but are slow to apply for food service business licenses or register employees. This causes delays in opening plans even though the business has already been established. Therefore, you should prepare these post-establishment procedures simultaneously so that your restaurant can start operating as planned.
8. Two important things to know when running a restaurant or eatery in Japan.
Businesses managed by foreigners need to pay attention to tax inspections and audits.
The Japanese government maintains very strict regulations regarding tax, accounting, and labor compliance. For businesses with foreign owners or representatives, tax authorities or other relevant agencies may conduct regular or unannounced inspections to verify:
- Accounting records, invoices, and supporting documents.
- Tax declarations and payments are made in accordance with regulations.
- The actual operating status of the business.
- Employment practices and compliance with visa regulations (if applicable).
Therefore, from the outset, businesses should establish a transparent accounting system, maintain complete records, and utilize professional accounting services to minimize risks during audits.
Choose a suitable business location and take advantage of financial support policies.
In the F&B industry, location directly impacts revenue. Before renting a space to open a restaurant, you should conduct a survey:
- High pedestrian traffic during peak hours.
- Target customers in the area.
- The prices and business models of competing restaurants.
- Rental costs compared to projected revenue (rent should account for approximately...) 10% of revenue).
In addition, many regions in Japan also have policies to support new businesses, like:
- Preferential interest rate loans are available through local Chambers of Commerce and Industry (Japan Chamber of Commerce and Industry (“JCCI”), for example, through programs such as Marukei Loan (マル経融資) JCCI and JFC are collaborating on the implementation.
- Startup support program.
- Tax incentives or subsidies vary by province and city.
Understanding and leveraging these policies can help businesses significantly reduce investment costs and improve cash flow during the initial stages of operation.

Support policies and preferential interest rate loans from the local Chamber of Commerce and Industry.
9. How does GLA support businesses in opening restaurants in Japan?
GLA provides comprehensive support, from advising on business type and establishment procedures to opening bank accounts, obtaining licenses, and ensuring tax and accounting compliance. Beyond the F&B sector, GLA also offers consulting services on various processes. Open an agency in Japan with a complete package. For marketing and communications businesses.
- We advise on selecting the appropriate business model (GK or KK) based on investment scale and business plan.
- We offer a complete package for company formation in Japan, from document preparation to initial legal completion.
- Assistance in preparing Business Manager Visa applications under the new requirements.
- We assist in opening business bank accounts, creating a foundation for operations and payments.
- We provide consultation and support in obtaining the necessary licenses to operate restaurants and eateries.
- Providing advice on tax obligations, accounting, and legal compliance right from the start.
- We provide ongoing support throughout the investment and operation process, connecting you with a network of local partners.
10. Frequently Asked Questions about Running a Restaurant in Japan
1. Are foreigners allowed to open restaurants in Japan?
Yes. Foreigners can absolutely open restaurants in Japan if they meet the regulations regarding business establishment, business licenses, and residency status under Japanese law.
If you directly manage and operate a restaurant in Japan, you may need to apply for a Business Manager Visa if you are eligible for one.
2. How much capital is needed to open a restaurant in Tokyo, Japan?
The cost of opening a restaurant in Tokyo varies considerably, depending on the business model, location, and size.
- For a small restaurant with 10 to 20 seats, the total startup capital typically ranges from 4 to 15 million yen.
- For a model with an average capacity of 40 to 80 seats, the cost can range from 15 to 75 million yen.
This is just an estimated cost. The actual cost depends heavily on the district you choose and the condition of the property, so you should create your own budget for your business model.
3. What expenses should be budgeted for when opening a restaurant in Japan?
You should budget for six main expense categories:
- The initial cost of a business premises includes a security deposit, key money, and brokerage fees. This is usually the largest expense and can be equivalent to 3 to 10 months' rent, depending on the area.
- Costs for interior design and kitchen equipment.
- Licenses and processing fees.
- Raw materials and initial inventory.
- Working capital for the first 3 to 6 months of operation.
- Professional and contingency costs should typically add 10 to 20% of the total budget.
This cost structure is for reference only. For a more realistic estimate, you can contact the GLA expert team for advice based on your specific model.
4. Is there any way to reduce startup capital when opening a restaurant or eatery in Japan?
There are several directions you might consider:
- Choosing a location with existing furniture from the previous establishment significantly reduces construction costs and improves ventilation.
- Rent or buy used kitchen equipment for low-risk projects.
- Start with a small-scale model or a delivery kitchen to test your idea before opening a larger restaurant.
- Consider partnering with a contractor to provide funding for the construction phase.
Each approach has its own advantages and disadvantages, so you need to consider them based on your business goals.
5. Do I need to establish a company to open a restaurant in Japan?
In most cases, yes. Establishing a business allows you to register for a food service business license, open a business bank account, sign a lease agreement, and fulfill tax obligations. The two most common types of businesses are Godo Kaisha (GK) and Kabushiki Kaisha (KK).
Contact the GLA team of experts for advice on the company formation process in Japan for restaurant and F&B businesses, tailored to the scale and goals of each enterprise.
6. Should we establish Godo Kaisha (GK) or Kabushiki Kaisha (KK)?
If you want to optimize costs and operate flexibly, a Good Key Business (GK) is often the right choice. If you plan to build a brand, open a chain of restaurants, or raise capital in the future, a Limited Liability Business (KK) will provide an advantage in terms of reputation and scalability. The choice of business type should be based on the scale of your investment and your development direction.
Contact the GLA team of experts for advice on the right company structure for your business.
7. Should foreign businesses handle the procedures themselves or use consulting services?
If you are familiar with legal regulations and proficient in Japanese, you can handle the procedures yourself. However, many foreign investors choose a consulting firm to assist them from business establishment, document preparation, license application, to post-establishment compliance consulting. This saves time, minimizes errors, and ensures a smooth opening schedule.
GLA accompanies businesses throughout the entire process of opening a restaurant in Japan, from advising on the choice of business type (GK or KK), company formation, preparing legal documents, assisting with obtaining food service business licenses, advising on opening bank accounts, tax registration, to post-establishment procedures.
8. Is it permissible to hire foreign workers for a restaurant?
Yes, but it depends on the worker's residency status. To qualify for a Business Manager Visa, full-time employees must be Japanese citizens, special permanent residents, or foreigners with status such as permanent residents, spouses of Japanese citizens, or permanent residents. Not all types of work visas are considered.
9. Is it possible to open multiple branches after establishing a company?
Yes. After establishing your company, you can open additional branches. However, each new location will still need to obtain its own food service business license and appoint its own person in charge of food hygiene. If you plan to expand with many branches from the start, a KK (Know Your Own) business model is usually more suitable than a GK (Good Customer) model.
10. How can I increase customer traffic to my Japanese store?
One effective strategy is to collaborate with others. travel company established in Japan Alternatively, companies with tourism products in Japan, travel agencies, or tour operators in Japan can refer customers to your store.
Through partnership agreements, stores can become a stop on tourists' sightseeing and shopping itineraries. This helps businesses reach a stable customer base without investing heavily in direct advertising.
- Opening a restaurant in Japan requires you to meet all legal requirements, business establishment procedures, business licenses, and tax obligations before officially opening.
- A food service business license is mandatory for all restaurants, in addition to supplementary procedures such as fire safety regulations or declaring the sale of alcohol after midnight, depending on the business model.
- Choosing the right business type (GK or KK) and location from the outset will help optimize costs, reduce legal risks, and create a favorable foundation for long-term development plans.
- Japan is a promising F&B market thanks to its large industry size, growing international tourist numbers, diverse culinary demands, and large Vietnamese community.
- If you are unfamiliar with legal regulations and administrative procedures in Japan, partnering with a professional consulting firm will help shorten implementation time, minimize errors, and get your restaurant up and running on schedule.
Godo Kaisha (GK) in Japan: An A-Z Guide for Foreign Business Owners (Updated 2026)
Godo Kaisha (GK) is a type of business entity that is often chosen by foreign investors when set up company in japan thanks to low costs, simple procedures, and a flexible management structure.

The number of newly established limited liability companies in Japan is projected to reach 44.991 by 2025. (Source: Tokyo Shoko Research)
According to Tokyo Shoko Research, by 2025 Japan will have 44.991 newly established companies under the GK model, representing a 6,8% increase and accounting for 28,6% of all new legal entities – the highest level ever. Statistics show that GKs continue to grow steadily and are becoming the main driving force behind the increase in new businesses in Japan. Even foreign corporations like Apple Japan and Amazon Japan are operating under this model.
However, many businesses still wonder whether GK is suitable for their business model, whether they should choose GK or Kabushiki Kaisha (KK), and how this choice will affect their Business Manager Visa, opening a bank account, or ability to collaborate with partners.
In this article, GLA experts will help you understand what Godo Kaisha (GK) is, its advantages and disadvantages, the establishment process, and compare GK and KK to choose the model that best suits your business goals in Japan.
1. What is Godo Kaisha?
Godo Kaisha (GK) (合同会社) is a limited liability company in Japan, established according to Japanese Companies Act.
This business model has a simple management structure, low setup costs, and is favored by many small businesses, startups, and established companies. Establishing an agency company in Japan. Choices to make when starting a business.
In essence, GK shares many similarities with the Limited Liability Company (LLC) model. In the US, contributing members are only liable to the extent of their capital contribution to the company, which helps limit the risk to personal assets during business operations.
Currently, Godo Kaisha is widely used in many fields such as:
- Restaurants, cafes, and F&B models.
- Trade and import/export.
- Information technology (IT).
- E-commerce.
- Travel services.
- Consulting services for small and medium-sized enterprises.
Thanks to its simple establishment process and reasonable costs, GK is often a suitable choice for businesses looking to quickly enter the Japanese market before scaling up operations.
Major brands are operating under the GK model in Japan.
A common misconception is that GK (Gross Market) is only suitable for small businesses or those lacking the credibility to deal with large partners. In reality, many leading global corporations have proactively chosen GK as their legal entity structure in Japan.
- Apple Japan合同会社 (Technology)
- Amazon Japan合同会社 (E-commerce)
- Google合同会社 (Technology)
- Cisco Systems合同会社 (Network & Technology)
- Caterpillar Japan合同会社 (Industrial machinery)
- P&G Max Factor合同会社 (Consumer goods)
- Universal Music合同会社 (Entertainment)
- Warner Bros. Japan合同会社 (Media)

Apple Japan合同会社 (Image: ja.wikipedia.org)

Amazon Japan合同会社 (Image: ja.wikipedia.org)

Google合同会社 (Image: ja.wikipedia.org)

P&G Max Factor合同会社 (Image: ja.wikipedia.org)
The presence of corporations like Apple, Amazon, and Google in the form of GK (General Contracting Companies) has gradually changed how the Japanese market views this type of entity. According to Tokyo Shoko Research, by 2025 Japan will have 44.991 newly established GK companies, a 6,8% increase and accounting for 28,6% of all new legal entities—the highest level ever, indicating a growing acceptance within the Japanese business community.
However, each business has its own starting point and goals, so the choices of large corporations are only for reference. Whether GK is truly suitable depends on the specific situation of each business.
2. Key legal points regarding Godo Kaisha that businesses need to remember.
Godo Kaisha (GK) is a type of company with a simple legal structure but is still an independent legal entity under Japanese Corporate Law. Before choosing to establish a GK, you should understand the following important regulations to assess its suitability for your business model.
Below is a summary to help businesses quickly understand the core legal regulations of Godo Kaisha before making a decision. Japanese company typesGLA experts have compiled the following table and important information:
| Write comment here... | Godo Kaisha (GK) |
| Legal status | An independent legal entity, authorized to sign contracts and conduct business activities. |
| Founded time | Approximately 7–10 business days after submitting all required documents. |
| Authorized capital | No minimum level is stipulated by law. |
| Representative | Permanent residency in Japan is not required. |
| Member responsibilities | Limited within the scope of capital contribution. |
| Company charter | There can be flexible regulations regarding governance and profit distribution. |
Godo Kaisha has independent legal status.
After being granted by the Legal Affairs Bureau of Japan. Business registration certificateGK officially became an independent legal entity with full rights as follows:
- Signing a commercial contract.
- Open a corporate bank account.
- Hire staff.
- Owning property.
- Conduct business activities in accordance with Japanese law.
At the same time, GK must fully comply with all tax, accounting, labor, and related legal obligations throughout its operation.
The establishment time was faster than that of Kabushiki Kaisha (KK).
One of the outstanding advantages of GK is its simpler establishment process and shorter registration time compared to KK.
After preparing all the necessary documents, businesses typically take about 7–10 working days to complete the registration process at the Department of Legal Affairs. Meanwhile, KK (a type of business registration) usually requires about 14–21 working days, due to the additional step of notarizing the company's charter before submitting the registration application.
Note from GLA: The above timeframe only applies to the legal entity registration step. After the company is established, businesses still need an additional 2–6 weeks to complete the procedures for opening a corporate bank account. This step often takes longer than expected and can affect the progress of business operations.
No minimum registered capital requirement is specified.
According to Japan's Corporate Law, GK does not specify a minimum registered capital. Legally, a company can be established with a registered capital of as little as 1 yen. This regulation has also applied to Kabushiki Kaisha (KK) since the Corporate Law was amended in 2006.
However, the actual registered capital level should be considered based on business objectives rather than simply meeting legal requirements.
According to GLA experts, businesses should consider the following three factors when determining their charter capital:
- Ability to open a bank account: Many banks will view applications more favorably if businesses have a reasonable level of registered capital.
- Reputation with partners: Registered capital is publicly available information in a company's records and can affect the level of trust when working with clients or suppliers.
- Plan for applying for a Business Manager Visa: If the representative intends to apply for this type of visa, the registered capital is also a factor to consider because the Japanese government needs to assess whether the company owner is truly working and contributing to Japan, and capital is an initial scoring criterion.
Having a resident director in Japan is not mandatory.
One key difference of GK is that it does not require the representative or contributing member to reside in Japan.
As a result, foreign businesses can establish companies without needing to find a resident director just to meet legal requirements. This helps reduce costs and provides flexibility during the initial investment phase.
However, businesses should note that The fact that there is no requirement to have a resident representative in Japan does not mean that the representative can immediately travel to Japan to manage the business.
If the representative wishes to directly manage the company, sign contracts, work with partners, or supervise employees in Japan, They still need to have the appropriate visa or residence status as required by Japanese law.
Limited liability for contributing members
Similar to other types of limited liability companies, members of GK are only liable to the extent of the capital they have contributed to the business.
This helps limit financial risks to personal assets should the company incur debt or other financial liabilities during its operation.
The company's articles of incorporation are highly flexible, including the profit-sharing mechanism.
One of the prominent legal features of GK is that members can proactively negotiate many aspects of the company's charter.
Besides specifying management and voting rights, the charter may also stipulate a profit-sharing ratio different from the capital contribution ratio, if all members agree.
For example:
- Member A contributes 70% of the capital but receives 50% of the profits.
- Member B contributes 30% of the capital, directly manages the business, and also receives 50% of the profits.
This mechanism is particularly suitable for businesses with multiple founders or a collaborative model between investors and those directly operating the business.
Therefore, businesses should carefully draft their Articles of Association right from the start. Amendments are necessary.
3. When should you choose the GK business model when doing business in Japan?
Godo Kaisha (GK) is a suitable choice for many foreign businesses due to its low incorporation costs, simplified procedures, and flexible management structure.
However, GK is not the optimal choice for every business model. Before deciding to establish a company, you should consider your short-term and long-term growth goals.
Who is Godo Kaisha a good match for?
GK is suitable for businesses that are in the startup phase or want to test the market before scaling up.
You should consider establishing Godo Kaisha (GK) if you fall into one of the following categories:
- You are investing or starting a business in Japan for the first time and want to reduce setup costs.
- You open restaurant, cafe, or retail store on a small or medium scale.
- You want to complete the company registration process quickly so you can get your business up and running as soon as possible.
- You do not plan to raise capital from investors or issue shares in the near future.
- You want to directly manage and run the business with a simple organizational structure.
- You prioritize optimizing operating costs in the initial phase rather than building a complex management system.
For many Vietnamese businesses new to the Japanese market, GK represents a balanced choice between cost, flexibility, and the ability to meet legal requirements for doing business.
Who shouldn't choose Godo Kaisha?
GK might not be the right choice if your business is looking to scale up or needs to build brand image from the outset.
You should consider your options. Kabushiki Kaisha (KK) instead of GK if:
- Do you have a development plan? restaurant chain or multiple branches in Japan.
- You intend raising capital from investorsinvestment funds or strategic partners.
- You frequently work with large corporations, banks, or listed companieswhere a company's reputation can influence the collaboration process.
- You want to build a professional business image right from the start.
- Do you plan to expand your operations into more markets or transfer shares in the future?
In these cases, KK often offers advantages in terms of reputation, governance structure, and long-term growth potential.
Advice from GLA experts before choosing a goalkeeper:
Don't just look at the setup costs when deciding whether to choose GK or KK. Choosing the right business model not only saves you initial costs but also supports sustainable business growth in the years to come.
Before making a decision, you should answer the following questions for yourself:
- Is your business goal to operate a single store or to build a chain of restaurants?
- Do you have plans to raise capital in the future?
- Are your target customers and partners individuals, small and medium-sized enterprises, or large corporations?
- Do you prioritize minimizing initial costs or building your company's image from the outset?
- Does your business plan to expand in the next 3–5 years?
According to GLA experts, The majority of Vietnamese businesses making their first investment in Japan choose this option. GK To quickly enter the market at a reasonable cost.
However, if the business already has a strategy for future expansion, branding, or fundraising, establishing a new business is advisable. KK from the beginning This can help save time and minimize future conversion procedures. GLA will provide advice based on each business's business model, budget, and development goals to help you choose the most suitable type of business entity.
4. What are the main differences between GK and KK?
Godo Kaisha (GK) and Kabushiki Kaisha (KK) are both common types of limited liability companies in Japan. However, these two models differ in terms of establishment costs, management structure, fundraising capabilities, credibility, and development orientation. The choice between GK and KK should be based on the scale of your investment and your long-term business plan.
To help you consider and choose the right business type for your goals in Japan, GLA experts have compiled the core differences between GK and KK in the comparison table below:
| Criteria | Godo Kaisha (GK) | Kabushiki Kaisha (KK) |
| Cost of establishment | Lower | The price is higher due to the need for notarization of the Articles of Association and higher registration fees. |
| Founded time | Faster | It takes longer because there's an additional step of notarizing the Articles of Association. |
| Management structure | Simple, flexible | Strict, with clear management procedures. |
| Decision-making power | The direct contributing member makes the decision. | According to the company's shareholding ratio and governance structure. |
| Capital raising capacity | Limited access to loans from banks. | Easier to raise capital and attract investors. |
| Level of credibility | Suitable for small and medium-sized enterprises | Highly regarded by many partners, banks, and investors. |
| Development orientation | Stable business, small or medium scale | Suitable for businesses that have |
| Limit |
|
|
| Most suitable |
|
|
Here are some specific scenarios to help you decide whether to choose a GK or KK type company in Japan:
| Situation | Suitable type | Reason |
| Open your first restaurant, cafe, or shop in Japan. | GK | Low setup costs, simple procedures, suitable for starting a business quickly. |
| Small and medium-sized enterprises want to optimize operating costs. | GK | Flexible management structure, fewer internal procedures, and lower initial costs. |
| Startups or businesses looking to test the Japanese market with a limited budget. | GK | Suitable for testing the business model before scaling up investment. |
| Businesses need to establish a legal entity within a short period of time to commence operations. | GK | Since the company charter doesn't need to be notarized, the establishment process is usually faster than with a notarized copy. |
| The parent company overseas wants to establish a subsidiary in Japan to manage its business operations. | GK | Suitable for various subsidiary company models due to its simple structure, low management costs, and ease of operation. |
| Vietnamese businesses frequently work with large corporate clients or participate in bidding processes. | KK | Legal credibility and a professional governance model help build trust with partners and large organizations. |
| The business plans to build a chain of restaurants or open multiple branches. | KK | In line with long-term development strategy and business expansion. |
| The company plans to raise capital from investors or investment funds within the next 18–24 months. | KK | Having a clear shareholding structure facilitates fundraising and attracting investors. |
| Businesses aim to collaborate with banks, corporations, or financial institutions. | KK | A higher level of credibility makes it easier to negotiate and sign large-value contracts. |
| Businesses prioritize building a professional brand and image right from the start. | KK | This model is chosen by many large businesses in Japan, creating an advantage in terms of brand recognition and credibility. |
The comparison table and case studies above are for general guidance. The final decision should be based on a comprehensive assessment of the industry, ownership structure, financial plan, and specific development roadmap of each business. GLA is ready to provide detailed advice for each case; contact GLA's team of experts for support.
5. The Process of Establishing a Godo Kaisha: A Step-by-Step Guide
Establishing a Godo Kaisha is considerably simpler than establishing a Kabushiki Kaisha, but it still requires thorough preparation from the outset. Most delays or rejections stem from incomplete documentation, invalid company names, or failure to meet the technical requirements for business registration in Japan.
GLA summarizes below all the prerequisites and practical step-by-step procedures, including practical considerations that are often overlooked in standard guidance documents.
5.1 Prerequisites for establishing a GK in Japan
Godo Kaisha (GK) is a type of business with relatively simple establishment requirements compared to many other countries. Japanese law does not require businesses to meet a minimum registered capital requirement or have a representative who is a Japanese citizen.
However, for the company to be established and operate smoothly, you still need to meet some important conditions below:
However, for a company to be established and operate smoothly, it still needs to meet several important conditions. To help businesses thoroughly review the requirements before starting the process and avoid having to submit additional documents multiple times, GLA experts have compiled the prerequisites in the table below:
| Condition | Specific requirements |
| Contributing member | There must be at least one contributing member (individual or legal entity), not required to be a Japanese citizen or resident. |
| Head office address | Having a registered office address in Japan is necessary to carry out the incorporation procedures and receive notifications from government agencies. |
| Company charter | Prepare the Articles of Incorporation with complete information: company name, business lines, registered capital, contributing members, and management structure. |
| Authorized capital | Determine the appropriate capital level for the scale of your business. While the law doesn't specify a minimum amount, consider a level sufficient to build credibility with banks and partners, and to support your development plan. |
| Legal representative | There must be at least one representative to act on behalf of the business in conducting transactions and legal procedures. |
| Business seal | Prepare your official seal (if you will be using it) for transactions with banks, partners, and government agencies. |
| Business plan and company profile | Prepare to assist with the process of opening bank accounts, applying for specialized licenses, or carrying out post-establishment procedures. |
| Conditional business sectors | Meet any specific requirements, such as food service licenses, fire safety permits, or other specialized licenses. |
Note from GLA: Meeting legal requirements is only the first step in the incorporation process. GKTo ensure your business can quickly become operational, you should prepare all necessary documents, including bank account opening documents, business plan, and procedures related to taxes, labor, and social insurance, right from the company's establishment phase. This will save time and minimize potential problems during operation.
5.2 The process of establishing Godo Kaisha (GK) in Japan
- 1 Identify legal documents
- 2 Drafting the Company Charter
- 3 Register and engrave your company seal.
- 4 Contribution of charter capital
- 5 Submit your application to the Department of Legal Affairs.
- 6 Receive Business Registration Certificate
- 7 Open a business bank account.
- 8 Tax, labor, and social insurance registration
Step 1: Identify the company's basic legal documents.
Before drafting any documents, businesses need to identify and agree upon all of the following foundational information:
- Company name (including the characters 合同会社)
- Head office address in Japan
- Business Purpose (事業目的): This needs to be listed specifically and completely, as it is the legal basis for the company to sign contracts and apply for business licenses later.
- List of founding members, their capital contribution ratios, and their roles.
- Representative Executive Officer
- Fiscal year (usually 12 months, with the business choosing its own start date)
- Authorized capital

Photo: Checking if the business name already exists. Japan Legal Entity Identification Number Portal
The business purpose (事業目的) needs to be carefully drafted from the outset. If the company wants to add business lines after registration, it must amend the Articles of Association and pay the registration fee for the additional changes.
Step 2: Draft the Articles of Incorporation (定款)
The Company Charter is GK's most important legal document, stipulating the entire organizational structure, rights, and obligations of its members.
- The GK regulations do not require notarization at a Japanese notary office, which is a fundamental difference compared to KK regulations, saving on notarization fees and stamp duty.
- The articles of incorporation must be drafted in Japanese. If the company does not have personnel fluent in Japanese, it should utilize the services of a Judicial Scrivener (司法書士) or a lawyer specializing in Japanese corporate law.
- Key provisions that need to be clearly stipulated in the Charter include: profit-sharing mechanism, voting mechanism, conditions for transferring capital contributions, and procedures for admitting new members.
The company charter is a document that is drafted once but has long-lasting effects. Any omissions in the charter can lead to legal risks or internal disputes later on, especially with multi-member structures. GLA recommends against using default charter templates and instead advises consulting legal counsel to customize it to the specific structure of each business.
Step 3: Register and have the company seal engraved (会社実印 / Corporate Seal)
The company seal (hanko/印鑑) plays a crucial legal role in Japan – equivalent to a representative's signature in the Western legal system.
- Businesses need to prepare an official round seal (代表者印) before submitting their registration application.
- The company seal must be custom-made with the company name and officially registered with the Legal Affairs Bureau (法務局).
- After registration, the business will receive Seal registration certificate (印鑑証明書) - Required documents for many subsequent procedures, including opening a bank account.
Step 4: Submit the registered capital.
The contributing members will transfer their committed capital to the designated bank account.
For foreign investors who do not yet have a company in Japan, the registered capital is usually transferred to the personal bank account of the representative or founding member who is legally residing in Japan before completing the business registration procedures.
After transferring the capital, the business needs to retain the following:
- Bank transfer confirmation slip.
- Bank statement.
- Documents proving the capital contribution.
These documents will be used in the company registration application.
Note: Japanese law currently does not specify a minimum registered capital requirement for Godo Kaisha. However, businesses should choose a capital level appropriate to their scale of operations to enhance their credibility with banks, partners, and regulatory authorities.
Step 5: Submit your application to the Legal Affairs Bureau (法務局).
This is the official step in establishing GK's legal entity.
The submitted documents include: The application for company formation, signed Articles of Association, documents confirming capital contribution, authorization letter from the representative, seal registration certificate, and other documents depending on the ownership structure (individual or foreign legal entity).
The Japanese Legal Affairs Bureau does not provide support services in English. All documents must be prepared in Japanese. Errors in the documents will lead to requests for additional information and significantly prolong processing time. GLA assists businesses in translating documents to ensure accuracy from the first submission.
Step 6: Receive the Business Registration Certificate (登記簿謄本)
After the Department of Legal Affairs completes the processing, the business receives:
- Certificate of Registered Matters (登記簿謄本 / Certificate of Registered Matters): Confirms that the legal entity GK officially exists. This is a mandatory document for most subsequent procedures.
- Seal Registration Card (印鑑カード / Seal Registration Card): Used to apply for a Seal Registration Certificate when necessary.
- Corporate Number (法人番号): A unique 13-digit identification code for a company within the Japanese government's administrative system.
Step 7: Open a corporate bank account
After Godo Kaisha (GK) receives its business registration certificate, the next step is to open a corporate bank account to support business operations. This is almost mandatory if you want to receive payments from customers, pay suppliers, pay employee salaries, or conduct other company financial transactions.
However, opening a corporate bank account is often one of the most difficult steps for foreign businesses in Japan. The fact that a company has already been established does not automatically mean the bank will approve the account.
Japanese banks typically conduct thorough reviews of new business profiles to prevent money laundering, financial fraud, and limit other illicit activities. shelf company There is no actual business activity.
For Godo Kaisha (GK), the approval process can sometimes be stricter than for Kabushiki Kaisha (KK). This is because GK has lower incorporation costs and simpler procedures, so banks will scrutinize the transparency and practical operational viability of the business more closely.
To increase your chances of successfully opening a bank account, you should prepare all the necessary documents proving that your business has a clear business plan and is operating in practice, including:
- The business plan, written in Japanese, clearly outlines the company's business model and development direction.
- Physical office address. Most banks prefer or require businesses to have their own office; using a virtual office may affect the approval process.
- Documents proving business operations, such as contracts, quotations, invoices, or customer transactions (if any).
- A reasonable level of registered capital is necessary to build trust during the appraisal process.
- A company website or profile helps banks better assess its industry and scale of operations.
Being fully prepared from the start will reduce the time spent on supplementing documents and increase the chances of bank approval.
Step 8: Register for tax, labor, and social insurance.
After completing the establishment procedures for Godo Kaisha (GK), the business needs to fulfill its registration obligations with government agencies before officially commencing operations. This is a crucial step to ensure the business fully complies with Japanese laws and regulations regarding taxation, labor, and social security.
Depending on your business operations, you will need to complete declaration procedures with the tax authorities, pension agencies, and labor agencies. Some procedures have quite short deadlines for filing, so delays or omissions can lead to risks such as administrative penalties, tax arrears, or affecting the renewal of your Business Manager Visa in the future.
One point that businesses need to pay particular attention to is:
- Social insurance (including health insurance and pension insurance) This is a mandatory obligation for all legal entities, even if the company has only one director and has not yet hired any employees.
- Bảo hiểm lao động This only arises when a business begins recruiting and employing workers in accordance with Japanese law.
GLA assists businesses in completing all post-establishment procedures, including tax registration, initial tax declaration, labor and social insurance registration, and provides regular accounting and tax services, helping businesses comply with regulations and operate stably from the very beginning.
6. How does GLA assist you in establishing Godo Kaisha Company in Japan?
Establishing Godo Kaisha in Japan is not simply a matter of completing a registration application. Language barriers, the complexity of the Japanese legal system, and constant legal changes, especially after the October 2025 reforms, require businesses to have partners with a deep understanding of the practical realities.
Global Links Asia, with its experience in advising and assisting with company formation in Japan, will accompany businesses throughout the entire process:
- We advise on selecting the appropriate legal entity type based on business objectives, ownership structure, and specific development roadmap.
- We provide full support throughout the GK establishment process: drafting the charter, preparing the necessary documents, handling the seal procedures, and submitting the application to the Department of Legal Affairs.
- We advise on the appropriate capital structure to align with the bank's objectives, commercial reputation, and Business Manager Visa requirements, if applicable.
- Connecting with and assisting in opening a corporate bank account in Japan is the most challenging step in practice for foreign businesses.
- Business Manager Visa consultation under the 2025–2026 regulations, including capital requirements, business plan requiring expert verification, and other requirements. physical office.
- Connecting with a network of experienced legal secretaries (司法書士), lawyers, and tax accountants (税理士) who have worked with foreign companies.
- We assist with post-establishment tax, labor, and social insurance registration, ensuring compliance within deadlines.
7. Frequently Asked Questions about Godo Kaisha in Japan
1. Is it mandatory to hire an accountant after establishing Godo Kaisha (GK)?
Optional.
If a business is small, has few transactions, and its manager has knowledge of Japanese accounting, it can certainly handle bookkeeping and tax filing itself using popular accounting software.
Conversely, if a business is unfamiliar with accounting and tax regulations in Japan or wants to reduce the risk of errors, it should hire an accountant or service company for assistance.
- Record the accounting entries.
- Prepare financial statements.
- Tax settlement.
- Legal compliance advice.
Hiring an accountant saves businesses time and ensures that financial records are properly maintained.
2. How much does it cost to establish Godo Kaisha (GK) in Japan?
The cost of establishing a Godo Kaisha (GK) will depend on whether the business handles it itself or uses a consulting service.
Typically, the cost includes:
- Business registration fees.
- Costs for engraving and registering a seal.
- Translation and notarization fees (if applicable).
- Legal or accounting consulting fees (if services are used).
In addition to the above fees, the registered capital is not considered a cost of establishment because this amount remains the property of the company and can be used for business operations after the business is registered.
3. Is it difficult to open a corporate bank account when establishing Godo Kaisha (GK)?
Opening a bank account depends on each bank's credit assessment policy.
Some banks in Japan may require businesses to provide additional information about:
- Business model.
- Representative.
- Operating address.
- Customers and projected revenue streams.
For newly established businesses or those with foreign investment, the approval process may take longer. Therefore, businesses should prepare complete documentation and a clear business plan to increase their chances of approval.
4. Is it possible to switch from GK to KK later?
While legally sound, it's not straightforward in practice. The process requires drafting new articles of association, notarization, updating tax registrations, and potentially renegotiating with banks or partners.
GLA recommends planning the type of legal entity with a 3–5 year roadmap from the outset.
- Godo Kaisha (GK) is a type of limited liability company in Japan, suitable for businesses that want to establish a legal entity quickly, optimize costs, and operate flexibly.
- GK has full legal capacity to enter into contracts, open bank accounts, recruit personnel, and conduct legitimate business activities in Japan.
- GK does not require a minimum registered capital amount as stipulated by law; however, businesses should choose a capital level that is appropriate for their business plan, ability to open a bank account, and visa application goals (if any).
- The choice between GK and KK should be based on the company's development strategy. GK is suitable for new or small and medium-sized businesses, while KK is generally a better choice if there are plans to raise capital or expand in the future.
- Establishing a GK (Gross Country) is just the beginning. Businesses still need to complete post-establishment procedures such as opening a bank account, registering for taxes and accounting, and complying with legal regulations to operate smoothly in Japan.
Running a coffee shop in Hong Kong: A guide for foreigners (2026)
Hong Kong is one of Asia's most vibrant F&B markets. With a population of over 7,5 million and a strong recovery in international tourism after the pandemic, the market is seeing dozens of new cafes opening every month, from international brands like Blue Bottle Coffee (USA) to Luckin Coffee (China).
Foreigners can absolutely open coffee shops in Hong Kong. Hong Kong allows 100% foreign ownership, does not require a local partner, applies a profit tax of only 8,25%, and waives all F&B license fees until October 2026.
In this article, GLA guides you through the entire process of opening a coffee shop in Hong Kong: legal requirements, licensing procedures, tax structure, actual costs, and location selection strategies.
1. Why is Hong Kong an attractive market for the coffee business?
Before delving into the process details, businesses need to understand why Hong Kong attracts so many international F&B investors:
- The coffee market is growing in the direction of improving quality: According to estimates StrategyHelix (2025)The Hong Kong coffee market is projected to reach US$1 billion by 2031, driven by growth in the specialty coffee segment and upscale café experiences rather than mass-market products. Hong Kong consumers are increasingly willing to spend more on single-origin, cold brew, and special brewing experiences.
- 100% foreign-owned, no local partner required: Hong Kong is one of the few Asian markets that allows foreign individuals and businesses to own all of the capital without having to share shares with any local individuals or entities. The investor retains full control of the business and profit distribution, as stipulated by regulations. Companies Ordinance (Cap. 622).
- The tax system is particularly favorable: Hong Kong applies a profit tax of only 8,25% on the first 2 million HKD of profits, with no VAT, no dividend tax, and no capital gains tax. This is a significant competitive advantage compared to most other Asian markets.
- Diverse and stable customer base: With a population of over 7,5 million, a large international expat community, a concentrated office workforce in major financial districts, and a strong recovery in international tourism after the pandemic, Hong Kong offers a diverse customer base that few other Asian markets can match. This diversity ensures that the restaurant's revenue is not dependent on a single customer group.
- Government support policies are directly reducing initial costs: According to the HKSAR Government's Policy Address 2025All fees for issuing and renewing food business licenses, including the General Restaurant Licence and Light Refreshment Restaurant Licence, will be waived for one year, expected to support over 60.000 businesses. This is a limited-time policy that businesses planning to open should take advantage of.
- The most favorable business environment in Asia: Hong Kong is not only a good consumer market but also a highly regarded international business environment:
- Top 5 globally in competitiveness (IMD World Competitiveness Center (2025)).
- Top 3 globally for ease of doing businessDoing Business 2020).
- Top in international free trade (Economic Freedom of the World Report 2025).
2. Are foreigners allowed to open coffee shops in Hong Kong?
Foreigners are fully permitted to open coffee shops in Hong Kong. Hong Kong is one of the few Asian markets that allows foreign investment. 100% ownership of the businessThis does not limit the nationality or place of residence of the founder. This is clearly stipulated in Companies Ordinance (Cap. 622) and is Companies Registry HKSAR consistent implementation.

2.1 Establishing a company in Hong Kong: A prerequisite for opening a coffee shop.
Before applying for a food and beverage (F&B) business license, you need to establish a legal entity in Hong Kong. In other words, foreign investors cannot directly apply for a coffee shop license in their own name as an individual.
The most popular business type is the Private Limited Company. This model is suitable for most foreign investors due to its simple establishment procedures, limited liability, and ease of opening bank accounts, signing lease agreements, and obtaining necessary business licenses.

So, Incorporating a company in Hong Kong This is always the first and mandatory step before implementing any procedures for opening a coffee shop.
| Condition | Requirement | Feasibility |
| Establish a Private Limited company. | Required before applying for any F&B license. | It's not difficult; it can be completed in 7–10 days. |
| 100% foreign owned | Permitted under Hong Kong law | No legal barriers |
| Company Secretary (Hong Kong company) | Obligatory | Must be a Hong Kong resident or a legally licensed TCSP |
| Registered address in Hong Kong | Obligatory | GLA assists in providing a registered company address in Hong Kong. |
| Hong Kong Visa if directly in charge | Only if directly managed in Hong Kong. | Early planning is necessary, and the process typically takes 4–8 weeks. |
2.2 Minimum requirements for establishing a company in Hong Kong
According to the regulations of Companies Ordinance (Cap. 622), a Private Limited company in Hong Kong must meet the following conditions:
| Requirement | Details | Note for foreigners |
| Director | At least one director, who can be an individual or a legal entity. | No Hong Kong residency or citizenship is required. |
| Company Secretary | One person is required. | Must be a Hong Kong resident or a legally licensed TCSP (Trust or Company Service Provider) |
| Shareholders | At least 1 shareholder | It can be a foreign individual or legal entity, with no limit on ownership percentage. |
| Registered address | Must have an address in Hong Kong. | GLA provides a registered business address. |
2.3 Do I need a visa to operate a coffee shop in Hong Kong?
Visa requirements depend on how the business plans to operate the coffee shop in Hong Kong. There are two common scenarios:
Situation 1: Owning a business but managing it remotely.
Businesses can own a coffee shop and receive profits from Hong Kong without residing there. Business owners are not required to apply for a visa if they do not work directly in Hong Kong.
In this case, the business needs to have an on-site operational management team and meet the business compliance requirements stipulated by Hong Kong regulations.
Situation 2: Directly managing and operating in Hong Kong
If you plan to live and directly operate a coffee shop in Hong Kong, you will need to apply for the appropriate visa before entering the country for work or business purposes.

Below are the three most common visa options, depending on your personal profile:
Employment Visa (General Employment Policy) This is the most suitable option if the individual is appointed to a CEO position or a senior management role in a Hong Kong company. This visa requires a specific employment contract with a market-appropriate salary and qualifications relevant to the position.
Top Talent Pass Scheme (TTPS) Suitable if the individual belongs to one of the following three groups:
- having an annual income from HKD 2,5 million or more in the year prior to filing the application (Category A);
- Graduated from a top 100 university worldwide and have at least 3 years of work experience in the last 5 years (Category B);
- or graduated from a top 100 university in the world within the last 5 years with less than 3 years of experience (Category C, according to the annual quota).
The advantage is that this type of visa... No prior employment in Hong Kong is required before applying.and the initial stay can be up to 36 months.
Quality Migrant Admission Scheme (QMAS) This is for highly qualified individuals, assessed through a points system based on qualifications, experience, age, and special achievements. Similar to TTPS, prior employment in Hong Kong is not required to apply.
Note: If a Hong Kong company plans to hire foreign staff to operate the restaurant, each employee will also need a separate Employment Visa appropriate to their job position.
3. Coffee shop business license in Hong Kong
This is the step that many GLA clients report as the most time-consuming, not because the procedure is overly complex in terms of content, but because the process involves many different government agencies and requires very thorough preparation of documents from the outset.
Therefore, understanding the sequence and requirements of each step will help the Hong Kong company avoid unnecessary and costly delays.
3.1 Main Licensing Authority: Who is FEHD and what does it regulate?
The central authority in the entire F&B licensing process in Hong Kong is Food and Environmental Hygiene Department (FEHD)This is equivalent to the agency responsible for food safety and environmental hygiene.
FEHD has the authority to license and supervise all food businesses in Hong Kong, including restaurants, cafes, bakeries, food factories, and other F&B businesses. All cafe-related licenses must go through FEHD before they become effective.
However, FEHD is not the only agency involved in the process. For a coffee shop to be fully licensed, the application must go through the review and approval of four government agencies simultaneously.
3.2 Four government agencies are involved in the licensing process for coffee shops in Hong Kong.
This is a key difference compared to many other markets: in Hong Kong, FEHD will coordinate with relevant authorities to inspect a business's premises according to industry-specific standards before issuing a formal license.
| Organ | Role in the licensing process | No matter what |
| Food and Environmental Hygiene Department (FEHD) | The agency responsible for issuing F&B licenses. | Food hygiene, food safety, food handling procedures, overall sanitary conditions |
| Buildings Department | Structural safety inspection | Structural safety, ventilation, drainage, and water supply systems; compliance with planning regulations. |
| Fire Services Department | Fire safety inspection | Emergency exits, fire alarm systems, sprinklers, fire extinguishers, fire safety training for staff. |
| Environmental Protection Department | Environmental impact assessment | Waste management, noise control, and wastewater treatment from the kitchen area. |
All four agencies must complete their inspections and raise no objections before FEHD can proceed with the application. If any of them require the business to modify the premises or add technical systems, the entire process will be prolonged. This is why choosing the right location from the outset is far more important than simply looking at store rental prices in Hong Kong.
3.3 Two types of licenses most suitable for the coffee shop model in Hong Kong
Before submitting the application, the Hong Kong company needs to clearly identify the type of F&B license that suits its cafe concept. Below are the two most common types for cafes, according to FEHD classification:
| Type of license | Which model is suitable? | Outstanding characteristics |
| General Restaurant License | The cafe has seating areas, serves a variety of snacks and drinks, and aims to become a "destination cafe". | Most common, encompassing almost all types of F&B businesses; requiring higher standards of facilities and technical systems. |
| Light Refreshment Restaurant License | This is a small, takeaway-only shop serving snacks and non-alcoholic drinks. | Simpler requirements, lower costs, suitable for coffee kiosk or small shop models. |
Special case: If a Hong Kong coffee shop plans to serve beer, wine, or cocktails, the owner will need to apply for an additional license. Liquor License TU Liquor Licensing Board After obtaining the basic F&B license, this is a separate process and needs to be planned in advance if serving alcoholic beverages is part of your concept.
4. The 6-Step Process for Opening a Coffee Shop in Hong Kong
To legally open a coffee shop in Hong Kong, businesses need to follow these steps sequentially. Proper preparation from the start will help shorten the time it takes to obtain an F&B business license, minimize the cost of modifying the premises, and avoid repeated requests for additional documents from the authorities.
Step 1: Establish the company and complete business registration.
Before applying for any F&B licenses, investors need to establish a company in Hong Kong and complete the business registration process. The business will then be granted:
- Certificate of Incorporation;
- Business Registration Certificate.
These are two fundamental legal documents required in the application for a coffee shop business license in Hong Kong.
GLA provides consulting services on suitable company structures, handles all Hong Kong company incorporation procedures, provides registered business addresses, company secretaries, and support. Open a Hong Kong business bank account..
Step 2: Search for and assess the location.
This is a step many investors overlook and pay dearly for later. According to the experience of GLA's consultants, some clients have signed lease agreements before checking the legal conditions, leading to the inability to obtain permits or requiring costly renovations.
Before signing a lease agreement, the company needs to evaluate the following factors:
- Does the Government Lease permit the use of the premises for food and beverage operations?
- Does the Town Planning Board's land-use plan support a coffee shop or restaurant business model?
- Does the premises meet the requirements for installing separate ventilation systems for the kitchen, restrooms, and customer service area?
- Do the electrical, water supply, and drainage systems meet the operational needs of the industrial kitchen and beverage dispensing equipment?
Choosing the right location from the start can determine the speed of obtaining permits and the long-term viability of the store.
Step 3: Prepare and submit the F&B license application to FEHD.
After securing a suitable location, the business proceeds to prepare the necessary documents to apply for a food and beverage business license with the Food and Environmental Hygiene Department (FEHD).
The file typically includes:
- Certificate of Incorporation
- Business Registration Certificate
- Detailed floor plan
- Information about the Food Hygiene Manager
- Lease agreement or documentation proving the right to use the premises.
FEHD uses floor plans to evaluate the layout of kitchens, beverage preparation areas, customer service areas, restrooms, emergency exits, and other technical requirements. An unsatisfactory drawing may result in multiple revision requests for the project.
The offer is currently valid: From November 1, 2025 to October 31, 2026, the HKSAR Government All fees are waived. Submit applications for new and renewed General Restaurant Licenses and Light Refreshment Restaurant Licenses. Businesses planning to open should take advantage of this timeframe.
Step 4: On-site inspection, obtaining permits, and officially commencing operations.
After receiving the application, FEHD and relevant agencies will conduct an on-site inspection of the business location, including food hygiene conditions, fire safety systems, building structure, and ventilation, water supply, and drainage systems. If adjustments are required, the business must complete them before the application is approved.
After fulfilling all requirements, the business will be granted a license to officially operate. In some cases, FEHD may issue a Provisional Restaurant Licence before issuing a Full Restaurant Licence.
Step 5: Open a business bank account / checking account
This is a step many foreign restaurant owners overlook in their initial plans, leading to a reactive approach right before opening day. Businesses have two options:
- Traditional banks (HSBC, Hang Seng, Standard Chartered): Suitable if the business already has established operations in Hong Kong and a complete set of documentation. The advantage is the established reputation with local suppliers and partners.
- International payment accounts (Airwallex and similar): Suitable for newly established businesses or owners who operate remotely. Offers greater flexibility in procedures, faster processing times, and better support for multi-currency transactions.
GLA provides consulting services to help select suitable solutions and connects traditional and digital corporate banking accounts for F&B businesses in Hong Kong.
Step 6: Post-operation procedures
Once the store is operational, the business needs to maintain continuous compliance with the following groups of obligations:
- Taxes and Accounting: Businesses are required to submit an annual Profits Tax Return to the Inland Revenue Department (IRD), prepare financial statements, and undergo audits as required by Companies Ordinance.
- Human Resources and MPF: Ensure that all employees' MPF (Employee Financial Fair Pay) is paid on time (before the 10th of the following month), maintain employee records, and comply with the Employment Ordinance.
- Licenses and hygiene: Food and beverage licenses need to be renewed periodically as required by FEHD. Businesses must maintain food hygiene standards and be prepared for unannounced inspections.
- Business administration: Maintain the company's secretarial services, renew the Business Registration Certificate annually, and update any changes to the company structure.
GLA provides long-term support to businesses through accounting services, tax filing, Hong Kong company secretarial services, license renewals, and legal compliance consulting in Hong Kong.
5. Taxes when operating a coffee shop in Hong Kong
Hong Kong has one of the lowest and simplest tax systems in Asia. Coffee shops in Hong Kong only have to pay Profits Tax; there is no VAT, no dividend tax, and no capital gains tax.
5.1 Profits Tax: The main tax that F&B businesses need to understand.
In Hong Kong, the tax levied on businesses is called... Profits Tax (Profit tax), not Corporate Income Tax as in many other countries. This is the only tax that a coffee shop operating in Hong Kong has to pay directly on its business profits.
The tax authority is the Hong Kong Revenue Department.Inland Revenue Department ("IRD")), and Profits Tax only applies to profits generated in Hong Kong.
Hong Kong applies a two-tiered profits tax system as follows:
| Taxable profit | (company) tax rate |
| first 2.000.000 HKD | 8,25 % |
| Profits exceeding HKD 2.000.000 | 16,5 % |
Here's a real-world example:
If a coffee shop in Hong Kong makes a taxable profit HKD 1.500.000 over a fiscal year. The entire profit falls within the first HKD 2 million threshold, so the Profits Tax payable is:
HKD 1.500.000 x 8,25% = HKD 123.750
For comparison, if the profit margin is the same in some Southeast Asian countries with a corporate tax rate of 20% to 25%, the tax payable would range from HKD 300.000 to HKD 375.000. This difference is very significant for the operating cash flow in the initial phase of the restaurant.
5.2 Hong Kong taxes that do NOT apply
This is what gives Hong Kong a distinct competitive advantage over most other Asian and international markets. When running a coffee shop in Hong Kong, businesses... Not Pay the following taxes:
| Type of tax | Applicable in Hong Kong | Comparison with other markets |
| VAT / GST (Value Added Tax) | Do not apply | Vietnam: 10%; Singapore: 9%; Australia: 10% |
| Dividend Tax | Do not apply | Many countries impose rates ranging from 5% to 30%. |
| Capital Gains Tax | Do not apply | Common in many developed countries |
| Withholding Tax on Interest Expense | Do not apply | Many markets apply a rate of 10% to 15%. |
| Foreign income tax | Not applicable (territorial principle) | Most countries levy global taxes. |
For every cup of coffee you sell in Hong Kong No additional VAT will be charged.The listed price is the price customers pay; there are no hidden surcharges. This is a major difference compared to operating under the same model in Singapore, Vietnam, or Australia, where VAT/GST taxes significantly increase costs and complicate accounting.
5.3 Mandatory Pension Fund (MPF): Coffee Shop Owner's Obligation to Employees
Mandatory Provident Fund (MPF) It is a mandatory pension fund system under Hong Kong law, applicable to all businesses with employees. This is a mandatory expense that every coffee shop owner needs to factor into their operating budget before opening.
How MPF works:
| Subject | Mandatory contribution rate | Maximum amount per month |
| Business owner (Employer) | 5% of employee's salary | HKD 1.500/employee |
| Employee | 5% of personal income | HKD 1.500/month |
| Minimum income threshold for calculating MPF. | 7.100 HKD/month | Below this amount, employees don't need to pay, but the owner still has to pay their share. |
| The maximum income threshold for calculating MPF. | 30.000 HKD/month | This portion of salary exceeding the threshold is not included in the MPF calculation. |
Practical implications for a coffee shop: If your restaurant has 6 employees with an average salary of HKD 18.000/month each, the business owner's MPF cost would be:
6 employees x HKD 900 (5% x HKD 18.000)/month = HKD 5.400/month
This is a fixed monthly expense that needs to be factored into the operating budget from the outset, alongside employee salaries.
6. Choosing a location for a coffee shop in Hong Kong
To open a successful coffee shop in Hong Kong, you need to choose an area that suits your target customer base. Central areas like Central and Tsim Sha Tsui have high foot traffic, are close to office buildings, and attract many tourists. However, rental costs there are very high, potentially reaching HKD 500,000 per month.
Conversely, areas like Mong Kok, Tai Po, or Yau Ma Tei offer more reasonable rental costs, ranging from HKD 50,000–150,000 per month, making them suitable for affordable, budget-friendly coffee shops. Additionally, areas like Wan Chai or Kowloon Tong have large expatriate communities, creating favorable conditions for internationally-styled cafes.
List of potential areas to open a coffee shop:
- Central: suitable for a high-end cafe, close to offices.
- Tsim Sha Tsui: attracts tourists, has many visitors.
- Mong Kok: a vibrant area with reasonable rental costs.
- Wan Chai: has a large expatriate community, leading to a demand for high-quality coffee.
- Tai Po: low rent, close to the university, suitable for small businesses.
Choosing the right location depends on the business's direction, target customer base, and long-term rental budget. If a business is entering the Hong Kong market for the first time, GLA recommends starting in areas with moderate rental costs such as Sheung Wan, Wan Chai, or Kwun Tong to test the concept before expanding to higher-cost locations.
7. How does GLA support you in running a coffee shop business in Hong Kong?
Running a coffee shop in Hong Kong is not just about finding a location and building a brand. Businesses also need to complete legal procedures, tax and accounting processes, obtain licenses, and establish bank accounts to ensure smooth operation from the start.
GLA partnered with the Hong Kong company throughout the entire process:
- Advisory suitable business models in Hong Kong.
- Establishing a Hong Kong company for foreign investors..
- Set up your financial system in compliance with HFRS with our Business registration address , and Hong Kong company secretarial services.
- Support open a corporate bank account or an international payment account.
- Consulting services Required permits in Hong Kong For food and beverage businesses.
- Perform Accounting services, financial reporting, and periodic tax filing for a Hong Kong company..
- Assisting with local recruitment procedures and work visa applications for foreign business owners or managers.
- Consulting services for expanding business operations into mainland China and the Asian region.
With experience assisting international businesses in establishing and operating companies in Hong Kong, GLA helps you save time, minimize legal risks, and focus on developing your business from the very beginning.
8. Frequently Asked Questions about Running a Coffee Shop in Hong Kong
1. Are foreigners allowed to open coffee shops in Hong Kong?
Yes. Hong Kong allows 100% foreign ownership, with no residency or local partner requirements. The first mandatory step is to establish a Private Limited company in Hong Kong before proceeding with any further procedures.
GLA provides full support for the entire company formation process in Hong Kong, from document preparation to obtaining the Certificate of Incorporation.
2. What permits are needed to open a coffee shop in Hong Kong?
To open a coffee shop in Hong Kong, you will need at least: a Business Registration Certificate and an F&B license from FEHD (General Restaurant Licence or Light Refreshment Restaurant Licence, depending on the model).
If the establishment serves alcoholic beverages, the business needs to obtain a Liquor License from the Liquor Licensing Board.
GLA provides consulting services to help businesses choose the appropriate license type and guide them in preparing the necessary documents according to FEHD's requirements, helping them avoid common mistakes that lead to application rejection.
3. What are the taxes involved in the coffee business in Hong Kong?
Hong Kong applies a two-tiered profit tax: 8,25% for the first 2 million HKD of profit and 16,5% for any amount exceeding that. Hong Kong has no VAT, no dividend tax, and no capital gains tax.
GLA provides consulting services to help F&B businesses determine appropriate tax structures, and also offers accounting and annual tax settlement services in accordance with the regulations of the Hong Kong Inland Revenue Department.
4. Do I need a visa to own a coffee shop in Hong Kong?
No visa is required if you only own and operate your business remotely. A visa is only necessary if the business owner plans to live and work in Hong Kong.
The three most common visa types are: Employment Visa, Top Talent Pass Scheme (TTPS), and Quality Migrant Admission Scheme (QMAS).
- Foreigners can absolutely open a coffee shop in Hong Kong with 100% foreign capital. No local partner is required. The first mandatory step is to establish a Private Limited company, after which you can proceed to apply for an F&B license from FEHD.
- Hong Kong has a tax system that is particularly favorable to the F&B business.The profit tax is only 8,25% for profits up to HKD 2 million, with no VAT and no dividend tax. This is a significant competitive advantage compared to most other Asian markets.
- The period from 2025 to 2026 is relatively favorable for entering the market.Rental prices have fallen by an average of 46% from their 2018 peak, F&B license fees are being completely waived until October 2026, and demand for specialty coffee continues to grow in the market.
- Location and concept are two key factors determining success. This is a coffee shop market in Hong Kong. While there's no shortage of coffee shops, there's always room for brands with a clear positioning and a truly distinctive experience.
Hong Kong Company Secretary: Requirements and Legal Responsibilities
If your business is establishing or operating a company in Hong Kong, here's the first thing to know: having a Hong Kong company secretary is not an option but a legally required obligation from day one of business establishment.
Many businesses open company in Hong Kong To take advantage of the simplified tax system, international business environment, and advanced financial infrastructure, many Hong Kong companies have faced penalties or serious legal risks simply because they did not fully understand the role and requirements of a company secretary.
This article by GLA will provide comprehensive information on: the definition, legal requirements, specific duties, penalties for violations, and how to choose a reliable corporate secretary service provider, all based on current regulations. Hong Kong Companies Registry.
1. What is a Hong Kong company secretary?
According to the Section 474 of the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance (Companies Ordinance Cap. 622)Company Secretary is a job title. legally mandatory For any company incorporated in Hong Kong, this is not a typical administrative position but a senior management role responsible for ensuring the business fully complies with its legal obligations.
The role of a Hong Kong company secretary is to official partner between businesses and government agencies in Hong Kong, including:
- Companies Registry.
- Hong Kong Inland Revenue Department.
Important note: Whether the company is operating or is dormant, The obligation to maintain a company secretary still exists. until the company is officially deregistered from the Companies Registry.
2. Legal requirements - Who can work as a company secretary in Hong Kong?
According to the Section 475 of Companies Ordinance (Cap. 622)A Hong Kong company secretary could be individual or legal entity (the company providing the service). However, both forms must meet the mandatory conditions stipulated by Hong Kong law.
2.1 If the secretary is an individual
Individuals must simultaneously meet three conditions:
- Aged 18 years and older
- Ordinarily resident in Hong Kong
- Skills are required to take on the role of company secretary in Hong Kong.
- He is not the only director of the Hong Kong company.
Note: Many businesses make the common mistake of having the sole director also act as secretary. This violates the law and can lead to penalties or serious legal risks.
The "Sole Director" Rule – The most common mistake many Hong Kong companies make.
This is a point to note: If a business has only one director, that individual is not permitted to also hold the position of company secretary, even if that individual holds a Hong Kong passport.
This regulation is clearly stated in Article 475(2), Companies Ordinance (Cap. 622). Therefore, if your company is a private limited liability company, you are required to:
- Appoint another individual who meets the requirements for permanent residency in Hong Kong, or
- Hire a service provider with a valid TCSP license.

An individual cannot simultaneously be the director and secretary of a Hong Kong company.
Real-world scenario: Many startups open companies in Hong Kong without knowing this regulation, leading to penalties or requirements to change their corporate governance structure.
2.2 If the secretary is a legal entity
The secretarial service provider must be:
- A company with a registered address or operating office in Hong Kong.
- Possesses a TCSP (Trust or Company Service Provider) license issued by Companies Registry in accordance with regulations. Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorist Financing Ordinance (Cap. 615).
- The TCSP license is valid for 3 years and must be renewed at least 60 days before its expiration.
2.3 Special Note: Company Secretary of a Listed Company
The requirements for listed companies in Hong Kong are much stricter. The Hong Kong company secretary must be:
- Members of Hong Kong Chartered Governance Institute (HKCGI).
- The lawyer is licensed to practice in Hong Kong.
- Certified Public Accountants (CPAs) are licensed.
This is the minimum professional standard as stipulated by the Hong Kong Stock Exchange (SEHK).
3. Specific duties of a Hong Kong company secretary
Many businesses think that a company secretary is just a "name-keeping" employee on paper without needing to do anything else. However, this is a position with a specific workload, clear deadlines, and serious consequences if anything is overlooked.
For easier tracking, the table below summarizes the most important tasks along with their corresponding timeframes:
| Mission | Time |
| Submit NAR1 | 42 days after the founding anniversary |
| Notice of Change (ND2A) | 15 days since the change |
| BRC renewal | Before the expiration date |
| Update SCR | As soon as there is a change |
Here are the main duties of a company secretary in Hong Kong:
Submit your annual report (Annual Return - Form NAR1)
- Duration: Within 42 days of the company's founding anniversary.
- Form: Submit online via e-Registry or in hard copy.
- Fee: HK$105 if submitted on time, increasing to HK$3,480 if more than 9 months late.
- Note: Businesses are not allowed to ignore NAR1, even though The Hong Kong company is not operating..
Maintain statutory registers.
The company secretary is responsible for maintaining and updating statutory registers, including:
- Register of directors and secretaries (current and former).
- Register of members and shareholders.
- Significant Controllers Register (SCR): one of the most important legal requirements for companies in Hong Kong.
Note: Authorities have the right to request an inspection of these records at any time. Failure to update or omission of these records will result in violations.
Notify Companies Registry of the changes within 15 days.
Whenever there is a change in personnel or company information, the Hong Kong company secretary must make a formal notification to the Companies Registry within 15 days.
The most common changes include the appointment or dismissal of directors and secretaries (Form ND2A), changes to the registered address (Form NR1), as well as updates to shareholder information and charter capital.
Support for board meetings and shareholder meetings.
Hong Kong company secretaries are responsible for the procedural aspects of formal meetings, from drafting meeting notices and preparing documents and resolutions to recording meeting minutes.
This may seem like a simple task, but any formal oversight can affect the validity of business decisions.
Renewal of Business Registration Certificate
The company secretary monitors and handles the renewal of the Business Registration Certificate with Hong Kong Inland Revenue Department, either annually or every three years, depending on the company's choice.
Corporate Governance Consulting
In addition to routine administrative duties, company secretaries also advise the board of directors on legal obligations, ensuring the company operates in accordance with its charter and complies with applicable regulations.
4. Risks and Penalties for Violations - How Much Could You Lose?
Failure to comply with legal obligations relating to company secretaries in Hong Kong not only leads to serious administrative penalties but it can also cause criminal legal consequencesThis affects the business's operations and reputation.
4.1 Penalties for late NAR1 submission: Costs increase over time.
Many businesses mistakenly believe that a few weeks' delay in submitting their NAR1 (Annual Report) only results in a small penalty. However, in reality, the penalty increases with each delay and can be up to 33 times the fee for submitting on time.
Below is the detailed table. penalty fee According to official data from the Companies Registry:
| Latency level | Registration fee |
| On time (within 42 days) | HK$105 |
| Late by less than 3 months | HK$870 |
| Delayed by 3 to 6 months | HK$1,740 |
| Delayed by 6 to 9 months | HK$2,610 |
| Delayed by more than 9 months | HK$3,480 |
Note: If a business fails to submit NAR1 within 9 months, the penalty can be as high as... HK$3,480, which is much higher than the initial fee.
4.2 Criminal penalties: From fines to individual prosecution
If violations persist, businesses will not only face... administrative fines and can also be criminal prosecution theo Section 662 of Companies Ordinance (Cap. 622).
The forms of punishment include:
- Fine maximum HK$50,000
- Punish HK$1,000 continuously every day from the date of violation
- Risk of being Remove a company name from the business registry (strike-off)
- The company director and secretary may face personal liability.
Real life example: A Vietnamese company was fined HK$17,400 for submitting its NAR1 six months late and was sued for violating the law. Subsequently, both the director and the secretary were held personally liable.
4.3 The absence of a company secretary is a violation from day one.
Hong Kong law No delays allowed. the appointment of a company secretary. Therefore, if the business Do not appoint a secretary from the very first day the company is established., whatever the reason, have violated the law.
Note: The absence of a secretary not only affects the submission of reports, it can also lead to restrict business activities, removed from the business register., and to be prosecuted for criminal offenses.
GLA notes:
One risk that many Hong Kong companies often overlook is failing to check whether the intermediary providing secretarial services has a valid TCSP license.
- If a business does not have a TCSP (Trust or Company Service Provider) license issued by the Companies Registry, then all legal procedures undertaken by the business may be considered invalid.
- This leads to serious legal risks, as notices, records, or reports submitted to authorities may be rejected or deemed to be in violation.
5. How to change company secretary in Hong Kong
Businesses can change their company secretary in Hong Kong at any time, for example, when they want to find a provider with better service quality, more transparent costs, or when they are no longer a good fit with their current provider.
Basically, the change procedure isn't overly complicated; however, the company needs to follow the correct process to ensure compliance with Hong Kong law and avoid unnecessary penalties.
Step 1: Select a new company secretary who meets the legal requirements.
Before proceeding with the change of company secretary, the company must ensure that the new company secretary fully meets the requirements stipulated by Hong Kong law.
- If the secretary is an individual, that person must be a permanent resident of Hong Kong.
- If the secretary is a legal entity, the service provider must possess a valid TCSP license.
Checking legal compliance from the outset will help businesses avoid the risk of application rejection or violations of corporate governance regulations.
Step 2: Submit Form ND2A to Companies Registry within 15 days.
After appointing a new secretary, the Hong Kong company must submit Form ND2A to the Companies Registry within 15 days of the change taking effect.
This is the official form used to notify changes in company directors and secretaries in Hong Kong. Submitting Form ND2A is a mandatory legal requirement.
Note:
- If the application is submitted after the 15-day deadline, the Hong Kong company may face administrative penalties.
- In cases of prolonged violations, businesses may also face more serious legal risks, including criminal liability.
Step 3: Provide the necessary documents to the new secretary.
To ensure a smooth handover process, the Hong Kong company needs to provide the new secretary with the following documents:
- Passports or ID cards of all directors and shareholders.
- Current Business Registration Certificate (BRC).
- Copy NAR1 nearest (or NNC1 (For newly established companies that have been operating for less than one year and have not yet filed their first NAR1.)
Step 4: Update the internal records of the Hong Kong company.
After completing the procedures with Companies Registry, the Hong Kong company needs to update all relevant internal records, including:
- Company Director and Secretary Register
- Register of Members and Shareholders
- Significant Controllers Register (SCR) (if any changes have been made)
- Company seal (if required)
- Registered business address (if any changes)
Updating internal records should be done immediately after completing legal procedures to ensure the consistency of business data and minimize risks during regulatory audits.
Important notes when changing a company secretary in Hong Kong.
According to Hong Kong law, a company is not permitted to operate without a company secretary, even for a short period.
Therefore, businesses need to ensure:
- The new secretary is appointed before or at the same time as the previous secretary's term of office ends.
- There should be no gap between the two terms of the secretary.
- The change must be formally notified to Companies Registry within 15 days.
If a company operates without a qualified company secretary, it may be considered in violation of the law, leading to the risk of penalties, restrictions on business operations, or even removal from the business registry (strike-off).
6. How does GLA assist businesses in appointing Hong Kong company secretaries?
Instead of letting businesses navigate the legal process in a foreign market on their own, GLA accompanies you from the very first step until everything is running smoothly. Specifically, GLA supports businesses in the following areas:
- Appointing a company secretary in accordance with legal procedures. From the very first day of its establishment, ensure that the business does not violate the regulations of Companies Ordinance (Cap. 622).
- Check and verify legal status The services provided by the secretarial service provider, including TCSP license lookup, help the Hong Kong company avoid the risk of hiring an unqualified entity.
- Monitoring and reminders Deadlines for submitting NAR1, BRC extensions, and notification of changes must be within 15 days, ensuring businesses don't miss any deadlines.
- Support for changing company secretary When the business requires it, this includes drafting documents, submitting Form ND2A, and ensuring there are no legal gaps between the two secretary's terms.
- Comprehensive consultation Regarding corporate governance obligations in Hong Kong, this helps Vietnamese businesses understand the regulations clearly without language barriers or lack of information.
- Connect to related services This includes services such as accounting, auditing, and tax filing with the Hong Kong Inland Revenue Department, allowing businesses to have a single point of contact instead of working with multiple different providers.
7. Frequently Asked Questions about Hong Kong Company Secretaries
1. When is it mandatory for a business to appoint a company secretary in Hong Kong?
Businesses are required to have a company secretary from the outset. The company was incorporated in Hong Kong..
According to Section 474 of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 622), this regulation applies immediately and without any extension or exception, even to newly incorporated companies.
2. Can foreigners work as secretaries in Hong Kong companies?
Yes, but that individual must meet the condition of being an "ordinarily resident in Hong Kong".
Therefore, foreigners residing in Vietnam or other countries will not be eligible to assume this role, even if they possess a valid HKID.
3. If a company only has one director, is it necessary to appoint a separate company secretary?
Yes. According to Section 475(2) of Companies Ordinance (Cap. 622), the sole director of a Hong Kong company is not permitted to simultaneously hold the position of company secretary.
In this case, the business is required to appoint another individual who is a qualified resident of Hong Kong or use services from a valid TCSP license holder.
4. Does a Hong Kong company that is dormant (not operating) need to maintain a company secretary?
Yes. Being dormant does not mean a company is exempt from legal obligations. The business must still maintain a valid company secretary until the deregistration process with Companies Registry is complete.
5. What is the penalty for submitting NAR1 late?
According to Companies Registry regulations, businesses that submit their NAR1 late will be subject to a penalty fee starting from HK$870 if the delay is less than 3 months, and this can increase to HK$3,480 if the delay is more than 9 months.
Furthermore, in cases of prolonged violations, the Hong Kong company also risks criminal prosecution with a maximum fine of HK$50,000, plus HK$1,000 for each day of continued violation.
6. Are company secretarial services different from accounting services?
Yes. These are two completely different services with separate responsibilities.
In which:
- The company secretary is responsible for legal filings, annual reports, business change notifications, and administrative obligations with the Companies Registry.
- The accounting service is responsible for bookkeeping, financial reporting, and tax filing with the Inland Revenue Department.
Because each service has different procedures and compliance deadlines, businesses should not confuse or overlook either of these two important obligations.
7. How long does the procedure for changing a company secretary in Hong Kong take?
According to legal regulations, the Hong Kong company must pay Form ND2A Register this with the Companies Registry within 15 days of the official effective date of the change of company secretary.
In fact, if the files and documents are fully prepared, the conversion and handover process usually only takes about 1–3 business days.
- A Hong Kong company secretary is a legally required requirement under Companies Ordinance (Cap. 622), effective from the day of incorporation and without grace period, even if the company is dormant.
- If a company has only one director, that person cannot also serve as secretary. The business is required to appoint an individual residing in Hong Kong or hire a service provider with a valid TCSP license.
- Missing the NAR1 submission deadline can result in penalties of up to HK$3,480 for businesses, and prolonged violations may lead to criminal prosecution.
8 Common Business Sectors Requiring Business Licenses in Hong Kong (2026)
Hong Kong is one of the world's leading financial and commercial centers, with a favorable business environment, a transparent legal system, and low tax rates. This is why many Vietnamese and international businesses choose Hong Kong as a location to establish their headquarters or expand their operations into international markets.
Hong Kong Company Directors: Conditions and Obligations 2026
When businesses conduct research Incorporating a company in Hong KongOne of the important issues that needs clarification is the regulations related to the director position.
The role of a Hong Kong company director is not merely symbolic. This individual is responsible for management, legal representation, and may be held personally liable for breaches of legal obligations.
According to regulations, every company is required to have at least one individual as a director. However, not everyone is qualified to hold this position.
In this article, GLA will help you understand:
- Requirements for appointing a company director in Hong Kong.
- The actual authority of a director in the operation of a company in Hong Kong.
- Important legal obligations that Hong Kong company directors need to be aware of.
What is a Dormant company? Should you register a Dormant company in Hong Kong?
when the Incorporating a company in Hong KongHowever, not all businesses can immediately commence operations. Many have to temporarily suspend activities due to not yet having opened a bank account, not having completed licensing procedures, or needing to adjust their strategy.
However, if the Hong Kong company were allowed to continue operating as normal, it would still incur unnecessary accounting, auditing, and legal obligations.
This is where the Hong Kong dormant company model becomes the optimal solution. Instead of completely dissolving or continuing to maintain an inactive company, a Hong Kong company can switch to dormant status to reduce costs while retaining its legal entity, ready to reactivate when needed.
This article will help you understand what a Hong Kong dormant company is, the requirements, the process, and the benefits and risks to consider. The content is compiled based on Hong Kong legal regulations and practical experience from GLA's team of experts who have advised over 700 businesses, helping you make decisions that align with your company's business strategy.
Establishing a BOI company in Thailand: Opportunities for tax exemptions, land ownership, and support for foreign experts.
Did you know? When establishing a BOI (Build-Operate-Transfer) company in Thailand, foreign businesses can be exempt from corporate income tax for up to 13 years, exempt from import duties on machinery and raw materials, and even have the right to own land for their investment project?
Beyond tax incentives, the BOI company model helps investors optimize their ownership structure, access industries prioritized by the Thai government, and benefit from clear and transparent support mechanisms. So what is a BOI company, and why are more and more international businesses choosing this model when investing in Thailand? Let's explore the details with GLA experts in the article below.
Hong Kong office address: A guide to selection, costs, and legal requirements for foreign businesses.
You are wanting Expanding business in Hong Kong But they are unsure which type of office to choose, what area to go to, what the costs will be, and what the legal procedures will be.
Renting office space in one of Asia's busiest financial centers is not just a matter of finding a place to sit; it also directly impacts company registration procedures, opening bank accounts, and building a reputable image with partners.
This article will guide you in detail through the types of offices, selection criteria, and rental process in Hong Kong, helping you save time, optimize costs, and avoid legal risks.
Step-by-step process to open a travel company in Thailand 2026 (AZ)
The strong development of the tourism industry and the open foreign investment policy have turned Thailand into an attractive market for businesses wishing to expand operations in the fields of travel, hotels and tourism services.
Detailed instructions for registering an EIN number for a company established in the US (2026)
When Vietnamese businesses want to expand their operations to the US, one of the first questions often asked is: “How can my company operate legally, open a bank account and pay taxes in the US?”
What is the BRN number in Hong Kong? Registration and search guide for foreign enterprises
The company is planning Incorporating a company in Hong Kong, but do not clearly understand the necessary legal procedures, especially the BRN (Business Registration Number), one of the mandatory requirements when a business starts operating in Hong Kong.
Mastering the registration steps and complying with legal regulations not only helps businesses operate legally, but also creates a solid foundation for building credibility with partners, customers and management agencies.
In this article, GLA will provide detailed instructions on the role, registration process and how to look up and use BRN codes in Hong Kong, helping businesses to fully prepare and operate effectively right from the initial stage of establishment.
Corporate Income Tax in the US: Structure, Rates and Regulations
The corporate income tax system in the US is one of the factors that overwhelms many foreign businesses right from their first year of operation.
When establishing a company in the US, businesses must simultaneously comply with two levels of taxes – federal tax and state tax. It is worth noting that each state applies different tax rates, calculation methods and exemption policies, making tax declaration and payment a difficult task.
Without understanding how this system works, businesses can easily pay higher tax rates than necessary, lose valid deductions, or be subject to additional taxes or administrative penalties.
In this article, GLA will help you understand the big picture of Corporate income tax in the US in 2025, along with bottom line It is important to note that businesses need to operate effectively and comply with regulations.
1. The corporate income tax system in the US
1.1 What is corporate income tax in the US?
Corporate Income Tax in the US is the tax that businesses must pay for federal government , and state government, based on net profit after deducting valid business expenses such as employee salaries, operating costs, etc.
Corporate income tax is a mandatory legal obligation for businesses operating in the United States, including domestic and foreign businesses with income arising in the United States.
1.2 What is the current corporate income tax rate in the US?
Businesses in the US are required to comply with the corporate income tax system. multi-layered, applied simultaneously at the federal tax and state tax levels.
Federal level:
Federal corporate income tax is administered by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), at a rate of fixed 21%, effective beginning in 2018 under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.
Previously, the highest federal tax rate was 35%, reducing it to 21% helps the US attracting foreign investment, while increasing global competitiveness.
This adjustment has brought the US corporate tax rate down to a more competitive level compared to many other countries.
State level:
Each state in the US has the right to set its own corporate income tax, independent of federal tax and not subject to IRS management.
- 44 states apply tax rates ranging from 1% to more than 10%, depending on the specific regulations of each state.
- Some states like Nevada, South Dakota, Texas, etc. no corporate income tax, but other taxes such as sales tax and franchise tax apply.
2. Federal Corporate Income Tax for each type of company in the US
The federal corporate income tax system in the United States is designed flexibly to suit each type of business. Depending on the legal structure, each model will have different ways of calculating and paying taxes:
2.1 C-Corporation (C-Corp) Business Model
C-Corp is the only type of business entity in the US subject to direct corporate income tax at the corporate level.
Businesses must pay taxes on profits after deducting eligible expenses, before distributing them to shareholders. Tax obligations for C-Corp include:
- Tax declaration by form Form 1120 (US Corporation Income Tax Return) with the IRS.
- Pay federal corporate income tax with 21% flat tax rate.
- Pay state corporate income tax according to the regulations of the state where the company is registered.
- Pay additional local business taxes if the city or county where you operate has specific regulations.
Note: Businesses may be taxed twice (double taxation) – once in corporate level, once when shareholders receive dividends, which could result in the actual total tax liability exceeding 30%

2.2 S-Corporation (S-Corp) business model
S-Corp businesses enjoy a special tax regime, not subject to federal income tax at the corporate level (meaning the business does not have to pay 21% tax like a C-Corp).
- Allocation mechanism:S-Corp passes all income, losses, deductions and credits to shareholders in proportion to ownership.
- Tax declaration responsibility: Each shareholder must report the income received from the S-Corp on their personal income tax return.
- Applicable tax rates: The personal income of each shareholder is taxed under the pass-through tax mechanism.
Note: The S-Corporation type of business is only allowed for individuals who are US citizens and permanent residents in the US. Foreign investors will not be able to establish a company in the US under this type.
To qualify to operate under the S-Corp model, a business must meet the following two conditions:
- Limit on the number of shareholders under 100 people.
- Ensure all shareholders are US citizens or permanent residents.
2.3 Limited Liability Company (LLC) business model
LLC is a type of business with a flexible tax mechanism, often chosen by small and medium-sized businesses when establishing a company in the US. In principle, LLCs are not subject to corporate income tax, unless the business voluntarily registers to be taxed as a C-Corp.
For a 1-member LLC, a US business needs:
- Declare all income , and cost of the business on the owner's personal tax return by April 15 each year.
- Conduct reporting of foreign owner information through BOI report (Beneficial owner information report).
For LLCs with 2 or more members:
The IRS considers this a type of partnership, however the company will not be subject to corporate income tax, instead each member will declare and pay personal income tax based on capital contribution or profit ratio divided within the company.
Businesses need to send tax return information regarding profit allocation by March 15th of each year, and each member will receive a Schedule K-1 to file with their individual tax return, due by April 15th.
GLA supports and advises businesses in determining the type of US company, optimizing income tax in the US during business operations, helping businesses operate their companies in the US effectively and sustainably.
2.4 How to calculate federal taxable income in the US
There is no single formula for calculating federal corporate tax in the United States that applies to all types of businesses.
Each model such as C-Corp, S-Corp, LLC has different tax calculation and filing methods depending on the IRS tax classification.
However, to determine the amount of corporate income tax payable, the following general formula can be used to calculate federal taxable income:
Taxable income = Total revenue – Eligible expenses – Tax deductions – Tax incentives
- Gross Income: Includes all sources of income such as sales, services, investments, interest, royalties, dividends, etc.
- Deductible Business Expenses: Allowable deductions include salaries, office rent, advertising costs, depreciation, legal fees, etc.
- Tax Deductions: Special deductions such as medical expenses, charitable contributions, student loan interest (applies to individuals or small businesses).
- Tax Credits: Direct tax reductions, such as R&D tax credits, clean energy credits, and special employment credits.
Note: The formula is commonly applied to the C-corp model, but can be adjusted to better suit LLCs and S-Corps depending on the chosen business taxation method.
3. State Corporate Income Tax
Unlike federal corporate income tax, state corporate tax in the US is very diverse, with different rates and regulations from state to state.
3.1 States subject to US corporate income tax
The corporate income tax rate for each state in the US depends on type of company , and state-specific regulationsSome states apply a flat tax rate to all corporate income, while others use a progressive tax system with different tax brackets.
44 states Applying corporate tax rates in the US, here are 12 popular states that apply state-level corporate income tax rates.
| State | CIT rate 2025 | Income taxes |
| Alaska | 0% –9,4% |
|
| California | 8.84 % | Applies to all income |
| Colorado | 4.4 % | Applies to all income |
| Delaware | 8.7 % | Applies to all income |
| Florida St | 5.5 % |
|
| Georgia | 5.39 % | Applies to all income |
| New Hampshire | 7.5 % | Applies to all income |
| New Mexico | 5.9 % | Applies to all income |
| New York | 6.5% –7.25% |
|
| North Carolina | 2.25 % | Lowest in the US |
| Oregon | 6.6% –7.6% |
|
| Washington, D.C. | 8.25 % | Applies to all income |
3.2 States that do not pay US corporate tax
Currently, there is only 2 states in the US do not apply any type of corporate tax, including:
- South Dakota.
- Wyoming.
These two states no collection both corporate income tax and gross sales tax (gross receipts tax). This helps businesses operate here. significantly reduce the tax burden, increase profitability and attract new investment.
The resort North Carolina also announced the roadmap completely abolish Corporate income tax before 2030, promises to become the third state to join the “no corporate tax” group.
Some states do not impose a corporate income tax, but instead levy a gross receipts tax — a tax on total revenue (regardless of profit or loss). Specifically:
| State | Applicable tax type |
| Nevada | Gross Receipts Tax |
| Ohio | Gross sales tax |
| Texas | Franchise Tax |
| Washington | Gross income tax (Business & Occupation Tax) |
However, experts say that gross sales tax is often disadvantageous for businesses, as it can lead to "tax pyramiding" and has a heavier impact on businesses with low profit margins.
4. Who must pay provisional corporate income tax in the US?
Businesses in the US are required to make quarterly provisional corporate income tax payments based on their estimated profits for the year. This is a mandatory requirement from the federal tax agency (IRS) and many states.
- C Corporation: Is a type of company that is directly taxed. If the company is expected to pay from $500 or more During the year, quarterly tax payments must be made to the IRS.
- S Corporation: No direct corporate tax, but shareholders must provisionally pay personal tax if their corporate income exceeds a certain threshold.
- LLC: Must pay provisional corporate tax if taxed as a C-Corp, or provisional personal tax if it is a pass-through entity and has significant income.
The US Internal Revenue Service (IRS) specifies four interim payment periods: April 15, June 15, September 15, and January 15 of the following year. Late payment may be subject to penalties and interest according to IRS regulations.
GLA assists US businesses in calculating and making quarterly income tax payments, ensuring compliance with IRS regulations and optimizing tax obligations.
5. Employment Taxes in the US
In the United States, every business has employees, including foreign companies with workers in the US - must fulfill the obligation to pay employment tax (Employment Taxes).
This is a compulsory tax, calculated on the income that businesses pay to employees, including the deductions from employee wages and corresponding contributions from the business side.
Businesses need employee income declaration by submitting:
- Form W-2 for full-time employees
- Form 1099-NEC for independent contractors
Taxes deducted must be reporting and depositing with the IRS through Form 941 (quarterly) or Form 940 (annual).
Businesses can choose to submit applications. paper copy or send online through the IRS e-file system.
Common employment taxes that businesses in the US must pay include:
- Federal Income Tax: direct deduction from employee salary.
- Federal Insurance Contributions Act (“FICA”) tax: includes Social Security and Medicare taxes.
- Federal Unemployment Tax Act (“FUT”A): paid by enterprises to support the national unemployment insurance fund.
- State Unemployment Tax Act (“SUTA”): depending on the regulations of each state.
6. Declare and pay corporate income tax for US companies
In addition to tax obligations, businesses must comply with periodic reporting requirements at the state level to maintain legal status and avoid dissolution.
Annual Report and State Requirements
In addition to federal tax filing obligations, businesses in the United States must comply with annual reporting requirements at the state level to maintain legal operating status.
This requirement includes updating basic company information with the Secretary of State's Office.
- Names and contact information of directors/members/owners.
- Name of Registered Agent.
- Residential address of directors or members of the company.
Note: Depending on the state, annual reports may be annual or biennial.
7. How does GLA support businesses in complying with and optimizing corporate income tax in the US?
Any business operating in the US must comply with the multi-layered tax system and periodic reporting regulations to maintain a valid legal status in the US. GLA understands and accompanies businesses in ensuring compliance and optimizing corporate income tax obligations in the US through the following solutions:
- Consulting and choosing the right type of company in the US for your company: C-Corp, LLC.
- Support set up company in usa, register for a business license and rent office address in the states.
- Advise and prepare timely federal, state and local corporate income tax returns, including Sales Tax.
- Support quarterly tax filing, ensure IRS compliance and optimize tax obligations.
- Providing accounting services according to US GAAP standards, including monthly/annual financial reporting and preparation of audit documents.
- Support open a bank account in the US: physical bank account, digital bank.
- Consulting on procedures and registration documents on e-commerce platforms such as Walmart and TikTok Shopping.
- Timely updates and advice on changes in tax laws and business regulations, helping you proactively adjust your strategy when doing business in the US market.
8. Frequently asked questions about corporate income tax in the US
1. Can I pay US corporate income tax from abroad?
Businesses can absolutely pay US corporate income tax, without having to be physically present in the US to pay taxes. The IRS allows remote tax payment through the following methods:
- EFTPS (Electronic Federal Tax Payment System): Businesses log in online and pay taxes directly to the IRS.
- Authorized tax agent or accountant: Enterprises can authorize an agent to declare and pay on their behalf.
- International Payments: Some cases may be subject to IRS-accepted international bank payments.
GLA supports businesses in the US to fully fulfill their tax obligations, helping the tax payment process take place quickly and in compliance with IRS regulations.
2. Is income from foreign activities taxed in the US?
Yes. US-resident businesses are generally required to report worldwide income. However, there are tax treaty exemptions and foreign tax credits.
3. Do I need to hire an accountant or tax agent when filing corporate taxes in the US?
Not required, but recommended. The US tax system is complex, multi-layered, with many forms and regulations that change frequently. Hiring a CPA (Certified Public Accountant) or tax agent helps:
- Submit on time, correct form
- Tax cost optimization
- Avoid the risk of penalties or audits from the IRS
GLA advises and supports businesses in choosing suitable tax solutions in the US, helping businesses pay taxes accurately, legally and most cost-effectively.
4. Is corporate income tax the same as employment tax?
Not the same, these are two completely different types of taxes in nature, subject of application and calculation.
- Corporate Income Tax: Calculated on the net profit of the business after deducting eligible expenses
- Employment Taxes: Taxed on employee wages and contributed or deducted by the business
- The corporate income tax system in the US is divided into two levels: federal tax and state tax.
- The current federal corporate income tax rate is 21%, applied uniformly to all types of companies in the US.
- Different business models (LLC, S-Corp, C-Corp) are taxed differently.
- Foreign enterprises with business activities, representative offices or income sources in the US must declare and pay corporate income tax according to IRS regulations.
- GLA supports businesses in fulfilling their tax and accounting obligations in the US, ensuring compliance with IRS regulations, optimizing costs and maintaining legal and effective operations.
What is a UEN (Unique Entity Number)? A detailed guide for businesses in Singapore
“We have prepared all the documents, but the bank still refused to open an account in Singapore.” – this is a common situation for newly established businesses in Singapore. The reason is not because of missing documents, but because of not understanding the UEN (Unique Entity Number) code – a mandatory identifier for all organizations in Singapore.
In this article, GLA will help businesses understand: what is the Singapore UEN code, why it is important, and how to look up and use UEN effectively to help businesses operate smoothly right from the start.
Singapore Dependant's Pass: Conditions, benefits & detailed procedures
If you are working in Singapore with an Employment Pass (EP), S Pass or EntrePass, you probably want to bring your spouse and children to live with you to stabilize your family life. The main solution is the Singapore Dependant's Pass issued by the Ministry of Manpower (MOM).
Setting up an AI company in Japan (2026): A detailed guide
Japan is becoming an ideal destination for international technology and artificial intelligence (AI) businesses. Not only attracting giants such as OpenAI, Anthropic, Microsoft, SoftBank, but also Vietnamese businesses such as FPT Software, CMC Technology are expanding strongly in Tokyo. With urgent demand for automation, support from the government and a potential market, Japan opens up great opportunities for AI companies wanting to assert their position in Asia.
If you are looking for How to set up a company in Japan to do technology business (AI)This article will provide a comprehensive overview from legal conditions, costs, procedures to special advantages when doing AI business in Japan.
1. Why is Japan attractive to technology and AI companies?
Market demand
Japan is facing one of the biggest challenges of the 21st century: a rapidly aging population and a shrinking workforce. This is a national problem that Japanese businesses, government and society must find a way to solve.
In that context, AI has become a strategic solution to automate, optimize processes and reduce dependence on traditional human resources. This urgent need has opened up a large market for international technology companies.
Advanced technology environment
Japan is globally renowned for its strengths in robotics, IoT, and smart manufacturing. Its tech ecosystem is increasingly integrating AI into areas such as manufacturing, finance, logistics, healthcare, and self-driving cars.
This is a favorable platform for international AI companies to cooperate, test and deploy products right in a highly applicable market.
Legal corridor and support policies
The Japanese government has placed innovation and digital transformation at the heart of its economic development strategy. Many preferential policies, support funds and international cooperation programs have been implemented to attract foreign technology enterprises, especially in the field of AI.
This helps international companies when opening branches or subsidiaries in Japan not only be welcomed but also have access to financial and research resources.
Potential business customers
Japan is home to many of the world's leading corporations such as Panasonic, Rakuten, SoftBank, Toyota, Honda, etc. These are all business-to-business (B2B) customers with strong demand for AI applications in manufacturing, e-commerce, telecommunications, and financial services.
For international AI companies, having a presence in Japan makes it easier to access global partners, expand business scale and affirm prestige in the Asian market.
2. Reality: Many “big guys” choose Japan to expand AI
It is no coincidence that Japan is continuously chosen by the world's leading technology companies to expand their operations. In just the past few years, the wave of investment and presence of large enterprises in the field of AI in Japan has become increasingly evident.
Anthropic – Strategic move with Tokyo office
anthropic, the famous American AI company with the Claude app, has officially announce plans opened its first Asian branch in Tokyo. The new office focuses on serving Japanese corporate customers and also cooperates with large corporations such as Panasonic and Rakuten Group to deploy products.
It can be said that this move not only helps Anthropic get closer to Japanese customers, but also affirms that Tokyo is becoming Anthropic's strategic "gateway" to penetrate deeper into the Asian market.

OpenAI – Tokyo becomes the first destination in Asia
Before Anthropic, OpenAI – the name associated with ChatGPT – also took a similar step. In April 2024, OpenAI chose Tokyo as the location for its first office in Asia. Not only simply expanding its presence, OpenAI also revealed plans to “localize” the GPT model for Japanese – a move that shows its seriousness in this market.
Microsoft – Investing Billions of Dollars in AI in Japan
Not staying out of the game, Microsoft – the American technology giant – also stepped up its investment with a $2,9 billion package in cloud computing infrastructure and GPUs in Japan. At the same time, the company also established the Microsoft Research Asia research center in Tokyo, focusing on pioneering areas such as embodied AI, social AI and neuroscience.
Microsoft's goal is clear: to bring AI from the lab into practice, accompanying Japanese businesses on their digital transformation journey.

SoftBank + OpenAI – Joint Venture SB OpenAI Japan
Another bright spot is the SB OpenAI Japan joint venture, a collaboration between SoftBank and OpenAI. With an investment budget of up to billions of dollars per year, this joint venture not only provides AI solutions for the Japanese market, but also sends a strong message: Japan wants to play a central role in the Asian AI map.
Sakana AI – Japan's Domestic AI Star
Not only is Japan riding the international wave, it is also witnessing its own rise. Sakana AI, a startup founded by two former Google engineers in Tokyo, has reached a valuation of $1,5 billion just one year after its launch.
Sakana AI focuses on collective intelligence research, a different direction that demonstrates a very "Japanese" creative spirit: when AI is not just technology, but also a philosophy of connecting people.
Vietnamese Enterprises – Firm Steps into Japan
Besides global corporations, Vietnamese enterprises are also asserting their position in the Japanese market:
- FPT Software: more than 20 years of presence, with thousands of employees and many AI projects for Japanese corporations.
- CMC Technology: open an office Third in Tokyo (2024), becoming a member of Keidanren – Japan’s leading economic organization.
Additionally, companies like NashTech, VSII are also entering the market with AI and digital transformation services.
Besides Japan, Singapore, Mỹ, Hong Kong are also potential countries to open companies, register technology IP and develop AI, and call for technology investment capital.
3. Benefits of establishing a company in Japan to do business in technology (AI)
Choosing Japan as a destination to open a company in the technology field, especially AI, brings many practical benefits to businesses:
3.1 Access to high-demand, high-budget AI markets
Japan is one of the countries investing heavily in AI with many application areas: healthcare, automated manufacturing, finance, logistics, retail. The Japanese government and businesses are willing to spend large budgets to deploy AI solutions, opening up abundant cooperation opportunities for startups and international companies.
3.2 Leveraging the ecosystem of cooperation with Japanese corporations
Big names like Sony, SoftBank, Rakuten, and Panasonic are always looking for technology partners to increase their competitiveness. New businesses can take advantage of this ecosystem to collaborate on research, product development, or expand distribution channels.
3.3 Policy support and funding from the government
The Japanese government is promoting Digital Transformation (DX) and Society 5.0, with AI as the focus. Preferential policies on tax, research funds, and support for international startups help foreign businesses reduce risks and accelerate development.
3.4 Increase brand reputation when setting up an office in Tokyo/Osaka
Owning an office in Tokyo or Osaka – the two largest economic and technological centers in Japan – helps businesses enhance their reputation in the eyes of international partners, while easily attracting high-quality human resources in the technology industry.
With these advantages, Japan is not only a potential market, but also a strategic springboard for technology and AI companies to expand globally.
4. Forms of presence in Japan for international AI companies
Technology companies, especially in the AI field, can choose from a variety of forms of presence when expanding to Japan.
Depending on your business strategy, investment level, and long-term development needs, you can consider one of four options. Japanese company types popular after:
4.1 Establishment of Branch Office
A branch is a direct extension of a parent company overseas. Businesses can use the branch to conduct business, sign contracts, and provide AI services right in Japan.
- Advantages: Quick establishment procedures, lower operating costs compared to subsidiaries.
- Limitations: The parent company is directly legally and financially responsible for all activities of the branch.
4.2 Establishment of a subsidiary
A subsidiary is an independent legal entity, usually established as a Kabushiki Kaisha (KK) or Godo Kaisha (GK) in Japan. This is the form chosen by many large corporations in the AI field for long-term development.
- Advantages: Independent legal entity, increased reputation with Japanese customers, easy to sign large contracts.
- Disadvantages: Requires charter capital, more complicated establishment and maintenance procedures.
4.3 Representative Office
Representative offices are suitable for new businesses exploring the market. These offices are not allowed to conduct revenue-generating business activities but only focus on research, surveys, marketing or communications.
- Advantages: Easy to set up, low cost.
- Restriction: No direct revenue generation in Japan.
4.4 Joint Venture with Japanese company
This is a form of cooperation with a Japanese partner to establish a joint venture company. This model is suitable for AI businesses that want to take advantage of the resources, available customers, and local knowledge of the Japanese partner.
- Advantages: Cost savings, risk reduction, easy access to Japanese customer network.
- Limitations: Clear agreement on equity ratio, control rights and development strategy is required.
In general, if an AI company wants to test the market quickly, a representative office or branch office will be suitable. But if the goal is to build a brand, sign large contracts, and grow sustainably, a subsidiary or joint venture will be a more strategic choice.
5. Basic procedures to open a technology company in Japan
Job set up company in japan, especially in the field of AI and Digital Transformation, in Japan requires careful preparation and compliance with many legal regulations. Below are the basic steps with support solutions from GLA:
Step 1: Select legal type: KK, GK or Branch
- Kabushiki Kaisha (KK): Joint stock company, highly reputable, easy to attract Japanese partners.
- Godo Kaisha (GK): Similar to LLC, low cost, flexible management.
- Branch office: Suitable for companies that already have a parent entity and want to quickly establish a presence.
GLA helps you analyze the advantages and disadvantages of each type, and advises on the type that is suitable for your business's AI expansion strategy.
Step 2: Prepare capital conditions, office address and seal
- Minimum capital: Not required, but usually recommended is 5–10 million Yen to build trust with partners.
- Office address: Must be in Japan, usually in Tokyo or Osaka for convenient transactions.
- Seal (Hanko/Inkan): Must be officially registered for use in legal transactions.
GLA supports you in renting offices in Japanese technology centers, consulting on appropriate capital levels, and preparing procedures for registering a seal for your company.
Step 3: Business registration and Japanese corporate tax
- The application is submitted to the Legal Affairs Bureau.
- After obtaining the certificate of incorporation, it is necessary to register for tax at the local Tax Office.
- For AI companies, additional licenses related to IT services or data processing may be required.
GLA supports drafting registration documents, representing submissions to Japanese agencies, and providing specific tax advice for technology businesses, especially in international transactions.
Step 4: Apply for a work visa for foreign experts
- The AI technology field often requires international personnel, so companies must sponsor visas for experts.
- Popular visa types: Engineer/Specialist in Humanities/International Services or Business Manager Visa for founders.
GLA advises on the appropriate visa type, prepares sponsorship documents, and accompanies your team of experts during the visa application process.
Step 5: Register copyright & intellectual property
For AI companies, intellectual property (IP) is a core asset. Japan requires software copyrights, patents, and trademarks to be legally protected. This is especially important when working with Japanese corporations.
GLA supports connections with copyright lawyers in Japan, supports trademark registration, AI patents, and advises on strategies to protect businesses' intellectual property.
The process of opening an AI company in Japan is quite complicated but completely feasible with the support of GLA. With practical experience and a network of partners in Japan, GLA helps your business save time, reduce legal risks and quickly exploit the potential of the AI market worth tens of billions of USD in Japan.
6. Challenges & Notes for Technology Companies (AI) in Japan
When opening a technology company, especially in the AI field in Japan, international businesses need to be well prepared for the following challenges:
- Fierce competition from local and international businesses: Japan has many large technology corporations (NEC, Fujitsu, SoftBank, NTT Data) and a series of thriving AI startups. Market penetration requires foreign companies to have different solutions, outstanding technology or clever cooperation strategies.
- Data Privacy, AI Ethics: Japan has strict regulations on personal data (APPI – Act on the Protection of Personal Information) and is increasingly focusing on AI Ethics. Businesses need to ensure that AI systems comply with the law to avoid legal risks.
- There are cultural differences: The Japanese value trust, long-term relationships and collective decision-making. If foreign companies do not understand this culture, negotiating and cooperating with Japanese companies/partners can be difficult.
- High operating and personnel costs: Tokyo and Osaka are among the cities with the highest cost of living, office rent and salary in Asia. Businesses need to carefully budget when operating here.
7. How to leverage AI trends to succeed in Japan
International businesses looking to expand into the Japanese market can take advantage of the artificial intelligence (AI) trend through the following strategies:
- Investment in research & development (R&D) in Japan: Establishing an R&D center in the country helps businesses access high-quality human resources, quickly update new technology trends and grasp the actual needs of the Japanese market.
- Combining recruitment of local AI engineers and international experts: This combination brings a balanced advantage between global technological knowledge and understanding of Japanese consumer culture, behavior and tastes.
- Multilingual AI Product Development, Japanese priority: Localization is not just about language translation, but also about adjusting the user experience to suit Japanese culture, thereby increasing trust and competitive advantage.
- Cooperate with large corporations in Japan: Partnering with leading names such as Panasonic, SoftBank or Rakuten will help businesses expand their ecosystem, increase brand reputation and quickly reach a large customer network.
International AI companies that want to succeed in Japan need to combine technological innovation, product localization, and strategic partnerships. This is the key to helping businesses make a lasting mark in one of the world's leading technology markets.
8. How does GLA support you in establishing an AI technology company in Japan?
GLA provides comprehensive solutions to help international businesses establish technology companies, especially in the field of artificial intelligence (AI). Business model for opening an agency in Japan, include:
- Advisory choose the type of company suitable (Kabushiki Kaisha – KK or Godo Kaisha – GK) to optimize tax, legal and capital raising capabilities.
- Support in drafting and submitting company establishment documents to Japanese legal authorities, ensuring compliance with regulations.
- Provide address business registration office and representative office services to get started quickly without having to rent a large headquarters.
- Consulting on visa/entrepreneur and residence permit for founders and AI experts who want to go to Japan to run a company.
- Connect to open a corporate bank account in Japan or an international bank that supports technology businesses.
- Legal - accounting - tax support for companies to operate legally, especially in the high-tech field (AI, data).
- Long-term companionship: Not only supporting the establishment stage but also accompanying the Enterprise throughout the development process in Japan.
With experience in supporting Vietnamese businesses to expand globally, GLA is a reliable partner for you to lay a solid foundation for your AI company in Japan.
9. Frequently asked questions when opening a Japanese company to do technology business (AI)
1. Is it possible to open a 100% foreign-owned technology company in Japan?
Yes. Japan allows foreign investors to own 100% of the company's capital. You can choose to establish Kabushiki Kaisha (KK) or Godo Kaisha (GK) without having to have Japanese shareholders or members.
2. What type of company is suitable for AI business in Japan?
AI companies often choose Kabushiki Kaisha (KK) because this type is highly regarded for its reputation, easy fundraising, and cooperation with large corporations. If you want simpler procedures and lower costs, Godo Kaisha (GK) is also a suitable choice.
3. Does Japan have a program to support foreign technology startups?
Yes. The Japanese government and local governments such as Tokyo and Osaka often have programs to support AI and high-tech startups through:
- Tax breaks and financial assistance.
- Connect with venture capital funds and R&D centers.
- Business Manager Visa for foreign founders.
Contact GLA for advice and support on policies to support your business when establishing a company in Japan.
4. Do I need a Japanese partner to open a branch?
Not required. Foreign companies can open branches or subsidiaries in Japan without a local partner. However, having a Japanese partner will help facilitate access to the local market, customers, and business networks.
- Japan is a potential but fiercely competitive market for technology (AI) companies, especially with high requirements on data security and business culture.
- Many leading brands such as Anthropic, OpenAI, Microsoft, SoftBank and Sakana AI have chosen to open companies, set up offices or expand operations in Japan, showing the strong attraction of the technology market here.
- Foreign enterprises can open 100% capital companies in Japan with many suitable options, but need to carefully prepare for operating costs and personnel.
- Success in Japan depends on combining local R&D, hiring local staff, building multilingual products, and partnering with large corporations.
- GLA can accompany you every step of the way — from legal advice, company formation, to compliance and long-term growth in Japan.
Guide to opening a company in Japan to export handicraft products (2026)
Opening a company in Japan to export handicraft products is the desire of many Vietnamese enterprises, especially when the Japanese market is famous for being strict but also full of potential. However, many enterprises are struggling with a series of questions:
US Corporate Annual Compliance 2026: Requirements, Deadlines, and Penalties
Open a company in the US doesn't mean it's over. But many business owners think so, just sell and do business, and leave the company alone.
GLA has advised more than 317 US business owners and found this to be the most common mistake. Many choose cheap, unreliable services, only to panic a year later when they receive compliance letters from tax and regulatory agencies in the states asking them to explain why they are not in compliance, have not paid taxes, or have not updated information.
In fact, annual compliance is not only a legal requirement, but also protects the reputation and stability of the company. Let's find out each requirement and how to prepare so that your company is always in compliance with the law in the article below.
Opening a company in Singapore to do solar energy business: Opportunity for sustainable growth
In the context of the market, many businesses and investors in the solar energy sector are facing challenges such as: difficulty in accessing international capital, lack of long-term support policies, barriers to exporting technology or equipment. This makes many businesses want to reach out to the global market, looking for a more transparent and favorable legal environment for sustainable development and easy capital mobilization.
Comparison of company dissolution and bankruptcy procedures in Singapore, Hong Kong, BVI (2026)
Terminating a business is more than just “closing the door” – it is a significant legal process that requires careful preparation and strict compliance with regulations in each country. Many international businesses have found themselves fined, blacklisted, or banned from starting new companies simply because they did not complete the proper dissolution procedures in the country where they operate.
Set up a Hong Kong company to open and operate a Google Play Console (Google Developer) account
Businesses want to develop applications on Google Play and need a Google Play Console account? Incorporating a company in Hong Kong not only helps businesses open a valid Google Play Console account, but also optimizes costs, easily receives international payments and expands the global market. This article will guide you in detail why you should choose to open a Hong Kong company to operate a Google Play Console account and the steps to take to get started.
1. Google Play Console (Google Developer) account
1.1 What is Google Play Console?
Google Play Console is an application management platform provided by Google that helps game and application developers publish, track and optimize their products on the Google Play Store. This is an important tool that helps businesses and individuals control the entire application lifecycle, from publishing, updating, managing users to tracking revenue performance.
1.2 Why should Game and App Businesses register for a Google Play Console account?
Google Play Console is not only a tool to support application publishing but also helps businesses optimize products, reach customers and effectively increase revenue. Below are 5 important reasons why game and app businesses should register for a Google Play Console account:
- Build high quality apps and games: Google Play Console provides tools to help businesses improve the quality of their apps, from content, user experience to technical performance, ensuring products run smoothly and meet the highest standards.
- Publish secure and professional applications: Application testing, validation, and deployment tools help businesses release products with confidence, minimize the risk of technical and security errors, and optimize global distribution processes.
- Expand your user base and optimize growth: With in-depth analytics tools and optimized reports, businesses can understand user behavior and market trends to build appropriate growth strategies, helping to expand their reach on Google Play.
- Make money easily from apps: Google Play supports multiple monetization models such as paid apps, in-app purchases, and subscriptions, helping businesses generate stable revenue and maximize revenue.
- Increase user engagement and retention: Engagement tools, user behavior analytics, and customer retention strategies help businesses build loyal communities, improve app retention rates, and increase user lifetime value (LTV).
Owning a Google Play Console account not only helps businesses grow sustainably but also brings a strong competitive advantage in the mobile game and application market.
2. Types of Google Play Console (Google Developer) accounts
Google Play Console offers two types of accounts for app developers: Personal Accounts and Business Accounts. Each type of account has its own characteristics, suitable for different audiences. Choosing the right account type from the beginning helps businesses or individuals manage their apps more effectively.
| Element | Personal account | Business account |
| Eligible applicants |
|
|
| Identity verification | Valid ID Required: Just a valid email address, phone number and payment method are required to register. | Need DUNS number and business information |
| Management scale | An individual manager | Support multiple management members |
| Application testing limitations |
| No App Testing Restrictions: Compared to personal accounts, business accounts have a less restrictive review process. |
Choosing the right Google Developer account type will help Individuals/Businesses optimize the application release and management process, thereby increasing the opportunity for businesses to develop and increase revenue on Google Play.
3. Conditions for registering a Google Play Console account for Game, App, and Software Businesses
To publish games, applications or software on Google Play Store, businesses need to register for a Google Play Console account. Owning this account helps businesses manage and distribute products professionally, reach global users and optimize revenue. Below are the condition Important requirements that Businesses need to meet to register for a Google Play Console account:
- Legally established and licensed enterprise DUNS code is required for identity verification.
- Company address, business website.
- Business phone number and email to display in developer profile.
- Personal contact phone number and email (not displayed on public profile).
- Payment Method: Payment account must have legal name, address and DUNS number associated.
Note: If an Individual registers for a Google Play Console account, the following conditions must be met:
- Individuals registering for an account must be 18 years of age or older.
- Personal accounts created after November 13, 11 must meet app review requirements before publishing on Google Play.
- Starting in 2024, new personal accounts will need to verify access to an Android device using the Play Console app.
4. Why should Game and App businesses establish a Hong Kong company to operate a Google Play Console account?
With the strong development of the global mobile game and application industry, building an effective operating platform is a key factor for sustainable business growth. In particular, establishing a company in Hong Kong to manage and operate Google Play Console accounts is becoming the optimal choice for many international game developers and studios, especially businesses from Vietnam.
Below are specific reasons why Game and App businesses should consider setting up a company in Hong Kong:
5.1 Outstanding tax incentives – Maximize profits
- Low tax rate: Hong Kong applies corporate income tax according to a two-tiered tax schedule:
- 8.25% on first 2 million HKD profit.
- 16.5% on excess profits.
- Compared to countries with tax rates from 17% - 30%, tax rates in Hong Kong are considered competitive, helping businesses save significant costs. Businesses can refer to corporate income tax rates in Hong Kong and other countries at: compare tax rates in hong kong.
- No VAT (Value-Added Tax): Hong Kong does not apply VAT while other countries such as Vietnam (5%), Singapore (9%) still charge VAT on services such as Google Ads, AdMob. This helps businesses reduce the cost of advertising and app distribution.
- Tax exemption on extraterritorial income:
- Profits from activities outside Hong Kong such as revenue from international users downloading apps/games are generally tax-free.
- In addition, Enterprises established in Hong Kong will not be subject to the following taxes: dividend tax, capital gains tax, withholding tax.
5.2 Optimize advertising operations and cash flow
One of the outstanding advantages of establishing a company in Hong Kong is: Google Ads and AdMob invoices are subject to 0% VAT Helps businesses save 5-8% on advertising costs compared to registering in Vietnam or Singapore
This is especially important for game studios and apps that need large marketing budgets to grow their user base.
5.3 Increase trust in your Google Play Console account
A Google Play Console account is tied to the legal reputation of the business. A few reasons why a Hong Kong company helps increase stability and reduce the risk of account suspension:
- Clear legal entity, transparent business address.
- Legal and financial system recognized by Google and international platforms.
- Invoice from Hong Kong company is valid when registering for services such as Google Ads, Google Admob, etc.
This is especially useful in the context of Google increasingly tightening its application approval and distribution policies, especially for accounts from the Southeast Asia region.
5.4 Easy DUNS number registration
DUNS Number is required when registering a Google Play Console account for business. Owning a company in Hong Kong helps:
- Registering for a DUNS code is quick and convenient.
- Ensure legal information complies with verification systems of Google, Apple, Amazon, etc.
5.5 Stable and easy-to-operate business environment
Hong Kong is considered one of the leading financial centers in Asia with:
- The procedure for establishing and maintaining a Hong Kong company is simple.
- No foreign currency transaction restrictions, easy international payments.
- Strong banking system, supports remote account opening and global transaction processing.
- This is a solid foundation for App/Game businesses to expand their operations internationally without legal or financial barriers.
Establishing a company in Hong Kong brings many benefits in terms of tax, business environment and access to international platforms such as Google Play Console, helping game and application businesses optimize costs, expand markets and enhance reputation.
5. Procedures and processes for establishing a Hong Kong company to open Google Play Console
Setting up a company in Hong Kong not only helps Game, App, and Technology businesses easily register for a Google Play Console account under the name of a legal entity, but also brings many advantages in terms of tax, financial management, and international market expansion. Below is a detailed step-by-step guide for businesses to complete this process.
Step 1: Choose company type
Determine the type of company: The Types of companies in Hong Kong that businesses consider choosing are:
- Limited Liability Company
- Partnership
- Sole proprietorship
- Representative office/Branch office
The most popular type of company for tech and gaming businesses looking to sign up for the Google Play Console is a private limited company (PLL). The company has an independent legal entity, helping to protect the personal assets of the owner.
GLA will support and advise businesses to choose the type of company that suits their needs and goals.
Step 2: Prepare registration information
To establish a company in Hong Kong, businesses need to prepare:
- Company Name: Check and register your company name in English or Chinese.
- Shareholder and director structure: Minimum 1 director and 1 shareholder (can be the same person).
- Registered address in Hong Kong: A valid address in Hong Kong is required.
- Company Secretary: Must be a Hong Kong citizen or a local company providing secretarial services.
- Charter capital: No minimum charter capital required, Enterprises can establish a company in Hong Kong from only 1HKD.
GLA assists businesses in the preparation and verification of company names, provides director and secretary services for company formation, and provides an office address in Hong Kong, meeting the business's goals and budget.
Step 3: Register to establish a company in Hong Kong
Businesses can register themselves or use Company registration service in Hong Kong of GLA to complete the process faster.
- File an application with the Companies Registry.
- Receive Business Registration Certificate:
- Certificate of Incorporation.
- Business Registration Certificate.
Step 4: Register for a DUNS number
Google requires businesses that register for a Google Play Console account to have a DUNS code to verify the identity of the Business.
GLA provides a one-stop DUNS registration service for Hong Kong Businesses, ensuring successful Google Play Console registration.
Step 5: Open a digital bank account to receive payments from Google.
Google Play Console requires businesses to provide Hong Kong corporate bank account products to receive revenue from the app.
Businesses can choose:
- Traditional Banking in Hong Kong: HSBC, Hang seng bank, Standard Chartered, etc.
- Digital Banking: Airwallex, Wise, Payoneer, etc.
GLA advises and supports businesses in choosing the right type of bank, and quickly carries out procedures to open a corporate bank account, helping to increase the likelihood of success.
Step 6: Register a Google Play Console account with Hong Kong company information
Once you have a company and bank account, go to Google Play Console and fill in the information:
- Account Type: Select “Organization”.
- Company information:
- Company's name
- DUNS Number
- Business address in Hong Kong
- Business email and phone number
- And other information
- Payment method: Enter corporate bank account information.
- Verify business identity
- Google may require uploading your business license, certificate of incorporation, and DUNS number for verification.
- If the information is valid, the account will be activated after 3 - 7 business days.
Step 7: Financial Management & Tax Compliance in Hong Kong
After successfully establishing a company and registering a Google Play Console account, Hong Kong businesses need to comply with applicable legal and tax obligations in Hong Kong, including:
- Corporate income tax: 8.25% for profits below HKD 2 million, 16.5% for excess.
- Annual Financial Statements: Must be filed with the Hong Kong Inland Revenue Department (IRD).
- Accounting & Auditing Services: Businesses should hire professional services to ensure regulatory compliance.
GLA provides a comprehensive package of tax declaration and accounting support services for businesses established in Hong Kong, helping businesses complete their tax obligations quickly, accurately and optimally.
6. How does GLA support Enterprises to set up a Hong Kong company to open Google Play Console?
GLA supports businesses in establishing a Hong Kong company to open a Google Play Console account with comprehensive services, helping to optimize the process and ensure legal compliance, including:
- In-depth advice and support on legal procedures, tax regulations and other requirements related to the open company in Hong Kong success.
- Support and provide office address in Hong Kong suitable for business budget and goals.
- Business support DUNS number registration (Data Universal Numbering System), required to register a Google Play Console account.
- Business support opening a company bank account in Hong Kong, helping to manage international cash flows effectively.
- Support businesses in Financial reporting, Hong Kong corporate tax declaration and related issues for Game and App businesses to establish a company in Hong Kong
- Consulting and optimizing corporate tax issues for companies established in Hong Kong
- Providing legal and accounting consulting services, helping businesses comply with Hong Kong laws.
7. FAQ on setting up a Hong Kong company to open Google Play Console
Does setting up a Hong Kong company save tax?
Yes. The tax rate is only 8.25% on the first HKD 2 million of profits and 16.5% on the excess. In addition, there is no VAT, dividends, capital gains or withholding tax.
Can Hong Kong companies be used to run Google Ads/AdMob?
Absolutely. Google Ads and AdMob invoices apply 0% VAT, helping businesses save 5–9% on advertising costs.
Is a DUNS number required to register a Google Play Console account?
Yes. This is required to verify your business identity with Google.
What type of company is suitable to open a Google Play Console account?
In Hong Kong, businesses can choose from the following types of companies:
- Limited Liability Company
- Partnership
- Sole proprietorship
- Representative office/Branch office
A Private Limited Company is the most common type of company for tech and gaming businesses looking to sign up for the Google Play Console.
Is income from Google Play Console taxable in Hong Kong?
Google Play Console earnings in Hong Kong are not subject to VAT (0%).
- Google Play Console is an indispensable tool helps businesses publish, track and optimize apps/games, and grow global revenue.
- Businesses should register for a Google Play Console Business account. for professional management, no censorship restrictions like personal accounts, and a DUNS number is required for identity verification.
- Setting up a company in Hong Kong brings many advantages for Game and App businesses such as tax incentives, low operating costs, easy DUNS registration, and increased credibility with Google.
Should I open a company branch in Singapore? (Expert's answer)
Looking to expand your business to Singapore? Setting up a branch office can be a strategic and effective move.
5 golden steps to establish a foreign company to trade carbon credits: Fast, effective, cost-saving
Carbon credit trading is a potential market and has a huge demand in the future with the whole world moving towards Netzero.
ESG Registered certification for Vietnam, Singapore, Hong Kong, Offshore, etc. companies
Sustainable business is a growing global trend aimed at achieving Net Zero. Companies in manufacturing and trade need to follow rules related to the environment, society, and how they are managed (also known as ESG: Environmental, Social, and Governance).
List of food industry importers in Singapore (updated 2026)
GLA regularly updates data on importers and distributors across various industries, meeting the needs of finding business partners and expanding the market in Singapore. Below is an excerpt from the list of food importers in Singapore (updated). To view the full list of food importers in Singapore, please register for a membership account or contact GLA directly.
Detailed instructions for applying for a work visa in the US (2026)
Obtaining a US work visa is an important step to opening up career development opportunities, working at an American company and experiencing a professional environment in one of the world's leading countries.
Instructions for consular legalization of offshore documents and papers
Consular legalization of offshore documents and papers is an important step to ensure the legality and validity of documents in other countries. With a complex process, including notarization, Apostille certification and legalization at diplomatic agencies, understanding the procedures is a key factor to help individuals and businesses save time, costs, and avoid legal risks.
Detailed information on the process and procedures for consular legalization of documents and papers in the US
As international economic integration grows stronger, consular legalization of documents issued in the US has become a necessary step for businesses.
How to register trademark in the US?
Registering a trademark in the US is an important step to help businesses protect their brand from infringement and copying by competitors.
Procedures and processes for applying for foreign investment licenses
Vietnam is currently considered a politically stable country with impressive economic growth in Southeast Asia.
As a result, Vietnam has become an attractive destination for international investors. Along with the increasing interest from foreign individuals and organizations, the demand for investment certificates in Vietnam is also increasing.
The following article will clarify the process and procedures for applying for an investment license for foreign investors, from documents, approval process to important notes.
How to open a business bank account in the US for foreigners
Foreigners opening a bank account in the US is an important decision, affecting the cash flow management and financial transactions of the Enterprise. set up company in usa or other countries when investing abroad. Deciding exactly which US bank account to open will help you/your company save on transaction costs, cash flow, and ensure the financial health of your business. In this article, GLA will point out:
Procedures for registering DUNS code for Singapore company
DUNS (Data Universal Numbering System) code is an important tool to help businesses enhance their reputation and expand international cooperation opportunities.
How to get a verified address for your business in the US?
The United States is known as the world's largest economy and an international business center that attracts a series of multinational companies. Renting an office address in the United States brings many significant benefits to businesses, from building trust with partners and customers to supporting business activities such as open a bank account in the US or manage correspondence effectively.
Setting up a company in Canada: A step-by-step guide
Setting up a company in Canada not only opens up business opportunities in the domestic market here, but also helps businesses easily access international markets, thanks to the free trade agreements that Canada participates in.
Registering a Trademark in Hong Kong: A Detailed Guide
Registering a trademark helps protect your brand comprehensively, expands legal rights and ensures that intellectual property is not infringed.
Top 5 international accounting software businesses should know
In the context of Vietnamese enterprises increasingly integrating and expanding global business, choosing an international accounting software can help manage finances effectively, transparently and optimize resources.
DUNS Registration for Hong Kong Company: A Detailed Guide (2026)
The business is operating company in Hong Kong and want to expand into the international market, unlocking new business opportunities? DUNS code is the "golden key" to enhance business reputation and expand global business opportunities.
Setting up a company in the UK: A step-by-step guide
The UK is one of the world's top business destinations, especially for foreign business owners operating across borders.
Setting up a company in Seychelles: A step-by-step guide
Seychelles is a country that receives much attention from foreign investors who want to own an offshore company to expand with low investment costs but still bring benefits close to other developed countries.
Setting up a Company in Belize: A Complete, Detailed Guide
For a long time, Belize has been considered an ideal country for businesses wishing to establish an offshore company for international business.
Process of opening a clothing store in Singapore, Thailand, Cambodia from AZ (2026)
Opening a fashion store in Southeast Asian countries such as Thailand, Singapore and Cambodia is an exciting opportunity, but it also comes with many challenges. Competitive markets, complex regulations and understanding the needs of local consumers are all issues that businesses need to face when starting a business in the fashion industry.
How to incorporate a logistics company in Singapore: A complete guide
Singapore, as a leading logistics hub in the world, is attracting attracting many businesses eager to enter the market. However, setting up a logistics company here involves complex procedures and intense competition.
Choose electronic bank or traditional foreign bank?
Online banking (digital banking, electronic banking) and traditional foreign banks both offer similar services, but there are some important differences.
4 Advantages of businesses owning foreign online payment cards
The continuous development of e-commerce and economic globalization has created new challenges and opportunities for businesses. Therefore, owning a foreign online payment card becomes an important advantage to help businesses improve their transaction capabilities and take advantage of opportunities to expand the international market. Online payment cards can help businesses manage and make payments, saving time managing fees that exceed the allowed level.
Detailed instructions for registering DUNS code to authenticate Google Ads account 2026
To effectively and reliably advertise online on the Google Ads platform, registering a DUNS number is a factor that businesses should consider implementing.
The process of establishing a game company in Hong Kong in 2026: Enjoying the best tax incentives in the region.
Hong Kong is a great choice for game companies looking to go global. It has a strong gaming market, low taxes, and a clear legal system—making it a friendly place for business. In this article, GLA will guide you through:
Setting up a company in Hong Kong: tax optimization for content creators (KOL, Content Creator)
Are you a content creator (KOL, KOC, Youtuber or content creator on social networks who is paying huge amounts of tax when signing contracts with customers, paying taxes periodically every quarter, every year?
Run Google & Facebook Ads VAT-Free with a Hong Kong company
For businesses running Facebook and Google ads, paying VAT correctly according to regulations is a matter of concern for many businesses.
Which payment solution is better: Paypal or Stripe?
PayPal or Stripe – two “giants” in the field of international payment gateways, accounting for 45% and 17% of global market share respectively (1/205) – is the top choice of many businesses. However, determining which payment gateway is best suited for your business is not easy, even for large corporations.
This article from GLA will help you understand the similarities, differences, and sustainability of these two payment gateways, as well as how they can support your business model when expanding internationally.
1. What is a payment gateway? What should businesses look for in a payment gateway?
1.1 What is a payment gateway?
Payment gateways, such as Paypal, Stripe, etc., are digital payment solutions that collect and verify payment data from customers and then send that data to the seller's bank account for online payments.
1.2 What should businesses look for in a payment gateway?
When choosing a payment gateway for your business, especially a business Paypal account or a business Stripe account, there are many factors that businesses should consider to choose the most optimal payment gateway for their business. The factors needed for an optimal payment gateway are:
- Security level.
- Service agreement, reasonable cost.
- Easy to navigate payments for customers.
- Support for merchant accounts;
- Easy to integrate into company operations.
- Optimized, compatible on all electronic and mobile devices.
It can be seen that the Paypal business payment gateway or the Stripe business payment gateway can easily meet the above factors, allowing Ecommerce businesses to easily do international business, sell online or do business on e-commerce platforms.
2. Paypal vs Stripe Comparison: Which is the Best Option for E-commerce Businesses?
If your business is still hesitating between choosing a corporate Paypal account or a corporate Stripe account to integrate into your business operations.
GLA has created a comparison table between registering a business Paypal account and registering a business Stripe account as below so that Businesses can easily see the difference.
2.1. Comparison table compare Paypal and Stripe
| Factor | Stripe | Paypal |
| Easy to use |
|
|
| Cost of use | Clear and transparent usage costs. | Clear and transparent usage costs. |
| International payments |
|
|
| Custom design capabilities |
|
|
| Foreign currencies, payment methods supported |
|
|
2.2. What is the biggest reason E-commerce businesses choose a business Paypal account and a business Stripe account?
The biggest difference between registering a business Paypal account and registering a business Stripe account for online sellers and e-commerce businesses is that the business Stripe payment gateway will be most suitable for businesses that want to design their own payment process according to their preferences.
This means that businesses can easily design and integrate their payment page to best suit their company's aesthetics and branding.
Meanwhile, although the Paypal business payment gateway is not as optimized as Stripe, the ability to easily register and use Paypal is an advantage for businesses.
Registering a PayPal account is really suitable for online sellers and e-commerce businesses because you only need to register to start using this payment gateway immediately.
3. When should a Business choose PayPal or Stripe?
Choose PayPal if:
- You are a startup or small business.
- Want to attract a large number of potential customers thanks to large market share.
- Interested in cryptocurrency trading.
- Want to use PayPal ecosystem like PayPal Pro, MassPay.
Choose Stripe if:
- Businesses need highly customized checkout processes.
- Prioritize long-term cost savings.
- Want to take advantage of automated trading.
- Focus on international trading.
3. How can GLA support businesses in registering for Paypal and Stripe business accounts?
Creating a PayPal or Stripe business account is very helpful for e-commerce businesses. Having an international payment gateway makes it easier for businesses to sell online in places like Singapore, the US, and more.
That’s why GLA, with many years of experience and trusted service quality, offers support for businesses to set up companies in the US, Canada, Hong Kong, Singapore, and other offshore locations.
- Consult on strategy for opening Paypal accounts, Paypal Business, removing liquidity limits (Limits), doing appraisal (Underwriting).
- Upgrade to Paypal Business VIP account, register for Paypal Pro, subscribe to premium services.
- Support management, maintain Paypal accounts, guide dispute resolution, optimize international money transfers;
- Support businesses to register, open, and authenticate international payment accounts such as Paypal, Stripe, etc.
- Support businesses to register, open, and authenticate physical bank accounts and online banking accounts at financial centers in Singapore and the US.
4. Frequently asked questions when businesses register for a PayPal business account or Stripe business account?
1. Does GLA support registering to upgrade accounts to Paypal Business VIP for businesses that already have a Paypal Business account (a Paypal business account?
GLA will support businesses that already have a Paypal Business account to register for a Paypal Business VIP account.
As a partner working directly with PayPal Singapore, PayPal Hong Kong, PayPal US, GLA will research the Business account in advance to advise on the appropriate time and information to prepare before creating a Paypal Business VIP account.
Contact GLA for detailed advice today!
2. What are the benefits of registering for a Paypal Business VIP account?
Registering for a Paypal Business VIP account brings benefits to businesses such as:
- Limit Paypal Business, allows large transfers.
- Ensure stable cash flow.
- Reduce Paypal Reserve margin ratio (percentage of funds kept in the account).
- Enhance the company's brand and professional image.
- Allow all forms of payment from customers (Cards, payment gateways, phone payments, etc.).
- Design a personalized payment process specifically for your business.
- Other advanced Paypal features like Paypal Masspay, Reference Transactions, Paypal Pro, etc.
3. Besides Paypal, does Stripe GLA support businesses to register for other payment gateways?
GLA can fully support businesses to register for other payment gateways such as Worldpay, Braintree, Wise, open bank accounts at traditional banks, open bank accounts at digital banks (Bank online). Each option brings many benefits to businesses.
Contact GLA for detailed advice today!
4. Are Stripe business payment gateways and Paypal business payment gateways really safe?
Businesses can rest assured knowing that Stripe business accounts and Paypal business accounts are both the most secure and safe accounts in the world with multiple protections such as 24/7 transaction monitoring, maximum information encryption, PCI DSS compliance, and more.
- PayPal is the most suitable choice for businesses that are doing international business because the rate of using PayPal for payment is the highest.
- Stripe is the ideal choice if your business wants to reach international customers while optimizing costs and designing a payment process according to your needs.
- GLA will support businesses to open both PayPal Business and Stripe Business payment gateways to unlock top features in Singapore, USA, Hong Kong with experts with more than 2 years of experience.
What do you need to know to open an offshore Crypto company to trade cryptocurrencies?
Cryptocurrency, with its unlimited potential, has been attracting millions of users worldwide. To attract potential users, many large corporations apply cryptocurrency to the payment system.
What is Paypal Underwriting, why do businesses need to verify Paypal accounts?
PayPal is one of the most popular and well-known payment methods in the world today. This online payment gateway is used by more than 400 million users worldwide, including buyers, sellers and business owners.
Upgrade Paypal Business VIP account: The optimal solution for businesses
PayPal Business Account is the leading and most trusted payment gateway in the world, providing businesses with many benefits. However, only a few businesses know that registering for a PayPal Business VIP account is the only way to fully utilize PayPal's superior features, as well as the opportunity to take your business and company to the next level.
How to resolve my PayPal account limitations (Fast and correct way)
Managing your cash flow smoothly is always important. If your company does e-commerce or dropshipping, this becomes even more crucial—especially when most of your revenue comes through payment gateways like PayPal or Stripe.
What is Digital Banking? Why Should International Businesses Have One? (2026)
With so many banks to choose from and different forms of opening a bank account, opening a regular bank account is the most difficult choice for businesses setting up foreign companies and doing cross-border business.
Setting up an offshore solar company: A step-by-step guide
The renewable energy industry is an increasingly growing field and attracts many investors to participate, due to changes in user habits and behaviors. To create a competitive advantage in terms of costs, companies operating in the renewable energy and solar energy sectors have turned to establishing companies in offshore countries such as BVI, Belize, Seychelles, etc.
Setting up an offshore company for e-commerce and Dropshipping: Detailed Guide (2026)
Opening an offshore company operating in the field of e-commerce is an increasingly popular choice for individuals/businesses who want to expand their business and access new markets. Offshore companies can bring many benefits, from tax benefits, legal policies, tax and accounting procedures to flexibility in international transactions. However, is establishing and managing an offshore company in the field of e-commerce, Dropshipping really beneficial?
Crypto Company Formation Process in Singapore: A Detailed Guide
Did you know that in 2024, the Financial Conduct Authority of Singapore (MAS) granted a total of 13 major payment institution licenses to companies operating in the cryptocurrency sector, surpassing Hong Kong. This proves that Singapore is emerging as the leading Crypto hub in the region. So why is Singapore the choice of Crypto companies to settle down and establish a company, is the process of establishing a Crypto company in Singapore really easy for foreign Crypto companies?
Top reasons to open a blockchain game company - NFT game in BVI (2026)
Standing out among modern technology, blockchain technology creates a breakthrough difference and attracts many businesses around the world to take full advantage of this technological achievement.
Open an NFT game company - blockchain game in Singapore or BVI?
Currently, blockchain technology and the Non-fungible token (NFT) platform have been significantly impacting many different fields, most notably the video game industry. However, accessing the blockchain game - NFT game player market and international investment capital resources has never been easy for start-ups in this field. The operating environment lacking many professional gamers and lacking blockchain/NFT-focused development companies is not an ideal development condition for blockchain game - NFT game start-ups. Therefore, many start-ups and SMEs have established foreign companies, specifically in BVI and Singapore to develop their business.
Top 3 types of companies in Canada that businesses need to know (2026)
Canada has a strong and growing economy, making it a great place for business owners who want to start a company overseas.
Form a provincial or federal corporation in Canada?
Foreign businesses can choose to open a provincial corporation or a federal corporation in Canada. So which option is best for foreign investors?
What is Legal Opinion? Why do blockchain projects and NFT games need Legal Opinion from Singapore lawyers?
Today, Blockchain technology is growing fast and used in many areas. It is especially popular in cryptocurrency (Crypto) projects, software development, and NFT games.
Delaware Corporate Tax: Everything Businesses Need to Know
Delaware has long been known as the ideal state to set up a company in the US, when More than 65% of Fortune 500 companies have chosen Delaware as the place to establish the legal headquarters for their US business.
Top Countries to Open a Blockchain/Crypto Business (2026)
Currently, Blockchain technology is developing strongly and being applied in many areas of society such as: economics, finance, culture, education, etc.
Experience in establishing a Logistics company in the US (United States) from AZ
With advantages in economic level, infrastructure, transportation and advanced science and technology, the US is always the top country in freight forwarding and global logistics. Foreign investors and logistics enterprises with the need to develop their businesses to the international market all want to establish a logistics company in the US. So with experience in consulting and supporting businesses to successfully establish a logistics company in the US, GLA will share the notes to prepare when establishing a logistics company in the US in this article.
Setting up a company in the UAE: A complete, detailed guide
Ranked 7th best country in the world in 2024, Best Ranking Countries, according to US News, UAE or United Arab Emirates is one of the largest economies in the world with a diverse and vibrant culture.
7 reasons why overseas entrepreneurs choose Singapore to open their company (XNUMX)
<p>Singapore is one of the top financial and business hubs in Asia. Every year, thousands of foreign businesses choose to set up companies here.</p><p></p><p>The country offers a transparent business environment, attractive tax policies, and modern infrastructure. These factors make Singapore an ideal choice for companies looking to expand internationally.</p><p></p><p>So, why do more and more overseas business owners prefer Singapore? Let’s explore 7 key benefits of opening a company in Singapore.</p><p></p>
Offshore bank account: What it is and when do you need it?
After setting up a company overseas, individuals or businesses often struggle with opening a bank account to manage their finances. But choosing an offshore bank account isn’t always simple.
Setting up an offshore game business, GameFi package: Detailed instructions
Why do businesses want to establish an offshore game company, gameFi? The answer to that question can come from many different reasons.
Offshore tax and accounting services, full package, optimal cost
Reduce your offshore company operating costs by 30% with GLA. Experienced tax experts, accountants and easy-to-use tools make managing your finances and paying your company taxes easier than ever.
Should I set up a company in the US or set up an offshore company?
On the one hand, many businesses choose to establish a company in the US because it is the largest market, providing many benefits for businesses. On the other hand, a large number of businesses are currently choosing to establish offshore companies in offshore countries such as BVI, Belize, Seychelles, etc. because of attractive tax policies and confidentiality of director/shareholder information.
Procedures for opening an offshore company to do business in software technology
To develop the brand, optimize operating costs, and increase competitive advantage, should technology and software development companies establish companies abroad? Which country should technology and software development companies choose when establishing companies abroad?
4 factors to help businesses choose Hong Kong or an Offshore country to establish a foreign company
Establishing a foreign company is always a great investment choice for many businesses. Currently, the number one choice of many businesses is Incorporating a company in Hong Kong or opening an offshore company in countries like BVI, Belize, Seychelles.
How to start an offshore fintech company?
Opening an offshore fintech company or fintech bank is not a simple task. It involves understanding many areas like legal rules, business licenses, company laws, and tax policies. One of the most important steps is choosing the right country to register the company.
Setting up a company in UAE for crypto/NFT trading: A detailed guide (2026)
Ranked 17th in global competitiveness and 2025st among Arab countries when it comes to business environment and best infrastructure (XNUMX), the UAE emerges as a friendly country and always creates the best conditions for foreign businesses to open companies in the United Arab Emirates.
Open a Hong Kong company (Enjoy 0% tax on Google Ads invoices)
Each country has different VAT or GST, Sales tax regulations and tax rates.
Opening a physical (traditional) bank account for a foreign company
For foreign businesses Singapore company registration, Hong Kong, Mỹ or offshore countries (BVI, Belize, Seychelles, etc.), owning a foreign bank account for transactions and money transfer/receipt is extremely important in business. Reputable, famous and highly secure physical banks are always the priority choice of many businesses. In this article, GLA will point out:
3 reasons Singapore companies - Offshore companies cannot open bank accounts in Singapore
Establishing a company in Singapore - opening a bank account in Singapore to take advantage of incentives, open policies, reputable financial system in Singapore, convenient when doing business with international partners and customers is the choice applied by many investors.
Open an offshore bank account in Hong Kong (China)
Opening a bank account in Hong Kong can be challenging. It requires consultants with strong experience, a deep knowledge of local banking rules, and a clear understanding of how the business works. This is important so they can guide businesses to prepare all the correct documents and certificates as required by the banks. In this article, GLA will share useful information to help you make the right decision when opening a bank account in Hong Kong, including:
Submit updated eXtensible Business Reporting Language (“XBRL”) reports (2026)
Are you running a company in Singapore and need to file financial reports as required by ACRA? Preparing and filing XBRL reports is not only a legal requirement but also helps businesses improve financial transparency and build trust with investors and partners. However, not all businesses are aware of the process, required format and common errors when filing XBRL reports for Singapore companies.
Setting up a company in Estonia: A step-by-step guide
Estonia has become one of the most attractive destinations in Europe for setting up a company thanks to its favorable tax policies, favorable business environment, and modern e-government system. With strong support from programs such as e-Residency, investors can easily open and manage a company remotely.
Top 5 Best Online Payment Gateways in Singapore for Business
Online payment gateways are one of the payment methods preferred by customers all over the world because of their quick and easy transaction/payment capabilities. Therefore, businesses Singapore company registration To meet the payment experience of customers who need to search and choose to open an online payment gateway to easily receive transactions from international customers.
Singapore vs BVI: Where to incorporate your company?
Countries like Singapore and offshore jurisdictions offer some of the world's best tax incentives, making them attractive destinations for investors looking to start companies and expand their markets. In particular, their low corporate tax rates create favorable conditions for small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) to compete internationally.
Why are investors particularly interested in establishing companies in Hong Kong and Singapore?
Hong Kong and Singapore are two of the world’s top financial hubs. They attract many investors who want to set up companies and grow their businesses. With strong economies and government support for new companies, both places offer great opportunities. That’s why many investors often ask: Should I open my company in Hong Kong or Singapore?
5 reasons why businesses should open an international e-wallet in Singapore (2026)
According to the latest information updated on the international electronic payment situation, in 2019, the value of electronic payments in the world reached 4.100 billion USD and is estimated to reach 6.700 billion USD by 2023.
Set up a company in the US or set up a company in Singapore to grow your business?
The company wants to expand its market abroad but is hesitant between the US and Singapore? Both are countries with developed economies, attracting foreign investors. This article by GLA will help the company:
PayPal Pro Account for Singapore Companies
Nowadays, the international transaction needs of businesses are increasingly diverse. Therefore, payment service providers are increasingly providing more services to suit those needs. The two giants in the electronic payment industry, PayPal and Stripe, are of course not out of this game. One of the services that many businesses are interested in is PayPal Pro, which is a special service for "VIP" PayPal Business accounts.
How to register DUNS number for Vietnam company?
In today’s globalized world, businesses that want to expand internationally often choose to use a DUNS number. This code, issued by Dun & Bradstreet (D&B, USA), is especially useful for import-export companies in Vietnam.
10 Reasons to decide to resettle in Singapore
Singapore has always been known as the economic center of Asia and is continuously praised as "the land of a thousand opportunities" by The Economist - the most famous business magazine in the UK.
How to find the right secretary for your Singapore company? (2026)
When registering a company in Singapore, businesses must meet three key requirements:
- Appoint one company director and/or nominee director
- Provide a registered office address in Singapore
- Appoint a company secretary. Among these, the company secretary plays a crucial role in ensuring compliance with Singapore’s legal and regulatory framework.
Applying for a Business License in Singapore: A Step-by-Step Guide
when the open a business in singapore, understanding the types of business licenses is very important to ensure legal operations and compliance with regulations.
How to get an Employment Pass in Singapore (XNUMX ultimate guide)
Applying for a work permit in Singapore is a necessary requirement for foreign workers who want to live and work in the country for more than one month.
What is Singapore Company Registration Certificate: Details
The Singapore Certificate of Incorporation is one of the most important legal documents a business needs.
Permanent Residency (PR) in Singapore: A-Z Detailed Process (2026)
Moving to Singapore – also known as the Lion City – is a dream for many people and businesses. It’s a major financial and economic hub where global companies are based. With its great location, modern infrastructure, strong education system, advanced technology, and quality healthcare, Singapore is a great place to live. That’s why, whether you're a professional, a business owner, or someone in another field, it's important to understand how Permanent Residence (PR) in Singapore works.
How to open an FDI company in Vietnam the right way?
Foreign investment license is the first requirement that businesses and individuals need to prepare in the process of investing abroad, so GLA provides information on foreign investment laws as well as procedures for applying for foreign investment licenses for individuals and businesses in Vietnam.
Setting up a branch in Australia: A step-by-step guide
With the aim of expanding the market internationally, many businesses are now considering the type of branch in Australia. Similar to establishing a subsidiary, establishing a branch in Australia also requires certain processes and procedures that foreign businesses must comply with.
Corporate Income Tax in Australia: A Complete Guide (2026)
When expanding their market abroad, businesses often pay special attention to the tax regulations of the country where the company is established.
What is Bizfile Singapore? Detailed guide to using Bizfile Singapore on ACRA 2026
Singapore is known as the leading country in Asia that always applies modern technology in all fields, especially in the business field. According to Transparency International (TI), Singapore is in the top five countries in terms of friendliness and transparency in the business environment thanks to the efforts of the Singapore government over the past time. In particular, BizFile+ was created by ACRA (Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority of Singapore) with the purpose of storing and providing information on businesses established in Singapore to increase transparency and public information on businesses in the market. Information about companies established in Singapore and registered with ACRA can be extracted electronically directly from the ACRA Bizfile+ transaction portal.
4 Basic Taxes That Companies Setting Up in Singapore Need to Know
Singapore has long been known as one of the world's leading financial centers, attracting thousands of businesses to invest and do business. One of the important factors contributing to this attraction is the simple, transparent and stable tax system.
Instructions on the process and procedures for establishing a company in Singapore to do business in software technology
With continuous development over the past 40 years, Singapore has gradually affirmed its position worldwide.
How to close a Singapore company: A detailed Guide (2026)
In the work Singapore company formation and operation, for various reasons, a business owner may decide to close a company. Similar to forming a company, closing a company also requires certain procedures and requirements.
Annual reports required for businesses in Singapore
Unlike offshore companies (companies exempted from corporate income tax) established in BVI, Belize or Seychelles, all companies in Singapore are required to file annual reports with the competent authorities in Singapore including ACRA (Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority of Singapore) and IRAS (Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore).
Singapore contractor tax on Facebook, Google ads and software copyright purchases: Yes or no?
Singapore Contractor Tax_ a tax levied on income received by non-Singapore resident individuals/companies from conducting business or providing services within Singapore.
Singapore Tax Residence Certificate (COR): Conditions and issuance process
Companies in Singapore are grouped into two types: tax resident companies and non-tax resident companies. This classification is based on where the company is managed and operated. It helps decide the company's tax status in Singapore.
Top 5 states to set up a company in the US that are ideal for businesses
With economic stability, a solid political system, a favorable investment environment and high-quality human resources, the US has attracted many international businesses and investors to choose to establish companies in the US in famous states.
Tax obligations for businesses before dissolving a Singapore company
When dissolving a company in Singapore, businesses must not only complete the legal process but also fully comply with tax obligations.
5 types of work permits (visas) in Singapore for employees, experts, business owners
Singapore is one of Asia's leading financial and economic centers, attracting thousands of foreign workers every year. With a professional working environment, attractive salaries and a transparent legal system, this island nation has become an ideal destination for professionals, entrepreneurs and highly skilled workers. The Singapore government is also constantly improving its labor and visa policies to attract talent from all over the world.
Types of Japanese companies owned by foreign enterprises
when the set up company in japann, the factor that many people are interested in is choosing the type of business that suits the needs and capabilities of the owner. In order for the business to run smoothly in the future, the owner needs to clearly understand the characteristics, advantages and disadvantages of each type.
Types of corporate taxes you need to know when setting up a company in Thailand (2026)
Understanding the tax system is an important factor before set up business in thailand. The country imposes a variety of taxes on businesses, from corporate income tax, value-added tax, contractor tax to stamp duty and special business tax. Below are the important taxes that businesses in Thailand should be aware of.
Setting up a company in Thailand: A step-by-step guide
For businesses looking to expand into Southeast Asian countries, import goods, or establish a legal entity overseas to increase brand awareness, Thailand is a viable option.
Regulations on the period of storage of books and documents for Singaporean enterprises (2026)
Record keeping is fundamental to running a successful business in Singapore.
Procedure for Appealing Singapore Company Tax Notice from the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore (IRAS)
Upon receipt of a Notice of Assessment ("NOA") from the Internal Revenue Service of Singapore (IRAS), many businesses may disagree with the tax assessed due to factors such as miscalculation of revenue, no tax incentives, or deny valid deductionsIn these cases, the business has the right to file a tax protest for IRAS to review and adjust their tax liability.
What is SSL? Support for registering and installing SSL security certificates for business websites
Website – the first means for customers to evaluate the reputation and professionalism of the business they are interested in. Therefore, a website is essential for businesses regardless of the size of the company, large or small, doing business or not through the website. Previously, many businesses focused on building attractive websites and ensuring full content for customers. However, recently, businesses have begun to learn about SSL – the global technology security standard for websites after Google began to issue warnings for websites that do not possess this security certificate.
Late/Non-Payment of Singapore Corporate Income Tax
In Singapore, most businesses pay their taxes on time; partly due to the rule of law in the country, and partly due to the severity of penalties for late/non-payment. In addition to fines, the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore (IRAS) also applies enforcement measures if businesses continue to fail to meet their tax obligations.
Form CS/ Form CS (Lite)/ Form C: Singapore Corporate Income Tax Return
Declaration corporate income tax in Singapore is an important obligation that every business must fulfill every year. To simplify this process, the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore (IRAS) has introduced three types of tax returns: Form CS, Form CS (Lite) and Form C. Each type of corporate income tax return is suitable for different groups of businesses, depending on the scale of revenue and certain conditions.
What is CorpPass and how to authorize a third party?
Businesses Established in Singapore They must regularly conduct online transactions with the government, such as filing tax returns. submit ECI, form C/CSUpdate your business profile using various electronic identifiers such as e-Services Access Code, IRAS PIN, etc.
Detailed and complete process of opening Stripe online payment gateway (Updated 2026)
Online payment is becoming a popular choice for all consumers, especially for consumers through e-commerce channels, websites, and online stores.
Corporation Income Tax Rebate (CIT Rebate) _ Tax reduction policy for Singapore businesses (2026)
To reduce the tax burden that Singaporean businesses have to pay every year, the Singapore Ministry of Finance always has preferential policies as well as tax exemptions for businesses.
Opening a Limited Partnership in Canada: A Detailed Guide (2026)
Limited Partnership (LP) is becoming increasingly popular in Canada due to its unique advantages in terms of legal liability and management structure. This is a suitable model for foreign entrepreneurs and investors who want flexibility in running their company.
Auditing Services in Singapore: Details
Businesses establishing a company in Singapore need to conduct an audit report if the company has annual revenue or assets of over 10 million SGD. Therefore, auditing services become a useful tool to help businesses optimize management processes, fully meeting the legal requirements of the Singapore government.
Consular legalization (certification) of BVI company documents
British Virgin Islands (BVI) is an ideal country to open a company for businesses to invest in with extremely preferential tax rates. Most of the cBVI companies conducting business and management activities outside this territory, therefore, the documents/documents of BVI companies are often required to be consular legalized or consular certified to prove that the company is truly established and still operating (Good standing status). Consular legalization of BVI company documents serves many purposes:
Things to note when establishing a company in Thailand (2026)
Opening a company abroad has never been an easy task, due to the huge challenges posed by language, legal and tax barriers.
Which country should I set up an offshore company in?
“Offshore company” is no longer a strange phrase to many businesses, as there are thousands of entrepreneurs around the world who own this type of company.
States that allow businesses to operate without income tax in the US (2026)
You are starting a business in the US or have income in the US. You want to reduce income tax.
GST Refund in Singapore: Detailed Guide & Latest Conditions
Goods and Services Tax (GST) is a value-added tax levied on the sale of goods and services in Singapore. In some cases, individuals and businesses may be eligible for a GST refund from the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore (IRAS).
What is QuickBooks? Why use QuickBooks Online?
As more businesses look for better ways to manage their finances better and follow government rules to switch to international accounting standards (IFRS), many are turning to global accounting software.
QuickBooks Online Mastery Course: Mastering Finance from Basic to Advanced (2026)
User manual course QuickBooks Online The only book that combines practice with theory for accountants and business owners
Singapore tax accounting services with accurate, compliant reports
After Singapore company registration, according to Singapore law, every year, Singapore companies are required to make tax reports - accounting - financial reports - once at the end of the fiscal year.
Details of the process and procedures for trademark registration in Singapore (Trademark Singapore)
Registering a trademark is an important step to help businesses protect their brand assets and create a competitive advantage in the market. In Singapore, the trademark registration process is carried out through the Intellectual Property Office of Singapore (IPOS), which stipulates specific procedures and requirements to ensure legal rights for businesses. In this article, GLA will share details about the process, procedures and necessary steps to register a trademark in Singapore, helping your business more easily build and protect its brand in one of Asia's leading financial centers.
Business culture working in Singapore
After more than 50 years of continuous efforts since independence (1965), Singapore is now known not only as a green-clean-beautiful, modern and civilized country but also as one of the largest financial centers in Asia, one of the most attractive and friendly investment destinations in the world. According to recent statistics and research by the International Labor Organization (ILO), Singapore's labor productivity is currently many times higher than that of other countries in the region.
Personal income tax for foreigners in Singapore: A complete guide
After setting up a company in Singapore, many businesses want to bring key employees to work and manage the company.. In addition to issues such as application procedures,work visa (EP), looking for a company office, another major concern is personal income tax in Singapore. This includes tax rates, tax filing methods, and other related issues for foreigners living and working there.
In this in-depth article, we will provide businesses with detailed information about the personal income tax system for foreigners in Singapore.
Procedures for Setting Up an E-Commerce Company in Singapore: Details
Singapore, with its favorable business environment and thriving digital economy, is an attractive destination for many startups and especially e-commerce companies.
Instructions for procedures for importing goods in Singapore
With a young, modern population and high per capita income (2,000-3000 SGD/month), Singapore is increasingly proving its position as a potential consumer market.
Withholding Tax in Singapore: A Detailed Guide 2026
If your Singapore business makes payments to non-resident individuals or entities for services provided in Singapore, you may be required to withhold withholding tax. This is an important requirement to ensure tax compliance with the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore (IRAS).
Procedures for on-site import and export of Vietnamese goods to Singapore: Detailed information
Import and export of goods between Vietnam and Singapore is an important commercial activity, but many businesses still have difficulty understanding and implementing import and export procedures on the spot. This leads to risks in terms of cost, time and even legality.
A beginner guide on ECI in Singapore (2026)
Companies incorporated in Singapore are required to submit a number of annual reports to the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore (IRAS) to inform them of their financial and operational performance. The reports include Estimated Taxable Income (ECI), Corporate Income Tax Report (Form C/CS), and several other reports. However, ECI and form C/CS are the two most important reports that businesses in Singapore need to pay attention to. Late submission or failure to submit ECI and form C/CS on time will result in various penalties that can affect the business of the company.
Renting an office in Singapore: 3 optimal options in 2026
Renting an office is one of the important legal requirements when starting a business. open a business in SingaporeBut how to rent an office in Singapore that is both suitable and optimizes operating costs is a difficult problem that many businesses often encounter.
How to benefit from Singapore company tax exemptions? (2026)
Learn about taxes for companies in Singapore. It's a complex task, but understanding the taxes and tax policies applicable to your company in Singapore is key to smart financial planning.
Tax Obligations for Non-Resident Directors of Singapore Companies: A Detailed Guide
Taking on the role of non-resident director of a Singapore company offers many advantages, but also comes with significant tax obligations.
Setting up a Singapore company for tourism business: Detailed guide
Tourism is becoming a popular business trend, attracting many young entrepreneurs. Singapore, a top destination for tourists worldwide, offers great opportunities in this industry.
Franchise tax and Annual filing in Delaware for companies (2026)
After open company in Delaware, one of the mandatory legal responsibilities when performing work US accounting tax To maintain valid status is to file an Annual Report.
Procedures for establishing a limited liability company in Laos: Detailed instructions (2026)
The ASEAN Economic Community is considered a famous and potential investment destination for businesses and corporations around the world. Among them, choosing to establish a limited liability company is the most popular decision of many business owners and foreign companies. In particular, as the economy of Laos is increasingly developing, many small and medium enterprises and Start-up companies in Vietnam have realized the benefits and business potential in this market and planned to establish a company here.
Share certificate for shareholders in a company incorporated in Singapore (2026)
Share certificates play a key role in confirming ownership and protecting the rights of shareholders in a company.
Singapore company nominee director: A detailed guide (2026)
In compliance with Singapore corporate law, nominee director is one of the mandatory requirements for foreign owners. openning a company in singapore.
Overview of the Australian corporate tax system (2026)
The Australian Tax Office (ATO) is the agency that administers the collection of taxes and fees in Australia, in some cases collected by state government offices. The Australian corporate income tax system is complex because there are many different types of taxes.
AGM: Detailed instructions
After registering a company in Singapore, one of the important tasks you need to perform is to hold an Annual General Meeting (AGM) every year.
5 states with no sales tax in the US, saving millions of dollars
You open a company in the US to conduct trading, e-commerce business or regularly transact in the US with customers and partners. You need to cut down and optimize sales tax to maximize profits, saving millions of dollars in sales tax.
How to use Singapore phone number (+65) with roaming in Vietnam for business
After Singapore company registration, besides using the Director and Secretary Services, office services, many GLA customers also want to register a phone number in Singapore and roam to Vietnam to be able to quickly respond, care for, advise, and reflect to their international customers.
How to open a corporate account with Singapore banks (Best strategy)
Are you doing business overseas and own a company in Singapore? If so, you might need an international bank account for cross-border transactions.
Singapore tax accounting course (Updated XNUMX)
In the early stages after setting up a company in Singapore, many businesses struggle with tax filing and submitting annual financial reports to the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore (IRAS). With experience supporting companies across various industries, GLA understands the common challenges and confusion businesses face—especially when dealing with online tax systems and international accounting rules.
Detailed instructions for consular legalization of documents in Singapore (2026)
After Singapore company registrationMore and more businesses and customers have the need to "consular legalize" documents and papers in Singapore for use in Vietnam.
PayPal Business Account Opening Process for Foreign Businesses from AZ
A 54% increase in customer transaction payment rate is the recorded figure when websites and e-commerce platforms use PayPal payment.
Setting up a company in Laos: A detailed guide
The ASEAN Economic Community is seen as a strong and attractive investment hub for businesses and corporations around the world. Among its member countries, Laos is a popular choice for foreign companies looking to expand.
How to obtain a business lisence for UAE companies?
The United Arab Emirates has been and is one of the top countries in the world attracting foreign investment.
How to open an FDI company in Vietnam: A comprehensive guide (2026)
In recent years, Vietnam has become a popular choice for foreign investors because of its fast-growing economy, stable politics, and efforts to create a better investment environment.
Transportation System in Singapore - Taxi
Singapore prides itself on having one of the most modern and best public transport systems in the world. The public transport system in Singapore is considered convenient, comfortable, safe, reliable and affordable.
Singapore Transport System - MRT: A comprehensive guide (2026)
Singapore Singapore prides itself on having one of the most modern and best public transport systems in the world. The public transport system in Singapore is considered convenient, comfortable, safe, reliable and affordable.
Transportation System in Singapore (Part 1) - Bus
Singapore prides itself on having one of the most modern and best public transport systems in the world. The public transport system in Singapore is considered convenient, comfortable, safe, reliable and affordable.
Studying in Singapore: Advantages of having a family that owns a Singapore company
Nowadays, more and more business-parents, after having Singapore company registration, wishing to resettle their children's lives to Singapore to enjoy a prestigious and advanced education in Singapore. In Singapore, where the international education system is located, the conditions and quality of education are top-notch, there are many internationally certified schools, where students, talents, and world businessmen are trained, which is the reason why parents create conditions for their children to study in Singapore. Choosing a public, private or international school; how to choose a school so that your children can best integrate into the new life and learning environment.
Website design for businesses in Singapore
Regardless of what field the business operates in, GLA can help your business design a complete, reputable, professional website that suits the company's needs. Open in Singapore
Recruitment in Singapore with GLA
After Singapore company registrationRecruiting personnel to operate and manage stores, businesses... is one of the issues that many businesses in Vietnam are concerned about.
Overview of CPF and CPF contribution rates for employees in Singapore
What is CPF Singapore? This is a question that most employees and businesses in Singapore are interested in when starting their operations. The Central Provident Fund (CPF) is not only a compulsory retirement fund, but also a comprehensive social security system that helps people secure their finances, health care and long-term housing.
For businesses, understanding the regulations, contribution rates and how to comply with CPF is a must to avoid legal risks and build trust with employees. In this article, GLA will provide you with the most complete and detailed view of CPF Singapore and effective compliance solutions.
Tips for Buying Property in Singapore: The Details
In Singapore, foreigners are allowed to buy houses for living or investment purposes since 19 July 7, based on the Residential Property Act (RPA).
Setting up a company in BVI: A detailed guide (2026)
Establishing a company in BVI (British Virgin Islands) is increasingly considered and chosen by many Vietnamese investors to expand their cross-border business.
Shares and Share Types in Singapore: Details
Investing in stocks in particular or securities in general in Singapore - a highly rated business destination in Asia - is an option that many investors are interested in because of the inherent advantages of a transparent financial market and preferential policies from the Government.
Import of controlled goods in Singapore
Importing goods, especially those considered “sensitive” and subject to control into Singapore, has certain requirements, regulations and procedures. Understanding and mastering these will create favorable conditions for businesses wishing to penetrate the Singapore market.
Open an offshore bank account in Singapore
Known as the Financial Center of Asia, Singapore is always the first choice for foreign businesses when opening an international bank account. Not only businesses in Singapore, businesses that own companies in countries outside of Singapore can still open a corporate bank account in Singapore called an offshore corporate bank account in Singapore.
Incorporate software technology company in Hong Kong with 0% tax incentives
Are you a game company, software developer or technology company with software products, apps, games posted on Apple Store, Google Play, Google AdMob or working with Google, Facebook, technology companies around the world. Do you need to optimize tax costs, call for investment capital or easily work with foreign companies?
Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards (HKFRS): A Comprehensive Guide for Businesses
Hong Kong is one of the world's leading financial centres, where businesses must comply with strict accounting and financial reporting regulations. Under the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance, all businesses Incorporating a company in Hong Kong All must maintain accounting books and conduct annual audits as required by law.
Full package Hong Kong accounting tax service, optimal cost
Reduce operating costs by 30% Hong Kong company with GLA. Experienced tax experts, accountants, and easy-to-use tools make managing your finances and paying your company taxes easier than ever.
Summary of types of reports that Hong Kong companies need to submit annually?
After Incorporating a company in Hong Kong and operating for one year, at the end of the financial year, Hong Kong companies are obliged to submit annual reports, tax reports, tax returns to the Hong Kong government.
Offshore Claim Form: Save money with Hong Kong's corporate income tax exemption policy
Do you want your company to develop sustainably and optimize profits? Are you looking for a foreign country with preferential tax policies and the best tax savings? Hong Kong's foreign income tax exemption policy is the solution for you.
In this article, GLA will help you fully understand the conditions for enjoying the foreign income tax exemption policy in Hong Kong, specifically corporate income tax for Hong Kong companies.
Hong Kong's Tax and Accounting System: What Do Businesses Need to Know?
Hong Kong has long been known as an international financial and business center thanks to its open-door policy, simple company establishment procedures and transparent tax environment. This is the reason why more and more foreign entrepreneurs and investors choose Hong Kong to establish and expand their businesses.
Procedures for establishing an FDI import-export company in Vietnam
Vietnam is a market that has been attracting a lot of foreign investment. Establishing an import-export company in Vietnam is predicted to have great potential and is a top priority for many foreign enterprises.
Process of opening an account and investing in securities in Singapore
Opening a securities account and investing in Singapore is now much easier. Many investors are interested in this market because it’s one of the top financial hubs in Asia and offers strong support from the Government to attract investment.
Do you need to register for Goods and Services Tax (GST) in Singapore? (2026)
If you own a business in Singapore, you need to understand not only corporate income tax but also Goods and Services Tax (GST).
Procedures for establishing representative offices for domestic and foreign enterprises in Vietnam (2026)
Are you looking for information on the procedures for establishing a representative office in Vietnam? This is a solution that helps foreign and domestic businesses expand their operations without establishing a new company. However, the registration process requires a lot of legal documents and compliance with strict conditions. In this article, GLA will provide detailed instructions on the conditions, documents, implementation process and how GLA can help businesses complete the procedures quickly and legally.
Setting up a company in Ireland: A step-by-step guide
Ireland is considered one of the ideal destinations to set up a company in Europe thanks to its preferential tax policies and friendly business environment. With its strategic location in the EU, Ireland not only attracts international investors but also opens up opportunities for businesses to expand into the European market.
Full package US accounting tax service, optimal cost (2026)
Reduce your US business operating costs by 30% with GLA. Experienced tax professionals, accountants, and easy-to-use tools make managing your finances and paying your company taxes easier than ever.
Effective process of establishing a US company in Delaware, detailed from AZ (2026)
Delaware, a state located between New York and Washington DC, is considered a "promised land" for US company formation in the business world because the incentives that this state offers you are hard to find elsewhere. Delaware has a prime geographical location, a key area that is convenient for business activities.
How to incorporate a representative office in Hong Kong (Latest 2026)
Establishing a Representative Office is a suitable option for foreign companies that wish to explore business opportunities in Hong Kong and surrounding areas before making a major investment. A Representative Office is considered a liaison and promotion office, and is only allowed to carry out activities within that scope. In this article, GLA will provide information to help you understand the responsibilities and operations of this type of company, including:
Procedures for setting up a branch office in Hong Kong: Detailed instructions
Your company already has a head office, do you want to expand your business needs in Hong Kong? Establishing a branch office in Hong Kong is one of the ways to be present and carry out business activities in Hong Kong besides the form of open company in Hong Kong or establishment of a representative office.
How to get a Hong Kong work visa: A comprehensive guide
Hong Kong is one of the top business hubs in the world. It has a favorable legal environment that attracts foreign investors and companies. The city is also known for its strong infrastructure, professional banking system, and appealing immigration policies.
Setting up a company in Malaysia: A step-by-step guide
To establish a company in Malaysia effectively and successfully, businesses need to master the legal regulations as well as the procedures for establishing a company.
9 Benefits of Setting Up a Company in Hong Kong
More and more foreign investors and companies are choosing Hong Kong (China) as a destination to establish companies and expand their markets abroad. Hong Kong has a strategic geographical location, a highly productive and efficient workforce, and a stable economic and political environment. In particular, the attractive tax system, safe legal system, and high information security are attractive factors attracting foreign investment here.
4 Popular Hong Kong Company Forms for Foreign Businesses
Are you looking for an ideal location to set up a company and expand your business? Hong Kong with its favorable business environment and transparent legal system may be the top choice.
However, before deciding, you need to understand clearly about the types of companies in Hong Kong to choose the most suitable form for your business goals. This article will introduce in detail the 4 most popular types of companies when businesses conduct open company in Hong Kong, helping you make informed decisions.
Setting up a Private Limited Company in Hong Kong: A Step-by-Step Guide
Are you preparing to do business and expand the international market? Hong Kong is a country with a favorable business environment and preferential tax policies, attracting foreign investors to set up companies here.
Setting up a company in Japan: A detailed guide
With a transparent business environment, developed infrastructure and strict legal system, Japan has become an ideal destination for foreign entrepreneurs and investors looking to expand their business operations.
Corporate Income Tax in Hong Kong in detail from A to Z
Hong Kong is renowned worldwide for its low and simple corporate income tax system, which has contributed to making Hong Kong one of the most business-friendly jurisdictions.
Singapore Legal System: Latest Update 2026
Singapore is one of the countries that stands out with its clear, transparent and consistent legal system.
The year 2025 marks a series of important changes in Singapore's legal system, to meet practical needs and globalization trends.
The article below provides the latest legal updates in 2025 of the Singapore legal system, helping businesses and investors have a clearer view of these changes so they can operating a company in Singapore effective, legal
1. Competition Law
Competition Law The Competition Act was enacted to provide a strong legal framework to protect consumers and businesses from unfair competitive practices by other business entities.
In 2025, Singapore continues to improve its commercial dispute resolution processes, especially in the areas of e-commerce and international transactions.
3 important laws that businesses need to know include:
- Anti-competitive agreements, decisions and practices (Prohibition 34).
- Abuse of monopoly position (Prohibition 47).
- Mergers and acquisitions of companies in the industry to reduce competition (Prohibition 54).
2. Business Law
2.1 Strengthening measures against money laundering and terrorist financing
Anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing will continue to be a focus for the Singapore government in 2025. The government has put in place strong measures to ensure that Singapore does not become a hub for illicit financial activities.
In addition, auditing firms in Singapore are required to apply Audit Quality Indicators (AQIs) Disclosure Framework to make the exchange of information easy, meaningful and of quality.
2.2 Improving the corporate tax system
One of the important elements in the Singapore legal system is corporate tax.
The Singapore Government has been and continues to adjust tax regulations to create a fair and competitive business environment.
In 2025, there will be notable changes in corporate tax policy:
- Singapore corporate tax rates: Singapore continues to maintain its corporate tax rate at 17%, among the lowest in the region, to attract more multinational companies to invest and develop.
- Tax exemption policy for startups: Tax incentives for startups continue to be maintained, with specific conditions to encourage entrepreneurship and innovation in the business community. However, the government has also tightened regulations on the application of these incentives, ensuring that only businesses with real needs and development potential benefit.
- GST Policy in Singapore: GST at 9% from 2025 onwards.
- Personal income tax policy in Singapore: Apply new tax bracket of 22-24% for income over 1 million SGD.
3. Intellectual Property Law
With the explosion of digital technology, the protection of intellectual property and personal data is becoming a hot issue, especially in areas related to information and communication technology.
Singapore has implemented a series of measures to strengthen the legal framework for protecting intellectual property rights and personal data under the Patents Amendment Bill (Singapore Patents Act and Patents Rules) and Electronic signature, oath, notarization (Electronic Statutory Declarations, Oaths And Affirmations, And Notarisations).
The above changes help facilitate business operations and work with the government for product and service protection activities.
In addition, Singapore has also updated the Personal Data Protection Act (PDPA), with stricter requirements on the collection, use and security of consumer data. Businesses need to ensure compliance with the new regulations to avoid heavy fines.
4. Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Law
Recent developments regarding the regulation of environmental, social and governance (ESG) in Singapore increasingly emphasizes the growing importance of ESG compliance, especially for large businesses.
New initiatives include mandatory ESG reporting and stricter rules on sustainable practices. Singapore has also committed to international sustainability standards and highlighted the legal risks for businesses if they fail to comply.
To help businesses easily meet ESG requirements, the Singapore government has issued many policies to simplify the registration process and receive support to help ESG application become more widespread in Singapore.
5. Labor law
The Employment Act requires both local and international companies with a presence in Singapore to provide basic and fair working conditions to all employees and workers. Wrongful dismissal claims are heard by the Employment Claims Tribunal (“ECT”) instead of the MOM.
6. How can we help you incorporate your company in Singapore?
GLA, with its experience in consulting and supporting the establishment of a company in Singapore, will assist businesses in complying with Singaporean law by:
- Consulting on suitable company type when open company in Singapore
- Legal advice meets company needs and supports problem solving, ensuring the company operates legally and effectively.
- Director, secretary, and Rent office address in Singapore.
- Manage your company financially with our one-stop cost-efficient tax accounting services for Singapore companies
- Register and verify your bank account.
- Hiring staff, auditing, payroll reporting, and trademark registration in accordance with legal procedures.
7. Frequently asked questions about Singapore law
7.1 Which law regulates the operations of companies in Singapore?
The law that regulates the operations of companies in Singapore is the Singapore Companies Act (Singapore Companies Act).
7.2 Can you use e-signature for Singapore company?
Singapore law allows businesses to use electronic signatures for corporate documents. GLA will support businesses to register to use Singnow when businesses have a need.
- Auditing firms are encouraged to adopt the AQIs information system.
- Tax policy changes: GST 9%, PIT adds 22-24% bracket for income over 1 million SGD.
- The process of registering for protection and patents in Singapore will become easier, for all companies.
- Meet ESG requirements is one of the priority application focuses for Singapore companies.
Business associations and business community in Singapore
Singapore is Asia's leading financial and commercial hub, where international businesses seek market expansion opportunity. To connect effectively and get the support you need, joining business associations here is an indispensable step.
Accounting Standards in Singapore
Accounting standards are an important foundation for businesses to maintain transparency and comply with financial regulations. In Singapore, companies must apply Singapore Financial Reporting Standards (SFRS) – a system based on IFRS to ensure consistency and reliability in financial reporting. So what is special about SFRS? Can small businesses apply simpler standards? Find out to ensure your company always complies with Singapore corporate accounting regulations effectively.
8 Best Business Opportunities in Singapore
With a strong economy and favorable international connectivity, Singapore offers countless opportunities for investors and entrepreneurs.
How to Transfer Singapore Company Shares: A Step-by-Step Guide
Sometimes, your businesses need to transfer shares for Singapore company. This can happen during capital calls, divestments, or capital increases. Enterprises will need to transfer shares.
Taxation on Foreign-sourced income in Singapore (2026)
As businesses become more global, many companies in Singapore earn income from other countries and want to manage their taxes more effectively. The Foreign Source Income Tax Exemption Scheme is a legal way for businesses to reduce their tax bills and avoid paying tax twice on the same income. We will explain the rules and requirements for businesses in Singapore to benefit from this scheme when they earn income from overseas.
Corporate income tax in Singapore: A complete guide (XNUMX)
As a global financial hub, Singapore is well-known for its clear and business-friendly tax system. This makes it a top choice for investors around the world.
Setting up a company in Australia: A step-by-step guide
<p>Australia is one of the markets with a stable economy and great growth potential, an ideal destination for businesses wishing to expand their operations internationally. </p> <p>To be successful in opening a company in Australia, you need to clearly understand the legal processes and regulations of this country.</p> Our article will provide a step-by-step guide to setting up a company in Australia effectively and legally.
How to open a company in Singapore to trade goods? (2026)
Singapore, with its modern port system and favorable business policies, is an attractive destination for businesses looking to expand their international operations.
Restaurant and eatery business in Singapore: Detailed process
You want to run a restaurant or eatery in Singapore, but are worried about the competitive and constantly changing market?
Does the Singapore government have any tax incentives for newly established companies?
In order to encourage foreign businesses to invest and establish companies in Singapore, the Singaporean government will have tax incentives for newly established companies; however, The company needs to meet the following requirements:
- The number of shareholders must be less than 20.
- At least one individual shareholder holds 10% of the company's total shares.
- It must be established in Singapore.
- Must be a tax-paying citizen of Singapore.
When a company meets the above requirements, it will receive the following benefits:
During its first three years of operation:
- The first 100,000 SGD in profit will be tax-exempt at 75%.
- The next SGD 100,000 will be tax-exempt at 50%.
Amounts of SGD 201,000 or more will be subject to the regulations. Corporate income tax is 17%.
From the fourth year onwards:
- The first 10,000 SGD in profit will be tax-exempt at 75%.
- With the subsequent profit of S$190,000, 50% of the profit is tax-exempt.
Information on Singapore History and Geography (Summary 2026)
Singapore is a small but strategically important country in Southeast Asia, notable for its developed economy and favorable business environment.
Singapore's Diverse Social and Cultural Landscape (2026 Details)
Singapore – one of the most prosperous countries in Asia – is not only famous for its developed economy but also for its cultural and social diversity.
7 Types of Singapore Companies: A Detailed Guide
Choosing the right type of company is crucial when starting a business in Singapore. It affects your taxes, liabilities, ability to raise funds, and long-term growth.
Procedures and processes for applying for an Entrepass work permit - Visa for entrepreneurs in Singapore
Singapore, known as Asia’s leading economic and technology hub, has always been an attractive destination for global entrepreneurs and investors. To support and encourage the development of innovative technology businesses, the Singapore government has launched the EntrePass program – a work visa specifically for innovative entrepreneurs and investors who wish to operate businesses here.
Opening a Pte.Ltd Company in Singapore: A Detailed Guide (2026)
Setting up a Pte.Ltd company is a very popular choice among many local and foreign business owners in Singapore for many years. type of company,
How to open a representative office in Singapore (Beginner guide)
Opening a representative office in Singapore is a smart way for foreign businesses to explore the market. It allows companies to study opportunities without making a big financial commitment.
Singapore tax and accounting services, full package, optimal cost
Reduce 30% of your company’s operating costs in Singapore with GLA. Managing your company’s finances and taxes in Singapore has never been easier. GLA offers a comprehensive suite of accounting and tax services powered by experienced professionals and user-friendly tools to help SMEs, startups, and streamline financial operations and ensure tax compliance.
Try changing to a different filter!